Parker Hydraulics - Hydraulics Catalogue 5.0 by parkerhydraulicsandpneumatics

Contents

Stock Items Pumps & handpumps Directional valves & modules Subplates & strip manifolds Mobile directional valves Line mounted valves Circuit savers Switches & sensors Accessories Motors Powerpacks

5 21 37 45 49 83 97 105 125 129

Product Overview Pumps & handpumps overview Directional valves & modules overview Mobile valves overview Switches & sensors overview Intensifiers overview Motors overview Cylinders overview Actuators overview Radio control overview Electronic control overview

148 159 189 193 197 201 211 215 219 233

Remote control

Electrification overview

139

241

Gear pumps

GROUP 1 - Z1 SERIES - GEAR PUMP

GROUP 2 - Z2 SERIES - GEAR PUMP

GROUP 3 - Z3 SERIES - GEAR PUMP

GROUP 3 - W3 SERIES - GEAR PUMP

Piston pumps PVPC PISTON PUMP

PVPC-*-3029

PVPC-*-4046

PVPC-*-5073

PFE ATOS VANE PUMP

K3VL OPEN CIRCUIT AXIAL PISTON PUMP

K3VL28

K3VL45

K3VL80

K3VL 112+140

K3VL 200

Hand pumps PMP 20-S

PMO 50-S

PM 12 24 45 S

PM 12 24 45 BYB-S

PMDVB 12 25 45

HAND PUMP TANK (STEEL) WITH SUCTION PIPE & BREATHER

HAND PUMP HANDLE

Gear pumps

Gear pumps 1

GROUP 1 - Z1 SERIES - GEAR PUMP

UNIT TYPE

CODE

PUMP

GROUP 2 - Z2 SERIES - GEAR PUMP

Aluminum fixed displacement gear pumps with cast iron end covers, standard 4 bolts European flange, 1:8 taper shaft and BSP tapped ports.

MOTOR ZM Aluminum fixed displacement gear pumps with standard 4

bolt European flange, 1:8 taper shaft and BSP tapped ports.

Ordering Chart - Clockwise Ordering Chart - Clockwise

Y COVER AND FLANGE

Part No.

Description

Displacement (cc/ rev.)

01ZA011C401TD

GRP 1 GEAR PUMP 1.08CC/REV - C/W ROT

1.08

01ZA016C401TD 01ZA021C401TD

GRP 1 GEAR PUMP 1.59CC/REV - C/W ROT

Max. pressure (bar) 240

1.59

GRP 1 GEAR PUMP 2.09CC/REV - C/W ROT

2.09

01ZA037C401TD

ALLOY COVER AND FLANGE

240

01ZA062C401TD

240

Ba r

260

Ba r

P1 Max working pressure

peak pressure GROUP 1 P2

intermittent pressure Type

Capacity ed for P1 pressure P3 Max peak pressure

P1 Max working pressure P2 Intermittent pressure

Max speed for P1 pressure

ed without load

P3 Max peak pressure

Max speed for P1 pressure Max speed without load Max speed without load

ed for P1 pressure Min speed for P1 pressure Min speed for P1 pressure

GRP 1 GEAR PUMP 3.68CC/REV - C/W ROT

210

3.68

Ba r

GRP 1 GEAR PUMP 6.2CC/REV - C/W ROT

230 210PUMP 210 190 - 180 170 GRP 1 GEAR 8.82CC/REV C/W ROT

280 Ba r

260 240

280 260

250 250

240

240 240

280 280 260

250 250

250

230

280 250 32

240 210

230 210

210 190

270 240

200

180

260 240 230 210 42

260

250

240

230

210

200

180

160

120

rpm

Rpm

1100 1100 950 800

700

600

500 450

130

400

140

160

400

TYPE

400

GRP 2 GEAR CODE PUMP 14.45 CC/REV. CW

14.45

300

GRP 2 GEAR PUMP 16.95 CC/REV. CW

16.95

270

02ZAG20C035DN

GRP 2 GEAR PUMP 20.1 CC/REV. CW

20.10

230

02ZAG25C035DN

GRP 2 GEAR PUMP 25.75 CC/REV. CW

25.75

180

02ZAG31C035DN

GRP 2 GEAR PUMP 31.4 CC/REV. CW

31.40

160

02ZAG17C035DN

400

Type

02ZAG04C034SN

GRP 2 GEAR PUMP 4.4CC/REV. CCW

4.4

300

02ZAG06C034SN

GRP 2 GEAR PUMP 6.28CC/REV. CCW

6.28

300

02ZAG08C034SN

GRP 2 GEAR PUMP 8.16CC/REV. CCW

8.16

300

02ZAG11C034SN

GRP 2 GEAR PUMP 11.3 CC/REV. CCW

11.3

300

02ZAG14C035SN

GRP 2 GEAR PUMP 14.45 CC/REV. CCW

14.45

300

02ZAG17C035SN

GRP 2 GEAR PUMP 16.95 CC/REV. CCW

16.95

270

02ZAG20C035SN

GRP 2 GEAR PUMP 20.1 CC/REV. CCW

17 2 GEAR 20 PUMP 25 25.7531 GRP CC/REV. CCW

20.1

230

25.75

180

GRP 2 GEAR PUMP 31.4 CC/REV. CCW

31.4

160

Cm 3 / rev

4.4

6.28

8.16

Bar

300

Bar

340

310

Max working pressure Bar P3 Max peakP1 pressure

360

bar 360

300 360300 360300 360

Capacity

GROUP 2 pressure Max working P1 P2 intermittent pressure

Type

Capacity

P2 Intermittent pressure

4500

cm3/ rev bar

4500

bar

11 14 02ZAG25C035SN 02ZAG31C035SN

11.3

14.45

16.95

Pump gasket part no.

300

4.4

340

3700

360

6.28 310

3300

360

8.16 310

2700

360

180

PG-02M 17

160 20

20.1

25.75

31.4

230 200

180

160

200

170

270

240

200

170

300 330

300 290

270 230

310

300

270

240

11.3

14.45

16.95

2500

2200 290

230

300

3300

2700

2500

2200

360

330

3000

2700

350 450

300 400

250 350

200 300

250

200

TYPE

40,3

42,3

06 08

37.4 38.3

37.4

16 11

38,3 40.3

38,3

40,3 42.3

42,3 44.3

5500

4700

1000

700 rpm

5501000 450700 400 550

rpm

5500

4000

3700

230

31.4

2700

08 11

4500

300

270

25.75

3000

Min Min speed for P1 speed pressurefor P1 pressure Min Rpm

4500

310

300

20.1

3000

Rpm

Max speed without load

rpm

Displacement Max. pressure (cc/rev.) (bar)

Description

3000

2500

L L

Part No.

Min Max speed for P1 Rpm P3pressure Max peak pressure

400

Type

5500

3300

4700

4000

3300

3000

Type

21 32

26 37

46,5 48.6

44,3

42 32

48,6 50.6

46,5

25 31

37 42 48

The option for alternative mounting flanges and shafts are available, please contact the sales office for details.

300

02ZAG14C035DN UNIT TYPE

Ordering Chart - Anti Clockwise

Max speed without load

11.30

PUMP

Min Max speed for P1 pressure

GRP 2 GEAR PUMP 11.3 CC/REV. CW

130

400 400

TYPE

300

02ZAG11C034DN

120

400 400 400400400 400400

400

8.16

100

190 170 78

130

mi n 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000 7000 6000 5500 5000 4500 4000 4000 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000 7000 6000 5500 5000 4500 4500 4000 4000 4000 450 400 500 450

GRP 2 GEAR PUMP 8.16CC/REV. CW

100

6000 6000 6000 5500 4500 4000 3800 3500 3500 3000 3000 3000 3000 mi n bar mi n 2806000 280 280 8000 280 8000 270 7000 260 240 230 170 4500 160 4000 4000 4000 Rpm 8000 8000 8000 6000 5500210 50001904500 Rpm rpm 6000 6000 6000 5500 4500 4000 3800 3500 3500 3000 3000 3000

mi n rpm Rpm1100 950 800 700 600 500 1100 1100 950 800 700 600 Rpm mi n

300

02ZAG08C034DN

150

mi n cm3/ 6000 rev 1.08 2.096000 2.59 5500 3.15 4500 3.68 4.19 7.81 3000 8.82 3000 3000 3000 60001.596000 4000 4.79 38005.49 35006.23500 280 280 280 280 270 260 240 230 210 190 170 160 130 Rpm bar Ba r 240280 240 240 230 210 210 190 180 170 150 130 120 bar

300

6.28

170

120

160 140

4.40

GRP 2 GEAR PUMP 6.28CC/REV. CW

180 7.81 8.82 10.5

160 140

210

180

GRP 2 GEAR PUMP 4.4CC/REV. CW

02ZAG06C034DN

7.81 8.82 10.5

150 130

230

200

02ZAG04C034DN

190

150 130 8.82 120

180

170

Max. pressure (bar)

MOTOR

08 01ZA078C401TD 11 16 21 GRP 261 GEAR 32 PUMP 37 7.81CC/REV 42 48 - C/W 55ROT62 7.81 78 88 130105

24001ZA088C401TD 240 240

105

210

6.2

Cm 3 / 0.80 1.08 1.59 2.09 2.59 3.15 3.68 4.19 PG-01PM 4.79 5.49 6.2 Pump gasket part no. rev

Capacity

rmittent pressure

3.15

01ZA042C401TD GRP 1 GEAR PUMP 4.19CC/REV - C/W ROT 4.19 Cm 3 / GRP 1 GEAR 4.79CC/REV C/W ROT 0.80 1.0801ZA048C401TD 1.59 2.09 2.59 3.15PUMP 3.68 4.19 - 4.79 5.49 4.79 6.2 rev 01ZA055C401TD GRP 1 GEAR PUMP 5.49CC/REV - C/W ROT 5.49

Ba r

Type

x working pressure

GRP 1 GEAR PUMP 3.15CC/REV - C/W ROT

Displacement (cc/rev.)

240

GRP 1 GEAR C/W ROT 230 08 11 01ZA026C401TD 16 21 26 32 PUMP 372.59CC/REV 42 - 48 55 2.5962 78 88 01ZA032C401TD

Description

Part No.

50,653

53 55.8

42 62

62 78 88 105

44,3 46.5

48,6

58.6 55,8

50,6

78 48

58,665

65 69

55 62

69 82.3

55,8 58,6

105

82.3

The option for alternative mounting flanges and shafts are available, please contact the sales office for details.

102

Gear pumps

GROUP 3 - Z3 SERIES - GEAR PUMP

GROUP 3 - W3 SERIES - GEAR PUMP

Aluminum fixed displacement gear pumps with cast iron end covers, standard 4 bolts European flange, 1:8 taper shaft and BSP tapped ports.

Cast iron fixed displacement gear pumps, standard 4 bolts European flange, 1:8 taper shaft and BSP tapped ports. Ordering Chart - Clockwise

Ordering Chart Part No.

Description

Displacement (cc/rev.)

Max. pressure (bar)

03ZAG25C064DN

GRP 3 GEAR PUMP 24.9CC/REV CW

24.9

280

03ZAG35C064DN

GRP 3 GEAR PUMP 34.3CC/REV CW

34.3

280

03ZAG45C064DN

GRP 3 GEAR PUMP 45.2CC/REV CW

45.2

250

03ZAG55C065DN

GRP 3 GEAR PUMP 54.4CC/REV CW

54.5

230

03ZAG64C065DN

GRP 3 GEAR PUMP 63.9CC/REV CW

63.9

200

03ZAG70C067DN

GRP 3 GEAR PUMP 70.0CC/REV CW

170

03ZAG80C067DN

GRP 3 GEAR PUMP 78.7CC/REV CW

78.7

170

Description

Displacement (cc/rev.)

Max. pressure (bar)

03ZAG25C064SN

GRP 3 GEAR PUMP 24.9CC/REV CCW

24.9

280

03ZAG35C064SN

GRP 3 GEAR PUMP 34.3CC/REV CCW

34.3

280

03ZAG45C064SN

GRP 3 GEAR PUMP 45.2CC/REV CCW

45.2

250

03ZAG55C065SN

GRP 3 GEAR PUMP 54.4CC/REV CCW

54.5

230

03ZAG64C065SN

GRP 3 GEAR PUMP 63.9CC/REV CCW

63.9

200

03ZAG70C067SN

GRP 3 GEAR PUMP 70.0CC/REV CCW

170

03ZAG80C067SN

GRP 3 GEAR PUMP 78.7CC/REV CCW

78.7

170

Pump gasket part no.

GROUP 3 Type

PG-03M

P1 Max.pressure

bar

280

250

230

200

170

P2 Max peak pressure

bar

310

280

250

220

190

Min speed for P1 pressure

rpm

450

350

Max speed without load

rpm

3000

2200

2000

1800

Weight

10.9

11.2

11.5

11.9

12.2

12.4

12.7

The option for alternative mounting flanges and shafts are available, please contact the sales office for details.

Description

030W0A25C064XDN

GRP 3 CAST IRON GEAR PUMP 24.9CC/REV. CW

24.9

300

030W0A35C064XDN

GRP 3 CAST IRON GEAR PUMP 34.3CC/REV. CW

34.3

280

030W0A45C064XDN

GRP 3 CAST IRON GEAR PUMP 45.2CC/REV. CW

45.2

250

030W0A55C065XDN

GRP 3 CAST IRON GEAR PUMP 54.5CC/REV. CW

54.5

230

030W0A64C064XDN

GRP 3 CAST IRON GEAR PUMP 63.9CC/REV. CW

63.9

200

030W0A80C064XDN

GRP 3 CAST IRON GEAR PUMP 78.7CC/REV. CW

78.7

170

Ordering Chart - Anti Clockwise

Ordering Chart - Anti Clockwise Part No.

Displacement Max. pres(cc/rev.) sure (bar)

Part No.

Description

030W0A25C064XSN

GRP 3 CAST IRON GEAR PUMP 24.9CC/REV. CCW

24.9

300

030W0A35C064XSN

GRP 3 CAST IRON GEAR PUMP 34.3CC/REV. CCW

34.3

280

030W0A45C064XSN

GRP 3 CAST IRON GEAR PUMP 45.2CC/REV. CCW

45.2

250

030W0A55C065XSN

GRP 3 CAST IRON GEAR PUMP 54.5CC/REV. CCW

54.5

230

030W0A64C064XSN

GRP 3 CAST IRON GEAR PUMP 63.9CC/REV. CCW

63.9

200

030W0A80C064XSN

GRP 3 CAST IRON GEAR PUMP 78.7CC/REV. CCW

78.7

170

Pump gasket part no.

Type

Displacement Max. pres(cc/rev.) sure (bar)

Part No.

PG-03M

Capacity

Cm3/ rev

24.9

34.3

45.2

54.5

63.9

78.7

P1 Max working pressure

Bar

300

280

250

230

200

170

P2 Intermittent pressure

Bar

320

300

270

250

220

190

P3 Max peak pressure

Bar

350

330

300

270

240

210

Max speed for P1 pressure

Rpm

3000

2500

2200

2000

1800

Max speed without load

Rpm

3500

3000

2800

2500

2200

Min speed for P1 pressure

Rpm

450

350

300

250

200

Type

A (mm)

104

Type

A (mm)

B(mm)

110

127

117

127

123

132

129

132

132.9

132

138.6

132

The option for alternative mounting flanges and shafts are available, please contact the sales office for details.

Piston pumps

PVPC- -3029

PVPC PISTON PUMP Variable displacement axial piston pumps with swash plate design suited for high pressure open circuits. Available with Pressure compensator (C) load sense (L) or remote control (R) options.

PORT DIMENSIONS IN = Flange SAE 3000 1 1/4”

Mass KG PVPC-*- 3029

OUT = Flange SAE 6000 3/4” D1, D2 = 1/2” BSPP

PVPC- -4046 Ordering Chart Part No.

Description

Displacement (cc/rev.)

Max. pressure (bar)

PVPC-C-3029/1D

AXIAL PISTON PUMP (29CC/REV) C/W ROTATION

280

PVPC-C-4046/1D

AXIAL PISTON PUMP (46CC/REV) C/W ROTATION

280

PVPC-C-5073/1D

AXIAL PISTON PUMP (73CC/REV) C/W ROTATION

280

PVPC-L-3029/1D

AXIAL PISTON PUMP (29CC/REV) C/W ROTATION

280

PVPC-L-4046/1D

AXIAL PISTON PUMP (46CC/REV) C/W ROTATION

280

PVPC-L-5073/1D

AXIAL PISTON PUMP (73CC/REV) C/W ROTATION

280

PVPC-R-3029/1D

AXIAL PISTON PUMP (29CC/REV) C/W ROTATION

280

PVPC-R-4046/1D

AXIAL PISTON PUMP (46CC/REV) C/W ROTATION

280

PVPC-R-5073/1D

AXIAL PISTON PUMP (73CC/REV) C/W ROTATION

280 PORT DIMENSIONS IN = Flange SAE 3000 1 1/2”

Hydraulic Characteristics PVPC size

3029

4046

5073

Displacement (cc/rev)

Theoretical max flow at 1450 rpm (l/min)

66,7

105,8

Max pressure (bar)

280/350

Min/Max inlet pressure (bar)

0,8 / 25

0,8/25

Max pressure on drain port

1,5

Power consumption at 1450 rpm and at a max displacement (Kw)

19,9

31,6

50,1

Max Torque on the shaft (Nm)

Type 1 210

Type 1 350

Type 1 670

Max torque at max working pressure (Nm)

128

203

328

Speed rating (rpm)

500 / 3000

500 / 2600

Body volume

0,7

0,9

1,5

Mass KG PVPC-*- 4046

OUT = Flange SAE 6000 1” D1, D2 = 1/2” BSPP

PVPC- -5073

PORT DIMENSIONS

Mass KG

IN = Flange SAE 3000 2”

PVPC-*- 5073

OUT = Flange SAE 6000 1 1/4”

PVPV-*-5090

D1, D2 = 3/4” BSP

Vane pumps

PFE ATOS VANE PUMP PFE are fixed displacement -twelve vane pumps, cartridge design with integral hydraulic balancing for high pressure operation, long service life and low noise level.

Performance columns detailing flow rate and power consumption at varying Delta P

Ordering Chart Part No.

Description

PFE-31016-

FIXED VANE PUMP (16.5CC/

PFE-31022-

FIXED VANE PUMP (21.6CC/

PFE-31028-

FIXED VANE PUMP (28.1CC/

PFE-31036-

FIXED VANE PUMP (35.6CC/

PFE-31044-

FIXED VANE PUMP (43.7CC/

PFE-41029-

FIXED VANE PUMP (29.3CC/

PFE-41037-

FIXED VANE PUMP (36.6CC/

PFE-41045-

FIXED VANE PUMP (45CC/

PFE-41056-

FIXED VANE PUMP (55.8CC/

PFE-41070-

FIXED VANE PUMP (69.9CC/

PFE-41085-

FIXED VANE PUMP (85.3CC/

PFE-51090-

FIXED VANE PUMP (90CC/

PFE-51110-

FIXED VANE PUMP (109.6CC/

PFE-51129-

FIXED VANE PUMP (129.2CC/

PFE-51150-

FIXED VANE PUMP (150.2CC/

1DT 1DT 1DT 1DT 1DT 1DT 1DT 1DT 1DT 1DT 1DT 1DT 1DT 1DT 1DT

REV) C/W ROTATION REV) C/W ROTATION

REV) C/W ROTATION REV) C/W ROTATION REV) C/W ROTATION REV) C/W ROTATION REV) C/W ROTATION REV) C/W ROTATION REV) C/W ROTATION REV) C/W ROTATION REV) C/W ROTATION REV) C/W ROTATION REV) C/W ROTATION REV) C/W ROTATION REV) C/W ROTATION

Displacement (cc/rev.)

Max. pressure (bar)

Speed range (rpm)

7 bar

70 bar

140 bar

210 bar

l/min

16.5

210

800-2800

0.5

8.3

21.6

210

800-2800

0.6

10.8

28.1

210

800-2800

0.8

5.5

35.6

210

800-2800

12.5

17.8

43.7

210

800-2500

1.3

15.5

29.3

210

800-2500

0.8

5.5

14.7

36.6

210

800-2500

12.5

18.3

210

800-2500

1.3

8.5

22.6

55.8

210

800-2500

1.6

69.9

210

800-2500

101

13.5

85.3

210

800-2000

124

2.4

121

118

114

210

800-2200

128

2.7

124

119

114

109.6

210

800-2200

157

3.2

152

147

141

129.2

210

800-2200

186

3.7

180

174

168

150.2

210

800-1800

215

4.2

211

204

197

All pumps are available with anti-clock rotation & splined shafts.

Piston pumps

K3VL OPEN CIRCUIT AXIAL PISTON PUMP The K3VL series swash plate type axial piston pumps are designed to satisfy the marine, mobile and industrial markets where a medium/high pressure variable displacement pump is required. K3VL pumps are available in nominal displacements ranging from 28 to 200 cm/rev with various pressure, torque limiter and combination of load sensing control options.

Specifications Pump Model

K3VL28

K3VL45

K3VL80

K3VL112

K3VL140

K3VL200

Capacity cc/rev

112

140

200

2200

1900

2700

2500

2200

Rated (bar)

Pressure ratings

320

Peak (bar

Speed ratings

350

Self primed (rpm)

3000

2700

2400

Max. Boosted (rpm)

3600

3250

3000

Minimum operating speed Case drain pressure

600

Max continuous (bar)

Peak (bar)

Weight (kg)

Case fill capacity (L)

0.6

0.8

1.5

Temperature range

minus 20 to 95

Viscosity range (cSt)

10 to 1000 - viscosities greater than 200 will require a no load warm up

Maximum contamination level Standard SAE mounting

Ordering Chart

flange and shaft

Shaft

Optional SAE mounting

Mounting

Displacement (cc/ Max. pressure rev.) (bar)

Description

29L35N0SP0

K3VL28/C-1NRKM-P0 - C/W ROT WITH PRESS CUT OFF

350

29L43N0SP0

K3VL45/B-1NRKM-P0 - C/W ROT WITH PRESS CUT OFF

350

29L83N0SP0

K3VL80/B-1NRKM-PO - C/W ROT WITH PRESS CUT OFF

350

29LG3N0SP0

K3VL112/B-1NRKM-PO - C/W ROT WITH PRESS CUT OFF

112

350

29LH3N0SP0

K3VL140/B-1NRKM-PO - C/W ROT WITH PRESS CUT OFF

140

350

29LK3N0SP100-KBP

K3VL200/B-1NRKM-PO - C/W ROT WITH PRESS CUT OFF

200

350

29L35N0SL0

K3VL28/C-1NRKM-LO - C/W ROT PUMP WITH LOAD SENSE

350

29L43N0SL0

K3VL45/B-1NRKM-LO - C/W ROT PUMP WITH LOAD SENSE

350

29L83N0SL10

K3VL80/B-1NRKM-LO - C/W ROT PUMP WITH LOAD SENSE

350

29LG3N0SL0

K3VL112/B-1NRKM-LO - C/W ROT PUMP WITH LOAD SENSE

112

350

29LH3N0SL0

K3VL140/B-1NRKM-LO - C/W ROT PUMP WITH LOAD SENSE

140

350

29LK3N0SL0

K3VL200/B-1NRKM-LO - C/W ROT PUMP WITH LOAD SENSE

200

350

The above options are standard pumps fitted with either Load Sense + Pressure Cut Off (LO) or Press Cut Off (PO) controllers.

2 - bolt SAE B

2 - bolt SAE C

Parallel keyed

SAE B spline

shaft

4 - bolt SAE D

Parallel keyed

Shaft

Standard ISO mounting

Mounting

Shaft

4 - bolt SAE E SAE D spline or

SAE D spline or key

shaft

flange and shaft flange and shaft

Part No.

ISO 44060 18/15

Mounting

key and spline

2 - bolt SAE C

SAE C or C-C

SAE F spline

2 bolt ISO 100

4 bolt ISO 180

ISO 25mm key

ISO 45mm key

The following chart shows the options of controller available for each pump size. Please contact the sales office for details. Regulator type

Load sense + pressure cut off (with LS bleed)

Load sense + pressure cut off (with LS bleed blocked)

Load sense + intergral proportional relief

112

140

200

Pressure cut-off

Pressure cut-off & intergral proportional relief

Torque limiter (with provision for torque limiter or displacement control

High setting range (available for all ‘/1’,’/2’ & ‘/3’ options)

Electric displacement control (pilot pressure required) AMP flying lead 24v DC

Pilot operated displacement control

All pumps are single section with a thru drive cover plate, side ports, clockwise rotation with standard SAE mounting flange and parallel keyed shaft. Anti clockwise rotation, splined shafts and metric ISO mountings are available on request.

Piston pumps

K3VL28

K3VL 112+140

K3VL45

K3VL 200

K3VL80

Hand pumps

PMP 20-s

SPECIFICATIONS: • Cast iron body • Piston treated with Niploy • White zinc plated support lever • Lever connection Ø 27 • White zinc plated external parts • Standard colour black

PM 12 24 45 byB-s

SPECIFICATIONS: • Cast iron body • Piston treated with Niploy • White zinc plated support lever • Lever connection Ø 27 • White zinc plated external parts • Standard colour black • Oil tank mounting kit included

Ordering Chart

Ordering Chart Part No. PMP20-S

PMP20-E-S

Description DOUBLE-ACTING HAND

PUMP 20CC/REV + RELEASE VALVE

DOUBLE-ACTING HAND PUMP 20CC/STROKE

Release valve

Displacement (cc/stroke)

Max. pressure (bar)

YES

350

PMO 50-s

SPECIFICATIONS:

Release Displacement valve (cc/stroke)

Max. pressure (bar)

Part No.

Description

PM12-S

DOUBLE-ACTING HAND PUMP 12CC/REV + RELEASE VALVE

YES

380

PM25-S

DOUBLE-ACTING HAND PUMP 25CC/REV + RELEASE VALVE

YES

350

PM45-S

DOUBLE-ACTING HAND PUMP 45CC/REV + RELEASE VALVE

YES

280

PM12-E-S

DOUBLE-ACTING HAND PUMP 12CC/REV

380

PM25-E-S

DOUBLE-ACTING HAND PUMP 25CC/REV

350

PM45-E-S

DOUBLE-ACTING HAND PUMP 45CC/REV

280

PM 12 24 45 byB-s

• Cast iron body • Piston treated with Niploy • White zinc plated support lever • Lever connection Ø 27 • White zinc plated external parts • Standard colour black

Ordering Chart

Ordering Chart Part No. PMO50-S PMO70-E-S

Description DOUBLE-ACTING HAND PUMP 50CC/REV + RELEASE VALVE

DOUBLE-ACTING HAND PUMP 50CC/STROKE

Release valve

Displacement (cc/stroke)

Max. pressure (bar)

YES

280

Part No.

Description

Release valve

Displacement (cc/stroke)

Max. pressure (bar)

PM12-S

DOUBLE-ACTING HAND PUMP 12CC/REV

YES

380

PM25-S

DOUBLE-ACTING HAND PUMP 25CC/REV

YES

350

PM45-S

DOUBLE-ACTING HAND PUMP 45CC/REV

YES

280

PM12-E-S

DOUBLE-ACTING HAND PUMP 12CC/REV + RELIEF VALVE

380

PM25-E-S

DOUBLE-ACTING HAND PUMP 25CC/REV + RELIEF VALVE

350

PM45-E-S

DOUBLE-ACTING HAND PUMP 45CC/REV + RELIEF VALVE

280

Hand pumps PMDVB 12 25 45

Ordering Chart Part No.

Description

Displacement (cc/stroke)

Max. pressure (bar)

PMDVB12-S

DOUBLE-ACTING HAND PUMP + DCV + CHECK 12CC/REV

380

PMDVB25-S

DOUBLE-ACTING HAND PUMP + DCV + CHECK 25CC/REV

350

PMDVB45-S

DOUBLE-ACTING HAND PUMP + DCV + CHECK 45CC/REV

280

Dual pilot operated check valves, 5:1

HAND PUMP TANK (STEEL) WITH SUCTION PIPE & BREATHER

Steel hand pump reservoir supplied complete with suction pipe.

Ordering Chart Part No.

Description

S1-AC-R S2-AC-R

(mm)

1 LITRE HAND PUMP RESERVOIR

100

150

120

2 LITRE HAND PUMP RESERVOIR

100

150

120

S3-AC-R

3 LITRE HAND PUMP RESERVOIR

100

150

120

S5-AC-R

5 LITRE HAND PUMP RESERVOIR

150

170

S7-AC-R

7 LITRE HAND PUMP RESERVOIR

150

170

S10-AC-R

10 LITRE HAND PUMP RESERVOIR

150

170

HAND PUMP HANDLE

Handle ordered separately Part No.

Description

LPM27 X 600

HAND PUMP LEVER 600mm

Directional valves & modules ATOS CETOP 03

ATOS CETOP 05

ATOS RELIEF VALVE MODULE

ATOS FLOW CONTROL MODULE

ATOS CHECK VALVE MODULE

DUAL OVERCENTRE ASSEMBLY, CETOP 3 MODULE

PROPORTIONAL DIRECTIONAL VALVE DHZE-A

E-MI-AS-IR - PLUG ON DIGITAL DRIVER FOR SINGLE SOLENOID OPERATION

E-BM-AS - DIN RAIL MTD PROPORTIONAL DRIVER

Spool type, two or three position direct operated valves with high performance threaded solenoids certified according the North America standard cURus.

Part No. DHE-0610-X-00/ DC

Symbol

Description CETOP 03 SINGLE SOLENOID DIRECTIONAL VALVE

DHE-0610-X-00/

CETOP 03 SINGLE SOLENOID

DHE-0611-X-00/

CETOP 03 SINGLE SOLENOID

DHE-0611-X-00/ AC

DIRECTIONAL VALVE DIRECTIONAL VALVE

CETOP 03 SINGLE SOLENOID DIRECTIONAL VALVE

DHE-0613-X-00/

CETOP 03 SINGLE SOLENOID

DHE-0613-X-00/

CETOP 03 SINGLE SOLENOID

DC AC

DHE-0631/2-X-00/ DC

DIRECTIONAL VALVE DIRECTIONAL VALVE

CETOP 03 SINGLE SOLENOID DIRECTIONAL VALVE

DHE-0631/2-X-00/

CETOP 03 SINGLE SOLENOID

DHE-0710-X-00/

CETOP 03 DOUBLE SOLENOID

DHE-0710-X-00/ AC

DHE-0711-X-00/ DC

DHE-0711-X-00/ AC

DIRECTIONAL VALVE

CETOP 03 DOUBLE SOLENOID DIRECTIONAL VALVE

DHE-0713-X-00/

CETOP 03 DOUBLE SOLENOID

DHE-071B3-X-00/

CETOP 03 DOUBLE SOLENOID

DHE-0714-X-00/

CETOP 03 DOUBLE SOLENOID

DHE-0714-X-00/

CETOP 03 DOUBLE SOLENOID

Spool type

Ordering Chart - Cetop 03 solenoid coils

Ordering Chart

DIRECTIONAL VALVE

Max. Max. flow pressure (lpm) (bar) 50

350

Part No. SP-

COE-110/50/60/ AC

350 SP-

50 50

350

COE-230/50/60/ AC

350 SP-COE-12DC

350

SP-COE-24DC

Q/ΔP DIAGRAMS based on mineral oil ISO VG 46 at 50°C

Flow direction

- Standard coil protection IP65

Description

Picture of item

CETOP

03 SOLE-

P A

350

3, 3/1

4, 4/8, 5, 5/1, 49, 58, 58/1, 94

1/2, 0/2

6, 7, 16, 17

2/2

09, 19, 90, 91

39, 93

DHE

T D

D C B A

Flow rate [l/min]

OPERATING LIMITS based on mineral oil ISO VG 46 at 50°C

DHE - AC Curve

Spool type

1, 1/2, 8

0, 0/1, 1, 1/2, 3, 8

0, 0/1, 0/2, 1/1, 1/9, 3

0/2, 1/1, 6, 7, 1/9, 19

3, 3/1, 6, 7

230V/50/60HZ

4, 4/8, 5, 5/1, 16, 17, 19, 39, 58, 58/1, 09, 90, 91, 93, 94

3/1, 4, 4/8, 5, 5/1, 16, 17, 19, 39, 49, 58, 58/1, 09, 90, 91, 93, 94

CETOP 03

2, 2/2

-110V/50/60HZ CETOP 03

SOLENOID COIL -

SOLENOID

DHE - DC

2, 2/2

COIL - 12VDC

Flow rate [l/min]

CETOP 03

SOLENOID

COIL - 24VDC

MAIN CHARACTERISTICS, SEALS AND HYDRAULIC FLUID - for other fluids not included in below table, consult our technical office

Assembly position / location

Any position

Subplate surface finishing

Roughness index Ra 0,4 - flatness ratio 0,01/100 (ISO 1101)

MTTFd values according to EN ISO 13849

150 years, for further details see technical table P007 Standard execution = -30°C ÷ +70°C /PE option = -20°C ÷ +70°C /BT option = -40°C ÷ +70°C

Seals, recommended fluid temperature

NBR seals (standard) = -20°C ÷ +60°C, with HFC hydraulic fluids = -20°C ÷ +50°C FKM seals (/PE option) = -20°C ÷ +80°C HNBR seals (/BT option) = -40°C ÷ +60°C, with HFC hydraulic fluids = -40°C ÷ +50°C

Recommended viscosity

15÷100 mm2/s - max allowed range 2.8 ÷ 500 mm2/s

Fluid contamination class

ISO 4406 class 21/19/16 NAS 1638 class 10, in line filters of 25 μm (β25 > _ 75 recommended)

Hydraulic fluid Flame resistant without water Flame resistant with water Flow direction Operating pressure

Note: Valves must be ordered specifically for AC or DC voltages Note: Valves supplied without coils. Coils ordered separately.

The diagrams have been obtained with warm solenoids and power supply at lowest value (Vnom - 10%). The curves refer to application with symmetrical flow through the valve (i.e. P A and B T). In case of asymmetric flow and if the valves have the devices for controlling the switching times the operating limits must be reduced.

Mineral oils 50

350

B A

1, 1/1, 1/9

NOID COIL

350

0, 0/1

Ambient temperature 50

Valve pressure drop Δp [bar]

ATOS CETOP 03

Directional valves & modules

Inlet pressure [bar]

Directional valves & modules

Inlet pressure [bar]

Suitable seals type

Classification

NBR, FKM, HNBR

HL, HLP, HLPD, HVLP, HVLPD

FKM

HFDU, HFDR

NBR, HNBR

HFC

As shown in the symbols of table

Ports P,A,B: 350 bar; Port T 210 bar for DC version; 160 bar for AC version

Rated flow

See diagrams Q/Δp at section

Maximum flow

80 l/min, see operating limits at section

Ref. Standard DIN 51524 ISO 12922

Directional valves & modules Spool type, two or three position direct operated valves with threaded solenoids certified according the North America standard cURus. - Standard coil protection IP65

6 Q/ΔP DIAGRAMS based on mineral oil ISO VG 46 at 50°C Q/ΔP DIAGRAMS based on mineral oil ISO VG 46 at 50°C Flow direction P ADKE P B A T B T P T B A Flow 18 H G direction P A P B A T B T P T B A Spool type 18 F Spool type 15 0, 0/1, 0/2, 2/2 A A B B E 15 0, 0/1, 0/2, 2/2 A A B B 1, 1/1, 1/9, 6, 8 A A D C 12 6

1, 1/1, 1/9, 6, 8

3, 3/1, 7

5, 58

39, 93

19, 91

1/2

D B

3, 3/1, 12 7

5, 58

C B

B F

39, 93

1/2 6 19, 91

D C

F B A G

Valve pressure drop Δp [bar]

ATOS CETOP 05

Valve pressure drop Δp [bar]

Directional valves & modules

G F E

D C B A

9 6 3 0

100 125 150

DKE

100 125 150

Flow rate [l/min]

Flow rate [l/min] LIMITS based on mineral oil ISO VG 46 at 50°C 7 OPERATING OPERATING LIMITS based on mineral oil ISO VG 46 at 50°C The diagrams have been obtained with warm solenoids and power supply at lowest value (Vnom - 10%). The curves refer

A -and B The T). Incurves case of asymmetric flow and symmetrical flowsupply through valve (i.e.(V Pnom The diagrams have been obtained with warm solenoids and power at the lowest value 10%). refer to application withif the valves have the devices for c operating limits T). In times case the of asymmetric flow must and ifbe thereduced. valves have the devices for controlling the switsymmetrical flow through the valve (i.e. P A and B ching ching times the operating limits must be reduced. DKE - DC / DKE - AC DKE - DC

Description CETOP 05 SINGLE SOLENOID

DKE1610-X-00/DC

DIRECTIONAL VALVE CETOP 05 SINGLE SOLENOID

DKE1610-X-00/AC

DIRECTIONAL VALVE CETOP 05 SINGLE SOLENOID

DKE1611-X-00/DC

DIRECTIONAL VALVE CETOP 05 SINGLE SOLENOID

DKE1611-X-00/AC

DIRECTIONAL VALVE CETOP 05 SINGLE SOLENOID

DKE1613-X-00/DC

DIRECTIONAL VALVE CETOP 05 SINGLE SOLENOID

DKE1613-X-00/AC

DIRECTIONAL VALVE

DKE-1631/2-X-00/

CETOP 05 SINGLE SOLENOID

DIRECTIONAL VALVE

DKE-1631/2-X-00/

CETOP 05 SINGLE SOLENOID

DIRECTIONAL VALVE CETOP 05 DOUBLE SOLENOID

DKE1710-X-00/DC

DIRECTIONAL VALVE CETOP 05 DOUBLE SOLENOID

DKE1710-X-00/AC

DIRECTIONAL VALVE CETOP 05 DOUBLE SOLENOID

DKE1711-X-00/DC

DIRECTIONAL VALVE CETOP 05 DOUBLE SOLENOID

DKE1711-X-00/AC

DIRECTIONAL VALVE CETOP 05 DOUBLE SOLENOID

DKE1713-X-00/DC

DIRECTIONAL VALVE A

DKE1713-X-00/AC P

DKE1714-X-00/DC

DKE1714-X-00/AC

CETOP 05 DOUBLE SOLENOID DIRECTIONAL VALVE CETOP 05 DOUBLE SOLENOID DIRECTIONAL VALVE CETOP 05 DOUBLE SOLENOID DIRECTIONAL VALVE

100

350

Part No. SP-CAE-

110/50/60AC

SP-CAE-

230/50/60AC 100

350

100

350

100

350

SP-CAE-12DC

Description

Picture of item

CETOP 05 SOLENOID COIL

C D

120 60 0

CETOP 05

SOLENOID COIL - 230V/50/60HZ

Curve

CETOP 05

SOLENOID COIL

CETOP 05 SOLENOID COIL - 24VDC

180

-110V/50/60HZ

- 12VDC

SP-CAE-24DC

240

0, 1/1, 3, 3/1

19, 91

1, 1/2, 0/2

4, 5

U Z

Assembly position / location

100

350

Ambient temperature

100

350

Seals, recommended fluid temperature

100

350

100

350

100

350

100

350

100

350

Note: Valves supplied without coils. Coils ordered separately.

100 125 150

4, 5, 19, 91

C D

6, 7

0, 1/1, 3, 3/1

19, 91

1, 1/2, 0/2

4, 5

6, 7, 8, 2/2

zontal axis if operated by impulses

Roughness index Ra 0,4 - flatness ratio 0,01/100 (ISO 1101) 150 years, for further details see technical table P007 Standard execution = -30°C ÷ +70°C /PE option = -20°C ÷ +70°C /BT option = -40°C ÷ +70°C NBR seals (standard) = -20°C ÷ +60°C, with HFC hydraulic fluids = -20°C ÷ +50°C FKM seals (/PE option)= -20°C ÷ +80°C HNBR seals (/BT option)= -40°C ÷ +60°C, with HFC hydraulic fluids = -40°C ÷ +50°C ISO 4406 class 21/19/16 NAS 1638 class 10, in line filters of 25 μm (β25 > _ 75 recommended) Classification Ref. Standard Suitable seals type DIN 51524 NBR, FKM, HNBR HL, HLP, HLPD, HVLP, HVLPD

Flame resistant with water Flow direction

Note: Valves must be ordered specifically for AC or DC voltages

Fluid contamination class Hydraulic fluid Mineral oils

350

Flow Flow75rate100 [l/min] 0 25 50 125 150 50 rate 75 [l/min] 100 125 150 Flow rate [l/min] Flow rate [l/min] Spool type AC DC 0/1 0, 0/1, 1, 1/1, 3, 3/1, 1/2, 0/2, 8

15÷100 mm2/s - max allowed range 2.8 ÷ 500 mm2/s

FKM

NBR, HNBR

As shown in the symbols of table

HFDU, HFDR HFC

ISO 12922

Rated flow

Ports P,A,B: 350 bar; Port T 210 bar for DC version (250 bar with option /Y); 160 bar for AC version See diagrams Q/Δp at section

Maximum flow

150 l/min, see operating limits at section

Operating pressure 100

Recommended viscosity

Flame resistant without water

350

C D

4, 5 Z 0/1, 1/1, 3/1 Any position for all valves except for type - 170* (without springs) that must be installed with hori0/1, 1/1, 3/1

Subplate surface finishing MTTFd values according to EN ISO 13849

350

2/2 SEALS AND FLUIDS --for other fluids not included 6, 7, 8, 2/2 2/2 HYDRAULIC 3 E MAIN CHARACTERISTCS, U 4, 5 in below table, consult our technical office

100

Curve

DC A 0, 0/1, 1, 1/1, 3, 3/1, 1/2,B0/2, 8

B A

6, 7

120 60

Spool type

E D

180 120

Flow rate [l/min] AC 0/1

240 180

100 125 150

4, 5, 19, 91

300 240

3.1 Coils characteristics Insulation class Protection degree to DIN EN 60529 Relative duty factor Supply voltage and frequency Supply voltage tolerance Certification

NOTES

360

H (180°C) for DC coils F (155°C) for AC coils Due to the occuring surface temperatures of the solenoid coils, the European standards EN ISO 13732-1 and EN ISO 4413 must be taken into account IP 65 (with connectors 666, 667, 669 correctly assembled) 100% See electric feature ± 10% CURUS North American Standard

Inlet pressure [bar]

Symbol

Max. Max. flow pressure (lpm) (bar)

300

360DKE - DC / options L7, L8 E D C B 360 300 300 U Z 240 240 180 180 120 120 60 60

DKE - DC

360 300

Inlet pressure [bar] Inlet pressure [bar]

Part No.

Ordering Chart - Cetop 05 solenoid coils

Inlet pressure [bar] Inlet pressure [bar]

Ordering Chart

360

DKE - AC

360

Inlet pressure [bar]

300

240 180 120 60 0

Flow ra

Directional valves & modules

ATOS RELIEF VALVE MODULE

HMP are direct operated pressure relief valves. HM and KM are double stage pressure relief valves with balanced poppet 1. The pressure adjustment is operated by loosening the locking nut 2 and turning the screw 3 protected by the cap 4. Optional versions with setting adjustment by handwheel 5 instead of the screw available on request. Clockwise rotation increases the pressure.

Assembly position / location

Any position

Subplate surface finishing

Roughness index Ra 0,4 - flatness ratio 0,01/100 (ISO 1101)

MTTFd values according to EN ISO 13849

150 years, for further details see technical table P007 Standard execution = -30°C ÷ +70°C /PE option = -20°C ÷ +70°C /BT option = -40°C ÷ +70°C

Ambient temperature

Seals, recommended fluid temperature

NBR seals (standard) = -20°C ÷ +60°C, with HFC hydraulic fluids = -20°C ÷ +50°C FKM seals (/PE option)= -20°C ÷ +80°C HNBR seals (/BT option)= -40°C ÷ +60°C, with HFC hydraulic fluids = -40°C ÷ +50°C

Recommended viscosity

15÷100 mm2/s - max allowed range 2.8 ÷ 500 mm2/s

Fluid contamination class

ISO 4406 class 21/19/16 NAS 1638 class 10, in line filters of 25 μm (β25 > _ 75 recommended)

Hydraulic fluid

Classification

Suitable seals type

Mineral oils

Valve size and max flow: • HMP = size 06, max flow 35 I/min • HM = size 06, max flow 60 I/min • KM = size 10, max flow 120 I/min

MAIN CHARACTERISTICS, SEALS and HYDRAULIC FLUIDS - for other fluids not included in below table, consult our technical office

Flame resistant without water Flame resistant with water

NBR, FKM, HNBR

HL, HLP, HLPD, HVLP, HVLPD

FKM

HFDU, HFDR

NBR, HNBR

HFC

Ref. Standard DIN 51524 ISO 12922

Ordering Chart

HMP-015-210

HM-011-210

HM-012-210

HM-013-210

HM-014-210

HM-015-210

KM-011-210

KM-012-210

KM-013-210

KM-014-210

KM-015-210

CETOP 03 RELIEF VALVE MODULE A & B TO T

CETOP 03 RELIEF VALVE MODULE A TO T

CETOP 03 RELIEF VALVE MODULE B TO T

CETOP 03 RELIEF VALVE

MODULE A TO B & B TO A CETOP 03 RELIEF VALVE MODULE P TO T

CETOP 03 RELIEF VALVE MODULE A & B TO T

CETOP 03 RELIEF VALVE MODULE A TO T

CETOP 03 RELIEF VALVE MODULE B TO T

CETOP 03 RELIEF VALVE

MODULE A TO B & B TO A CETOP 05 RELIEF VALVE MODULE P TO T

CETOP 05 RELIEF VALVE MODULE A & B TO T

CETOP 05 RELIEF VALVE MODULE A TO T

CETOP 05 RELIEF VALVE MODULE B TO T

CETOP 05 RELIEF VALVE

MODULE A TO B & B TO A

350

120

350

120

350

120

350

120

350

120

350

HMP 50 = 2 - 50 BAR 100 = 3 - 100 BAR 210 = 10 - 210 BAR 350 = 15 - 350 BAR

REGULATED PRESSURE VERSUS FLOW DIAGRAMS (Based on mineral oil ISO VG 46 at 50°C) HMP

Flow rate [l/min]

HM 50 = 4 - 50 BAR 100 = 5 - 100 BAR 210 = 5 - 210 BAR 350 = 5 - 350 BAR

Flow rate [l/min]

MINIMUM PRESSURE VERSUS FLOW DIAGRAMS (Based on fluid viscosity of 25 mm2/s at 40°C) HMP

KM 50 = 4 - 50 BAR 100 = 5 - 100 BAR 210 = 5 - 210 BAR 350 = 5 - 350 BAR

KM Regulated pressure at port P [bar]

HMP-014-210

MODULE P TO T

Available Pressure range (bar)

Flow rate [l/min]

KM Min. regulated pressure [bar]

HMP-013-210

CETOP 03 RELIEF VALVE

Max. flow Max. pressure (lpm) (bar)

Regulated pressure at port P [bar]

HMP-012-210

Description

Min. regulated pressure [bar]

HMP-011-210

Symbol

Regulated pressure at port P [bar]

Part No.

Min. regulated pressure [bar]

Flow rate [l/min]

Directional valves & modules 3

Assembly position / location

Any position

Subplate surface finishing

Roughness index Ra 0,4 - flatness ratio 0,01/100 (ISO 1101)

MTTFd values according to EN ISO 13849

150 years, for further details see technical table P007 Standard execution = -30°C ÷ +70°C /PE option = -20°C ÷ +70°C /BT option = -40°C ÷ +70°C

Ambient temperature

Seals, recommended fluid temperature

NBR seals (standard) = -20°C ÷ +60°C, with HFC hydraulic fluids = -20°C ÷ +50°C FKM seals (/PE option)= -20°C ÷ +80°C HNBR seals (/BT option)= -40°C ÷ +60°C, with HFC hydraulic fluids = -40°C ÷ +50°C

Recommended viscosity

15÷100 mm2/s - max allowed range 2.8 ÷ 500 mm2/s

Fluid contamination class

ISO 4406 class 21/19/16 NAS 1638 class 10, in line filters of 25 μm (β25 > _ 75 recommended)

Hydraulic fluid

Suitable seals type

Mineral oils

HL, HLP, HLPD, HVLP, HVLPD

FKM

HFDU, HFDR

NBR, HNBR

HFC

Flame resistant without water Flame resistant with water

P PP

HQ-012

P P P P P

HQ-013

P P

HQ-014

P PP

P P

HQ-022

P P P

P P

HQ-023

P P

P PP TA

HQ-024 TA

P P

KQ-012

KQ-013

KQ-022

TA TA TA

A A

B B

T T

A & B PORT P P

A A

B B

T T

P P

A A

B B

T T

A A

B B

T T

A A

B B

A A A

A A

T T T

B B B

B B

P P

TB TB

P TA P

TB TB TB

TB TB

TA P TA

TA TA TA

TA TA

P TA

TB TB TB TB

A A A

B B B

TB TB TB

TA TA

P P

A A

B B

TB TB

P TA

TA P TA TA

P TA TA TA

TB TB

TA TA TA

P P P

A A A

B B B

TB TB TB

TA TA TA

P P P

A A A

B B B

TB TB TB

TA TA

P P

A A

B B

TB TB

A A

B B

T T

A A

B B

T T

A A

B B

T T

P P P

P P

A A A

A A

P P P

A A A

P P

B B B

TA TA TA TA

B B B

T T

100

315

TB TB TB

P P

A A

B B

T T

100

315

TB TB

100

TB TB TB

315

B B

TB TB

100

315

100

P P P

A A A

B B B

TB TB TB

TA TA

P P

A A

B B

TB TB

315

P P

A A

B B

T T

P P

A A

B B

T T

P P

A A

B B

T T

P P TA P TA

P P P

P P TA TA TA

P P P

A A

A A A

PP TA

P P TA P TA

B B

B B B

T T

TB TB TB

2.1

1.1

Setting [knob turns]

HR-012 HR-012 HR-012 KR-003 KR-003 KR-003 HR-014 HR-014 HR-014 KR-011 KR-011 KR-011 T

Flow [l/min]

2 1

Setting [knob turns]

Flow [l/min]

TB TB

P TA

P P

A A

4 = Q/Δp diagram for free flow through the P A B T A B T non-returnPTA valve P A B TB

A 3 = RegulationP diagram at ΔpB 50 bar

2 = Regulation diagram at Δp 30 bar

A 1 = RegulationP diagram at ΔpB 10 bar

T T

3.1

DIAGRAMS OF JPQ-2 based on mineral oil ISO VG 46 at 50°C TA P A B TB

TB TB

B B

TB TB

B B B

TB TB TB

P P P

A A A

B B B

TB TB TB

TA TA

P P

A A

B B

TB TB

P TA TA TA

P TA

B B

A A A

T T

P P TA

B B B

B B

P P P

A A

B B

T T

4 = Q/Δp diagram for free flow through the non-returnP valve A B T

A A A

P P

TAP TA TA

P TA TA

A A

3 = Regulation diagram at Δp 50 bar

A 2 = RegulationP diagram at ΔpB 30 bar

1 = Regulation diagram at Δp 10 bar

HR-011 HR-011 HR-011

DIAGRAMS OF KQ-0 based onT mineral oil ISO VG 46 at 50°C P A B

TB TB TB

TB TB

A A

B B B

TB TB TB

A A A

350

P P P

PP TA

B B

A A

350

CETOP 05 FLOW CONTROL MODULE B PORT TA TA TA

350

CETOP 05 FLOW CONTROL MODULE A PORT TA

T T

350

B B

A A

350

P P

A & B PORT TA P

P AMODULE B CETOP 05 DUAL FLOW CONTROL

Max. pressure (bar)

Max. flow (lpm)

T T

P A CETOP 05 FLOW CONTROL MODULE BB PORT

B B

CETOP 05 FLOW CONTROL MODULE A PORT

B B B

A A

A & B PORT P

A A A

P AMODULE B CETOP 05 DUAL FLOWTA CONTROL

P P P

CETOP 03 FLOW CONTROL MODULE BB PORT P A

TA TA TA

PP TA

CETOP 03 FLOW CONTROL MODULE A PORT

A & B PORT P

CETOP 03 DUAL FLOW CONTROL MODULE P A B

B B B

CETOP 03 FLOW CONTROL MODULE B PORT

CETOP 03 FLOW CONTROL MODULE A PORT

AA BB P CETOP 03 DUAL FLOW PCONTROL MODULE

P P

KQ-024

TA TA

KQ-023

P P P

Description P

P TA TA TA

P P P

Symbol B

TA P TA TA

KQ-014

DIAGRAMS OF HQ-0 based on mineral oil ISO VG 46 at 50°C

Differential pressure [bar]

HR-003 HR-003 HR-003

Ref. Standard DIN 51524 ISO 12922

TA TA TA

P P P

A A A

B B B

TB TB TB

TA TA TA

PP P

AA A

BB B

TB TB TB

TA TA

P P

A A

B B

TB TB

KR-012 KR-012 KR-012 A

Setting [knob turns]

Flow [l/min]

DIAGRAMS OF JPQ-3 based on mineral oil ISO VG 46 at 50°C

1 = Regulation diagram atAΔp 10 Bbar TA P 2 = Regulation diagram at Δp 30 bar TA diagram P 3 = Regulation atA Δp 50 Bbar TA

TB TB

4 = Q/Δp diagram for free flow through the TA P A B TB non-return valve TA P A B TB TA

KR-014 KR-014 A

Setting [knob turns]

Differential pressure [bar]

1 = Regulation diagram at Δp 10 bar P (1.1 = option /U) A 2 = Regulation diagram P A at Δp 30 bar P A (2.1 = option /U) P A 3 = Regulation diagram P A at Δp 50 bar (3.1 = option /U) A P 4 = Q/Δp diagram for free flow through the non-return valve

Flow [l/min]

Part No.

HR-002 HR-002 Note: HR-002 Please HR-003 carefully check HR-003 meter characHR-003 teristics when ordering HR-004 HR-004 HR-004 HR-011 HR-011 HR-011 HR-016 HR-016 HR-016 HR-012 KR-002 HR-012 KR-002 HR-012 KR-002 KR-003 HR-013 KR-003 HR-013 KR-003 HR-013 HR-014 KR-004 HR-014 KR-004 HR-014 KR-004 KR-011 KR-011 KR-011 KR-016 KR-016 KR-016 KR-012 KR-012 KR-012 KR-013 KR-013

Flow [l/min]

HQ-013 HQ-013 HQ-013 HR-002 HR-002 HR-002 HQ-022 HQ-022 HQ-022 HR-004 HR-004 HR-004 HQ-024 HQ-024 HQ-024 HR-016 KQ-13 HR-016 KQ-13 HR-016 KQ-13 KR-002 KR-002 KR-002 HR-013 KQ-22 HR-013 KQ-22 HR-013 KQ-22 KR-004 KR-004 KR-004 KQ-24 KQ-24 KQ-24 KR-016 KR-016 KR-016

Flow [l/min]

Ordering Chart

HQ-012 HQ-012 HQ-012 HQ-013 HQ-013 HQ-013 HQ-014 HQ-014 HQ-014 HQ-022 HQ-022 HQ-022 HQ-023 HQ-023 HQ-023 HQ-024 KQ-12 HQ-024 KQ-12 HQ-024 KQ-12 KQ-13 KQ-13 KQ-13 KQ-14 KQ-14 KQ-14 KQ-22 KQ-22 KQ-22 KQ-23 KQ-23 KQ-23 KQ-24 KQ-24 KQ-24

Classification

NBR, FKM, HNBR

Differential pressure [bar]

HQ, KQ are flow throttling valves, not compensated, and with check valves to allow free flow in the opposite direction. The flow adjustment is done by turning the setting screw in the normal model. Optional versions with graduate micrometer knob are available on request. Clockwise rotation increases the throttling (passage reduced).

MAIN CHARACTERISTICS, SEALS and HYDRAULIC FLUID - for other fluids not included in below table, consult our technical office

Differential pressure [bar]

ATOS FLOW CONTROL MODULE

Flow [l/min]

Directional valves & modules

Flow [l/min]

Part No.

P P P

HR-002

P P P P P P

HR-003

PP P P P P

HR-004

PP P P

HR-011

P P P P PP

HR-016

P P P P P

HR-012

HR-013

HR-014

P P P P P

TA TA

P P P P PP P P

TA PP TA

P P P P

TA TA

P P

B B

TA PP TA

P P

KR-002

P P P

P P

B B

TA TA

B B

TA TA

KR-003

B B

TA TA

P P

TA TA

P P

B B

TA TA

P P

B B

TA TA

P P

B B

KR-004

KR-011

A A

B B

T T

A A

B B

A A

B B

T T

A A

B B

T T

A A

B B

T T

A A

B B

T T

A A

B B

A A

B B

T T

A A

B B

T T

A A

B B

T T

A A

B B

T T

A A A

B B B

A A

B B

T T

A A

AA A A

A A

A A A

A A

B B

TA TA

B B

BB B B

B B

A A

A A A

B B

A A

B B

B B B

T T

B B

T T

B B

TB TB TB TB

TB TB TB TB TB TB TB TB TB TB TB TB TB TB

A A

B B

TB TB

A A

B B

TB TB

A A

B B

TB TB

P P

A A

B B

TB TB

TA TA

P P

A A

B B

TB TB

B B

TA TA

P P

B B

TA TA

P P

TA TA

P P

TA TA

P P

B B B

KR-016

KR-012

B B

KR-013

B B

KR-014

TA TA TA TA

P P P P

TA TA

P P

TA TA

P P

TA TA

P P

TA TA

P P

A A

B B

T T

P P

A A

B B

T T

P P

A A

B B

T T

P P

A A

B B

T T

A A

TA TA

Any position

Subplate surface finishing

Roughness index Ra 0,4 - flatness ratio 0,01/100 (ISO 1101)

MTTFd values according to EN ISO 13849

150 years, for further details see technical table P007 Standard execution = -30°C ÷ +70°C /PE option = -20°C ÷ +70°C /BT option = -40°C ÷ +70°C

A A

P P

TA TA

A A

B B

TB TB

A A

B B

TB TB

A A

B B

TB TB

A A

B B

TB TB

A A A A

B B B B

TB TB TB TB

A A

B B

TB TB

A A

B B

TB TB

A A

B B

TB TB

A A

B B

TB TB

A A

P P

B B

A A

B B

A A

B B

TB TB

TA TA

P P

A A

B B

TB TB

TA TA

P P

A A

B B

TB TB

TA TA

P P

A A

B B

TB TB

A A

Max. pressure (bar) 310

310

Classification

Suitable seals type NBR, FKM, HNBR

HL, HLP, HLPD, HVLP, HVLPD

FKM

HFDU, HFDR

NBR, HNBR

HFC

Ref. Standard DIN 51524 ISO 12922

DIAGRAMS OF HR-0 based on mineral oil ISO VG 46 at 50°C Flow through check valve:

1 = AÆ A1; BÆ B1 of HR-012, HR-013, HR-014 2 = A1Æ A; B1Æ B of HR-012, HR-013, HR-014 3 = HR-011, HR-016

310

1 2

Flow [l/min] 5

Flow [l/min]

DIAGRAMS OF KR-0 based on mineral oil ISO VG 46 at 50°C Flow through check valve:

1 = AÆ A1; BÆ B1 of KR-012, KR-013, KR-014 2 = A1Æ A; B1Æ B of KR-012, KR-013, KR-014 3 = KR-011, KR-016

310

1 2

B B

310

P P

A A

B B

TB TB

TA TA

P P

A A

B B

TB TB

TA TA

P P

A A

B B

TB TB

TA TA

P P

A A

B B

TB TB

Flow [l/min]

DIAGRAMS OF JPR-2 based on mineral oil ISO VG 46 at 50°C Flow through check valve:

310

1 = AÆ A1; BÆ B1 of JPR-212, JPR-213, JPR-214 2 = A1Æ A; B1Æ B of JPR-212, JPR-213, JPR-214

310

1 2

310 Flow [l/min]

310

TB TB

TA TA

Flow [l/min]

310

P P

ISO 4406 class 21/19/16 NAS 1638 class 10, in line filters of 25 μm (β25 > _ 75 recommended)

Flame resistant with water

TA TA

15÷100 mm2/s - max allowed range 2.8 ÷ 500 mm2/s

Fluid contamination class

Flame resistant without water

TB TB

T T

TB TB

Recommended viscosity

B B

T T

NBR seals (standard) = -20°C ÷ +60°C, with HFC hydraulic fluids = -20°C ÷ +50°C FKM seals (/PE option)= -20°C ÷ +80°C HNBR seals (/BT option)= -40°C ÷ +60°C, with HFC hydraulic fluids = -40°C ÷ +50°C

Mineral oils

B B

A A

B B

A A

P P

Seals, recommended fluid temperature

Hydraulic fluid

T T

P P

TA TA

B B

P P

TB TB

B B

A A

HR-003 HR-003 HR-003 HR-003 Max. flow Description (lpm) HR-011 CETOP 03 CHECK VALVE MODULE A & B PORT HR-01150 CETOP 03 CHECK VALVE HR-01150 MODULE A PORT HR-011 CETOP 03 CHECK VALVE MODULE B PORT HR-01250 CETOP 03 CHECKHR-012 VALVE 50 MODULE P PORT HR-012 CETOP 03 CHECK VALVE 50 MODULE T PORT HR-012 KR-003 CETOP 03 DUAL POHR-014 CHECK 50 VALVE MODULE A & B PORT KR-003 HR-014 CETOP 03 PO CHECK VALVE KR-00350 MODULE A PORT HR-014 CETOP 03 PO CHECKKR-003 VALVE 50 HR-014 MODULE B PORT KR-011 CETOP 05 CHECK VALVE KR-011100 MODULE A & B PORT CETOP 05 CHECK VALVE KR-011100 MODULE A PORT KR-011 CETOP 05 CHECK VALVE 100 KR-012 MODULE B PORT CETOP 05 CHECK VALVE KR-012100 MODULE P PORT KR-012 CETOP 05 CHECK VALVE 100 MODULE T PORT KR-012 CETOP 05 DUAL PO KR-014 CHECK 100 VALVE MODULE A & B PORT KR-014 CETOP 05 PO CHECK VALVE 100 MODULE A PORT KR-014 CETOP 05 PO CHECK VALVE KR-014100 MODULE B PORT P P

A A

T T

B B

A A

B B

P P P P P P

B B

Assembly position / location

Differential pressure [bar]

B B

MAIN CHARACTERISTICS, SEALS and HYDRAULIC FLUID - for other fluids not included in below table, consult our technical office

Differential pressure [bar]

Ordering Chart

HR-002 HR-002 HR-003 HR-002 HR-003 HR-002 Symbol HR-003 HR-004 HR-003 HR-004 HR-011 HR-004 HR-011 HR-004 HR-011 HR-016 HR-011 HR-016 HR-012 HR-016 HR-012 HR-016 KR-002 HR-012 HR-013 HR-012 KR-002 HR-013 KR-003 HR-014 KR-002 KR-003 HR-013 HR-014 KR-002 HR-013 KR-003 HR-014 KR-004 KR-003 HR-014 KR-004 KR-011 KR-004 KR-011 KR-004 KR-011 KR-016 KR-011 KR-016 KR-012 KR-016 KR-012 KR-016 KR-012 KR-013 KR-012 KR-013 KR-014 KR-013 KR-014 KR-013 KR-014 KR-014

Differential pressure [bar]

B B

Ambient temperature

B B

HR and KR are check valves available as direct or pilot operated models.

Differential pressure [bar]

ATOS CHECK VALVE MODULE

Directional valves & modules

Differential pressure [bar]

Directional valves & modules

310

DIAGRAMS OF JPR-3 based on mineral oil ISO VG 46 at 50°C Flow through check valve:

1 = AÆ A1; BÆ B1 of JPR-312, JPR-313, JPR-314 2 = A1Æ A; B1Æ B of JPR-312, JPR-313, JPR-314

Differential pressure [bar]

Note: Optional versions with decompression are available on request for some models of KR. Flow [l/min]

33 DUAL OVERCENTRE ASSEMBLY, CETOP 3 MODULE

Dimensions [mm]

Features • Steel or Aluminium material options. • Various valve options available on request. • Easily installed. • Includes Cetop O ring interface seals

Symbol

44,4

Operation Housed as a Cetop 3 module, these assemblies can be used in applications where space is at a premium or as an easy retrofit to improve the level of control in motor or cylinder circuits. As well as being able to offer load holding and thermal relief protection these controls are able to meter loads in both directions, preventing a runaway situation.

131

C3DOC

Interface: ISO 4401:2005

Performance

Specifications

26 cSc / 42°C.

Max. pressure (bar)

240

Nom. flow (lpm)

Operating temp.

-20˚C to +50˚C

Pressure Drop (BAR)

Restrictive Valve

20 15 10 5 0 0

20 Flow (LPM)

Piloted Open

Free Flow

Semi-Restrictive Valve

Pressure Drop (BAR)

30 25 20 15 10 5 0 0

20 Flow (LPM)

Piloted Open

30 Free Flow

Fluid temp.

-20˚C to +80˚C

Viscosity range

6 to 420 Cst

Pilot ratio

3:1

Crack pressure

3.5 bar

Filtration

ISO 19/17/14

Hydraulic oil

General Purpose Hydraulic Fluid

Seals

Nitrile (std)

Ordering Chart Part No.

Description

C3-DOCSNH00B1500A

CETOP 03 DUAL O/CENTRE RESTRICTIVE 0-103 BAR

C3-DOCSNH00B4000A

CETOP 03 DUAL O/CENTRE RESTRICTIVE 0-280 BAR

C3-DOCSNH00C1500A

CETOP 03 DUAL O/CENTRE SEMI RESTRICTIVE. 0-103 BAR

C3-DOCSNH00C4000A

CETOP 03 DUAL O/CENTRE SEMI RESTRICTIVE. 0-280 BAR

Max. flow (lpm)

Max. pressure (bar)

15 240 40

Directional valves & modules

Hydraulic Characteristics

PROPORTIONAL DIRECTIONAL VALVE DHZE-A Digital proportional valves without position transducer and with positive spool overlap, for open loop directional controls and not compensated flow regulations. They operate in association with off-board driver, which supply the proportional valves with proper current to align the valve regulation to the reference signal supplied to driver.

Valve model

DHZE

Pressure limits (bar)

Ports P, A, B = 350 T= 210

Spool type & size

S3,L3

S5, L5,

at delta p = 10 bar (P-T)

at delta p = 30 bar (P-T)

at delta p = 70 bar (P-T)

Response time (ms)

30 5 (% of max regulation)

Repeatability (%)

1 (% of max regulation)

Electrical Characteristics Max power consumption Coil voltage code

Ordering Chart Part No.

DHZE-A-071-L1

DHZE-A-071-L3

DHZE-A-071-L5

DHZE-A-071-S3

DHZE-A-071-S5

DHZE-A-073-L1

DHZE-A-073-L3

DHZE-A-073-L5

DHZE-A-073-S3

DHZE-A-073-S5

Symbol

Description CETOP 3 PROPORTIONAL VALVE WITH LINEAR SPOOL

CETOP 3 PROPORTIONAL VALVE WITH LINEAR SPOOL

CETOP 3 PROPORTIONAL VALVE WITH PROGRESSIVE SPOOL

CETOP 3 PROPORTIONAL VALVE WITH LINEAR SPOOL

CETOP 3 PROPORTIONAL VALVE WITH PROGRESSIVE SPOOL

Max. pressure Max. flow (lpm) (bar) 8

270

Hysteresis (%)

30 W standard 12V

option /18v

Max. solenoid current

2.2 A

Coil resistance R at 20 Deg C

3 / 3.3

13 / 13.4

Insulation class

H (180) Due to the ocurring surface temperatures of the solenoid coils the European standards ISO 13732-1 and EN982 must be taken into account

Protection degree to DIN EN60529

IP65 with mating connections

Dutty factor

Continuous rating (ED=100%)

Certification

cURus North American Standard

Spool regulation characteristics : L= Linear S= Progressive Valve body characteristics: chambers type for DHZE 3

DHZE: Size: 06- iso 4401 Max flow: 70 l/min Max pressure: 350 bar The solenoids are certified according to North America standards cURus.

Note: Excludes driver - see P 34 or contact our sales department Note: Flow rates specified in ordering chart are at 30 bar delta P. Note: Cetop 05 type DKZE available on request as not a stocked item.

Directional valves & modules E-MI-AS-IR - PLUG ON DIGITAL DRIVER FOR SINGLE SOLENOID OPERATION

Digital drivers are designed for mounting on the solenoid’s DIN connector of proportional valves without transducer. They supply and control the current to the solenoid according to the electronic reference input signal. The solenoid proportionally transforms the current into a force, acting on the valve spool or poppet, against a reacting spring, thus providing the valve’s hydraulic regulation. E-MIAS drivers can drive single or double solenoid proportional valve.

Note: Safety & explosion proof variants are available to order – see pages 168, 175

Part No. E-MI-AS-IR-01H E-MI-AS-IR-01H/I M12

Description

Reference

DIGITAL ELECTRONIC DRIVER DIN 43650 PLUG

0-10v

FORMAT

DIGITAL ELECTRONIC DRIVER DIN 43650 PLUG

4-20ma

FORMAT

E-BM-AS - DIN RAIL MTD PROPORTIONAL DRIVER

Digital drivers control the current to the solenoid of Atos proportional valves without transducer, according to the electronic reference input signal. The solenoid proportionally transforms the current into a force, acting on the valve spool or poppet, against a reacting spring, thus providing the hydraulic regulation. E-BM-AS can drive up to two single or one double solenoid proportional valves.

Part No.

Description

Voltage

E-BM-AS-PS-01H

DIGITAL ELECTRONIC DRIVER- SINGLE SOLENOID

E-BM-AS-PS-05H

DIGITAL ELECTRONIC DRIVER- DOUBLE SOLENOID

E-BM-AS-PS-01H/12

DIGITAL ELECTRONIC DRIVER- SINGLE SOLENOID

E-BM-AS-PS-05H/12

DIGITAL ELECTRONIC DRIVER- DOUBLE SOLENOID

Single station subplates CETOP 03 SIDE ENTRY SUBPLATE

CETOP 05 SIDE ENTRY SUBPLATE

CETOP 03 RELIEF SUBPLATE

CETOP 05 RELIEF SUBPLATE

Multi station manifolds CETOP 03

CETOP 05

Relief subplate

SUB PLATE MOUNTED RELIEF VALVE

Single station subplates

CETOP 03 SIDE ENTRY SUBPLATE

CETOP 05 SIDE ENTRY SUBPLATE

DESCRIPTION

A compact subplate with basic 4 port layout. Optimised internal drillings ensure that pressure drops are minimised for best system efficiency. 3/4” BSP ports, optional 1/8” BSP Pilot & Drain ports (denoted by XY in part code).

A compact subplate with basic 4 port layout. Optimised internal drillings ensure that pressure drops are minimised for best system efficiency. This item can be offered as subplate only or including a Cetop directional valve. All ports are 3/8” BSP female.

FEATURES

• Steel (zinc plate, clear passivate). • Compact, efficient design. • 350 bar max, zinc plated.

38,1

SYMBOL 17

SYMBOL P

T 60

90,8 10,8

8,75

B (A)

(B)

62,5

(A)

76,2

26,5

76,2

(T)

115

98,5

(P)

X and Y Ports G.1/8”

Ø6

38,1

101,6 25

Ø 10

(P)

(T)

38,1

8,1

(B)

8,1 60

(A)

76,2

(T)

(A)

DIMENSIONS (mm)

(T)

38,1

8,1

76,2

DIMENSIONS (mm)

Ø 10

• Steel (zinc plated) or Aluminium (anodised) material options. • Compact, efficient design. • 350 bar max, zinc plated.

125

38,1

T 38,1

Ø6

G.3/4”

3/8” BSP

38,1 3/8” BSP

P (A)

P 58,8

Interface: ISO 4401:2005

38,1

Ø 6.5 (THRU x 4)

37,5

(A)

76,2

Interface: ISO 4401:2005

38,1 76,2

Ordering Chart

Ordering Chart Part No.

Description

Max. pressure (bar)

Part No.

Description

Max. pressure (bar)

RF-HSL-853-B-S

CETOP 03 SIDE ENTRY SUBPLATE 3/8 BSPP

350

RF-HSL-1469-X-Y-S

CETOP 05 SIDE ENTRY SUBPLATE 3/4 BSPP

350

RF-HSL-853-C-S

CETOP 03 SIDE ENTRY SUBPLATE 1/2 BSPP

350

Single station subplates

CETOP 03 RELIEF SUBPLATE

CETOP 05 RELIEF SUBPLATE

DESCRIPTION

This is a compact Cetop 3 single station sub-plate with high capacity, direct acting relief with low pressure rise characteristics. The relief is fast acting and is extremely stable in response to load changes. This sub-plate offers the choice of base or side entry P and T ports and is ideal for either tank top mounting or as a stand-alone valve.

This is a compact Cetop 5 single station sub-plate with high capacity pilot operated relief with low pressure rise characteristics, offering a smooth transition in response to load changes. This sub-plate offers the choice of base and / or side entry P and T ports and is ideal for either tank top mounting or as a stand-alone valve. The relief also has a knob (with lock nut) option and is capable of full adjustment between 7 and 275 bar.

FEATURES • Steel (zinc plated) material options. • Port sizes, 3/8 for Pressure and services, 1/2 BSP for tank. • Pressure range 10-240 bar.

FEATURES Type B*

• Steel (zinc plated) material options. •GPressure range 7-276Abar.

SCHEMATIC P

SCHEMATIC Type 0*

P2 1

T P1

DIMENSIONS (mm)

DIMENSIONS (mm) 46

With Knob

Hex.5 46

PORTS

Hex.5

77,9

A, B, P1, P2 = G.3/8 T1, T2 = G.1/2

76,9

Base port option

27.6

(T)

A 53

80 101,6

(T1)

64,6 33,6

(T1)

B P 7

Ordering Chart

8,5

A, B, P, (P1), T, (T1) = G.3/4 G = G.1/4 Interface : ISO 4401:2005

8,5

PORTS

(B)

7,6

(B)

(P)

(T)

110

(P)

110

(P1)

(A)

(P1)

A (A)

Mountings to suit M5 socket head (4)

105 120

38,4

Mountings to suit M5 socket head (4)

38,4

Ø 11

Ø 6,5

63,5

Interface : ISO 4401:2005

63,5

34 34

Ordering Chart

Part No.

Description

Pressure range (bar)

Part No.

Description

Pressure range (bar)

RF-HSL-855-RVS-24-S

CETOP 03 RELIEF SUBPLATE 3/8 BSPP

10-240

RF-HSL-1146

CETOP 05 RELIEF SUBPLATE 3/4 BSPP

7-276

Multi station manifolds

CETOP 03

CETOP 05

Cast iron multi-station manifolds with P + T ports ¾ BSP and service ports ½ BSP.

Cast iron multi-station manifolds with P + T ports ½ BSP and service ports 3/8 BSP. P (M)

T (M)

SYMBOL

T A

SYMBOL

H (mm)

K (mm)

108

120

154

170

204

220

256

270

306

320

356

370

406

420

84 159

250

234

325

309

400

384

475

459

Ordering Chart Part No.

Description

Weight (kg.)

Max. pressure (bar)

EM-213/1Y

CETOP 03 ONE STATION MANIFOLD

320

EM-213/2Y

CETOP 03 TWO STATION MANIFOLD

3.5

320

Part No.

Description

H (mm)

K (mm)

Weight (kg.)

Max. pressure (bar)

EM-213/3Y

CETOP 03 THREE STATION MANIFOLD

320

EM-205/1Y

CETOP 05 ONE STATION MANIFOLD

100

320

EM-213/4Y

CETOP 03 FOUR STATION MANIFOLD

6.5

320

EM-205/2Y

CETOP 05 TWO STATION MANIFOLD

175

159

10.5

320

EM-213/5Y

CETOP 03 FIVE STATION MANIFOLD

320

EM-205/3Y

CETOP 05 THREE STATION MANIFOLD

250

234

320

EM-213/6Y

CETOP 03 SIX STATION MANIFOLD

9.5

320

EM-205/4Y

CETOP 05 FOUR STATION MANIFOLD

325

309

19.5

320

EM-213/7Y

CETOP 03 SEVEN STATION MANIFOLD

320

EM-205/5Y

CETOP 05 FIVE STATION MANIFOLD

400

384

320

EM-213/8Y

CETOP 03 EIGHT STATION MANIFOLD

12.5

320

EM-205/6Y

CETOP 05 SIX STATION MANIFOLD

475

459

28.5

320

Note: available with relief valve on request

Ordering Chart

Note: available with relief valve on request

K (mm)

175

H (mm) 100

Relief subplate SUB PLATE MOUNTED RELIEF VALVE

This is a compact single station sub-plate with high capacity, direct acting relief with low pressure rise characteristics. The relief is fast acting and is extremely stable in response to load changes. The sub-plate offers the choice of base or side entry P and T ports and is ideal for either tank top mounting or as a stand-alone valve. FEATURES • Steel (zinc plated) material options. • Port sizes, 3/8 for pressure and tank. • Pressure range 10-350 bar.

SYMBOL

Ordering Chart Part No.

Description

Pressure range (bar)

Max. flow (lpm)

EC2A-H-3-X-1-F

RELIEF SUBPLATE 3/8" P & T PORTS

36-100

EC2A-H-3-X-2-F

RELIEF SUBPLATE 3/8" P & T PORTS

50-210

EC2A-H-3-X-3-F

RELIEF SUBPLATE 3/8" P & T PORTS

100-350

EC2A-3-3

TOP PLATE WITH GAUGE PORT

N/A

Note: A top should be ordered with each subplate

Mobile directional valves M45 MONOBLOCK VALVE

M45 ACCESSORIES

Q45 MONOBLOCK VALVES

Q45 ACCESSORIES

Q95 MONOBLOCK VALVES

Q95 ACCESSORIES

Mobile directional valves

Mobile directional valves 3/8” BSP Manual directional control valve with main relief valve and lever operated spring centered double acting spools. Valve supplied complete with levers. GENERAL SPECIFICATION

Q45 MONOBLOCK VALVES

1/2 “ BSP manual directional control valve with main relief valve and lever operated spring centered double acting spools. Valve supplied complete with levers.

M45

Working sections number

1 to 6

CIRCUIT Parallel

Parallel circuit stroke (mm)

RATED FLOW

Max recommended flow rate (I/min)

RATED PRESSURE Max.pressure (bar)

Type

X (mm)

M45/1 67

5000 M45/2 102

M45/3 137

M45/4 172

Float spool extra stroke (mm)

Spools pitch (mm)

Max recommended flow rate (I/min)

Max recommended flow rate (GPM)

RATED PRESSURE

350

Max working pressure (PSI)

Parallel circuit stroke (mm)

RATED FLOW

Max recommended flow rate (GPM)

Tandem

Spools pitch (mm)

1 to 8

Parallel

Float spool extra stroke (mm)

Q45

Working sections number CIRCUIT

Tandem

GENERAL SPECIFICATION

M45/5 207

Max.pressure (bar)

350

Max working pressure (PSI)

5000

M45/6 242

Y (mm)

9128

198

233

268

Weights (kg)

2.7

4.1

5.5

6.9

8.3

9.7

Type

Q45/1

Q45/2

Q45/3

Q45/4

Q45/5

Q45/6

Y (mm)

107

145

183

221

259

297

Weights (kg)

4.4

5.8

7.2

8.5

X (mm)

Ordering Chart

114

152

190

228

266

Ordering Chart

M451902

2 SECTION MANUAL VALVE 3/8" BSP WITH D/A SPOOL

M451903

3 SECTION MANUAL VALVE 3/8" BSP WITH D/A SPOOL

M451904

4 SECTION MANUAL VALVE 3/8" BSP WITH D/A SPOOL

M451905

5 SECTION MANUAL VALVE 3/8" BSP WITH D/A SPOOL

M451906

6 SECTION MANUAL VALVE 3/8" BSP WITH D/A SPOOL

n°3 mounting holes

57.5

(2.264)

Q451902

2 SECTIONAL MANUAL VALVE 1/2" BSP WITH D/A SPOOL

Q451903

3 SECTIONAL MANUAL VALVE 1/2" BSP WITH D/A SPOOL

Q451904

4 SECTIONAL MANUAL VALVE 1/2" BSP WITH D/A SPOOL

Q451905

5 SECTIONAL MANUAL VALVE 1/2" BSP WITH D/A SPOOL

Q451906

6 SECTIONAL MANUAL VALVE 1/2" BSP WITH D/A SPOOL

Q451907

7 SECTIONAL MANUAL VALVE 1/2" BSP WITH D/A SPOOL

Q451908

8 SECTIONAL MANUAL VALVE 1/2" BSP WITH D/A SPOOL

32.5

G 1/2"

(1.890)

7°

(1.654)

54.5

G 1/2" T2

95 (3.740)

179 (7.047)

79 (3.110)

B P1 P1

Description 1 SECTIONAL MANUAL VALVE 1/2" BSP WITH D/A SPOOL

(1.280)

(0.984)

(0.610)

(1.654)

15.5

76 (2.992) 48

Part No. Q451901

18°

1 SECTION MANUAL VALVE 3/8" BSP WITH D/A SPOOL

20.5

M451901

(0.807)

Description

(0.807) (2.142)

Part No.

20.5

M45 MONOBLOCK VALVE

G 1.2"

Note: Other spool types in stock / available on request

(1.811)

107 (4.213)

Q45 ACCESSORIES

M45 ACCESSORIES Part No.

38 (1.496)

Description

430503002

M45 - M8 x 210 STANDARD LEVER

320872007

M45 F002A DETENT KIT

421272002 421272004 421272007

Part No. 430503002

18°

240 (9.449) Description

Q45 - M8 x 210 STANDARD LEVER

03743-R3

Q45 3 POSITION DETENT R3

M45 SPOOL P,T,A & B ALL BLOCKED - W001

KR30111

Q45 SPOOL P,T,A & B ALL BLOCKED

M45 SPOOL A, B TO TANK, P BLOCKED - W002

KR30103

Q45 SPOOL A, B TO TANK, P BLOCKED

M45 SINGLE ACTING SPOOL A, P & T BLOCKED - W005

KR30101

Q45 SINGLE ACTING SPOOL A, P & T BLOCKED

Note: Other spool types in stock / available on request

Mobile directional valves Q95 MONOBLOCK VALVES

3/4” BSP manual directional control valve with main relief valve and lever operated spring centred double acting spools. Valve supplied complete with levers. GENERAL SPECIFICATION Q95 Working sections number

CIRCUIT Parallel Tandem Parallel circuit stroke (mm)

Float spool extra stroke (mm)

Spools pitch (mm)

RATED FLOW Max recommended flow rate (l/min)

100

Max recommended flow rate (GPM)

RATED PRESSURE Max. pressure (bar)

300

Max working pressure (PSI)

4350

Type

Q95/1

X (mm)

Y (mm)

107

Weights (kg)

Part No. Q951901 Q951902

Description 1 SECTIONAL MANUAL CONTROL VALVE 3/4" D/A SPOOL

1 SECTIONAL MANUAL CONTROL VALVE 3/4" MOTOR SPOOL

Note: Other spool types in stock / available on request

Q95 ACCESSORIES Part No.

Description

06000-27908-99

Q95 M10 x 210 STANDARD LEVER

08143 R3

Q95 3 POSITION DETENT R3

06000.27908.99

HIGH PRESSURE CARRY OVER PLUG

Line mounted valves CHECK VALVES - VUR-BSP

MALE/MALE ADAPTOR CHECK VALVE - VUN-BSP

DIRECT ACTING RELIEF VALVES - VMDR40

DIRECT ACTING RELIEF VALVES - VMDR90

DIRECT ACTING RELIEF VALVES - VMDR120

DOUBLE CROSS LINE DIRECT ACTING RELIEF VALVES - VBDC

DOUBLE CROSS LINE DIRECT ACTING RELIEF VALVES - DCF

DOUBLE CROSS LINE DIRECT ACTING RELIEF VALVES - DCM

SINGLE ACTING PILOT CHECK VALVE - VRSE

DOUBLE ACTING PILOT CHECK VALVE - VRDE

SINGLE ACTING PILOT CHECK VALVE - VRPE

UNIDIRECTIONAL FLOW CONTROL VALVE - VURF

BIDIRECTIONAL FLOW CONTROL VALVE - VBRF

UNIDIRECTIONAL FLOW CONTROL VALVE - STUF-BSP

BIDIRECTIONAL FLOW CONTROL VALVE - STBF-BSP

PRESSURE COMPENSATED FLOW CONTROL VALVES - VRC

DUAL OVER CENTER VALVE - VBCD

DUAL OVER CENTER VALVE - VBCC

SINGLE OVER CENTER VALVE - VBCL

SHUTTLE VALVE - VUSF

HOSE BURST VALVE - VUBA

TWO WAY HIGH PRESSURE BALL VALVE - RAS2

THREE WAY HIGH PRESSURE BALL VALVE - RAS3

PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE - D-DFPRP

PRESSURE SEQUENCE VALVE - D-DFPWI

PROPORTIONAL PRESSURE CONTROL - D-IPDAR43C

2-POSITION 2-WAY SOLENOID VALVE - DE-S2*

2-POSITION 3-WAY SOLENOID DIVERTER VALVE - DFS3A

HYDRAULIC SWIVEL ADAPTER

Line mounted valves

VUR-BSPP

CHECK VALVES - VUR-BSP

Ordering Chart

Part No.

Description 01

400

3/8

400 180

CHECK VALVE - 0.5 BAR 3/8" BSP BALL TYPE

SP-0.5

BSPP 1/8 CHECK VALVE - 0.5 BAR

VUR-120-

1/2" BSP BALL TYPE

BSPP 3/8

1/2

400 380

3/4

340 400

BSPP 3/4

SP-0.5

CHECK VALVE - 0.5 BAR

BSPP 1

VUR-100-

1" BSP BALL BSPPTYPE 1-1/4

150

114 350

1 1/4

200

350

(Ball sealing only for VUR180/140/380/120) 03 Sealing 1 1/2" BSP BALL VUR-112TYPE 1 1/2 300 Tenuta a cono (Poppet sealing)

350 SP

CHECK VALVE - 0.5 BSPP 1-1/2BAR

VUR-114-

1 1/4" BSP BALL BSPP 2TYPE

SP-0.5

CHECK VALVE - 0.5 BAR

SP-0.5

CHECK VALVE - 0.5 BAR

VUR-200-

2" BSP BALL TYPE

SpringCHECK VALVE - 0.5 BAR 4,5 bar (65.25 PSI)

430

Max contamination index with filter

ISO 4406:1999 Classe 19/17/14

Oil temperature

-20°C +80°C

-4°F + 122°F

It is necessary a filter use to protect the valve (advised filtration 15 μm) Max leakage

0,015 in /min - 5 drops/min

140

340

180

2,5

7,5

10 12,5 15 17,5 20 22,5

500 140

3/8

500

1/2

340 500

BSPP 3/8 CHECK M/M ADAPTOR VALVES 1 BAR BSPP-1/2

M/M ADAPTOR CHECK

BSPP 3/4

VALVES - 1 BAR

Sealing

Spring

VUN

380 120

BSPP 1

100

Ball sealing only for VUN140/380/120

Poppet sealing

1 bar Standard (14.5 PSI)

3 bar (43.5 PSI)

4,5 bar (65.25 PSI)

4,5 6

100

340

380 120 140

90 100

2,5

7,5 10 12,5 15 17,5 20 22,5 25

ISO 6743/4 (DIN 51524) 15-250 mm /s (15 to 250 cSt)

Max contamination index with filter

ISO 4406:1999 Classe 19/17/14

Oil temperature

-20°C +80°C

-4°F + 176°F

Ambient temperature

-20°C +50°C

-4°F + 122°F

It is necessary a filter use to protect the valve (advised filtration 15 μm)

[l/min]

Mineral oil Oil viscosity

[USgpm]

0,015 in /min - 5 drops/min

Max leakage

[USgpm]

112 200

114 100

[l/min]

mm (Inches)

1/4

Technical data

[l/min]

Max. pressure (bar)

6 bar (87 PSI)

Max. flow (lpm)

BSPP 1/4 VALVES1 BAR

Size (BSP)

M/M ADAPTOR CHECK

4,5

120

380

[PSI] [bar]

Performances

[PSI] [bar]

-4°F + 176°F

-20°C +50°C

Ambient temperature

[PSI] [bar]

15-250 mm /s (15 to 250 cSt)

Hydraulic circuit

ISO 6743/4 (DIN 51524)

Oil viscosity

Size

VUN-120-SF-1

250 3

Performances

Mineral oil

6 bar (87 PSI)

Technical data

VUN-380-SF-1

200

M/M Check valves

VUN-140-SF-1

1 2

Description

112

1 bar Standard (14.5 PSI)

3 bar (43.5 PSI)

SP-0.5 04

M/M Check valves

VUN

Part No.

100

SP-0.5

Ordering code

120

BSPP 1/2

3/4" BSP BALL TYPE

Size

VUN-BSPP

Ordering Chart

140

CHECK VALVE - 0.5 BAR

MALE/MALE ADAPTOR CHECK VALVE - VUN-BSP

VUR

BSPP 1/4

VUR-340-

1/4

1/4" BSP BALL TYPE

SP-0.5

Max. pressure (bar)

F/F check housing valves

VUR-380-

Hydraulic circuit

Size (BSP) 02 03

Max. flow 04 (lpm)

VUR

Ordering code VUR-140SP-0.5

F/F check housing valves

90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 330 360 390 420 450

105

mm (Inches)

[USgpm]

Technical characteristics

Technical characteristics Type

VUR180 VUR140 VUR380 VUR120 VUR340 VUR100 VUR114 VUR112 VUR200

BSPP 1/8

Max flow (USgpm) 5 (1.3)

BSPP 1/4

15 (4.0)

BSPP 3/8

30 (7.9)

BSPP 1/2

50 (13.2)

Max Pressure (PSI)

400 (5800)

L 47 (1.85)

Ch. 14

Approx weight (lb) 0,05 (0.11)

55 (2.17)

0,10 (0.22)

65 (2.56)

0,18 (0.40)

75 (2.95)

0,23 (0.50)

BSPP 3/4

90 (23.8)

86,5 (3.41)

0,45 (1)

BSPP 1

150 (39.6)

110 (4.33)

0,73 (1.6)

BSPP 1-1/4

200 (52.8)

BSPP 1-1/2

300 (79.2)

BSPP 2

430 (113.5)

350 (5075) 250 (3625)

www.hydrastore.co.uk

123 (4.84)

1,5 (3.3)

138 (5.43)

1,85 (4.07)

145 (5.71)

2,7 (6)

Max flow (USgpm)

Ch.

Approx weight (lb)

VUN140

BSPP 1/4

5 (1.3)

29 (0.28)

7 (1.27)

11 (0.43)

0,03 (0.066)

VUN380

BSPP 3/8

15 (4)

34 (1.34)

8 (0.31)

13 (0.51)

0,05 (0.01)

VUN120

BSPP 1/2

30 (7.9)

44 (1.73)

16 (0.63)

14 (0.55)

0,11 (0.24)

VUN340

BSPP 3/4

50 (13.2)

50 (1.97)

16 (0.63)

17 (0.67)

0,18 (0.40)

VUN100

BSPP 1

90 (23.8)

57 (2.24)

19 (0.75)

0,32 (0.71)

Code

Max pressure (PSI)

500 (7250)

www.hydrastore.co.uk

Line mounted valves

VMDR40

Ordering Chart

Ordering code

Description

Direct acting relief valves

3/8

380 350

VMDR90-120-C-1

ACTING RELIEFScrew

VMDR40-120-C-1

Part No.

1/2" BSP DIRECT

VALVES 10-90 BAR

Setting

VMDR40-380-C-2

ACTING RELIEF

Hydraulic circuit

3/8

1/2" BSP DIRECT

ACTING RELIEFPress. increase 1/2

Hydraulic circuit

350

C V

Type 81300023 80

350 1

26 bar/al giro (377 PSI/turn)

(145/1450 PSI) max

VALVES 20-250 BAR

3/4" BSP Spring 20/250 bar DIRECT Press. increase

350

VALVES 20-250 BAR

Spring 50/350 bar (725/5075 PSI) max

Press. increase 91 bar/al giro (1320 PSI/turn)

(2.57 max)

1500

100

10 2,5

20 5

7,5

19,5

(1.54)

(2.57 max)

65,3 max

2 1

2,5

7,5

[USgpm]

[l/min]

[USgpm]

(0.2 ,5 6)

36,5

19,5

(0.77)

Technical data

Technical characteristics

Technical data 15-250 mm /s (15 to 250 cSt)

Oil viscosity

15-250 mm /s (15 to 250 cSt)

Max contamination index with filter

ISO 4406:1999 Classe 19/17/14

Oil temperature

-20°C +80°C -20°C +50°C

-4°F + 176°F -4°F + 122°F

Max flow l/min-USgpm

Max pressure bar/PSI

VMDR40380 BSPP 3/8

VMDR40120 BSPP 1/2

www.hydrastore.co.uk

40 (10.6)

VMDR90340

ISO 6743/4 (DIN 51524)

(1.89)

(2.17)

Mineral oil

Type

(0.28)

(1.54)

Oil viscosity Max contamination index with filter

ISO 4406:1999 Classe 19/17/14

(1.44)

Mineral oil

350 (5075)

Approx weight kg/lb

(2.72)

62,5

(2.46)

6,5

[l/min]

(0.26)

mm (Inches)

BSPP 3/4

150

(0.77)

19,5

225

(0.73)

300

18,5

225

[bar]

[PSI]

It is necessary a filter use to protect the valve (advised filtration 15 μm)

VMDR90120

(1.93)

BSPP 3/4

(2.32)

-20°C +80°C -20°C +50°C

(1.75)

[USgpm]

300

150

(0.20)

44,5

(0.18)

[bar]

[PSI]

(1.54)

(1.30)

4,5

[l/min]

BSPP 3/4

(0.20)

)

(0.77)

[USgpm]

(0.2 ,5 2)

[l/min]

5,2

mm (Inches) 59

(0.

(2.28)

200

57,5

100

4,5

1500

(0.18)

200

2 BSPP 1/2

3000

BSPP 1/2

3000

300

15,5

4500

300

BSPP 1/2

400

(0.61)

[bar]

[PSI]

6000

(0.71)

43 max

(1.69 max)

65,3 max

[bar]

Oil temperature

(290/3625ACTING PSI) max RELIEF 41 bar/al giro VMDR90-340-C-2 3/4 (595 PSI/turn) 80

400

4500

Ambient temperature

3/4

Screw

340

(0.77)

350

Performances [PSI]

19,5

bar RELIEF Press. increase VMDR90-120-C-2Spring 10/100 ACTING 1/2

Performances

6000

1/2

BSPP 3/4

VALVES 10-100 BAR

1/2" BSP DIRECT

ACTING RELIEF

Handknob VALVES 10-100 BAR

350

Press. increase 70 bar/al giro (1015 PSI/turn)

Max. flow (lpm)

03 Setting ACTING RELIEF VMDR90-340-C-1

1/2" BSP DIRECT

Max. pressure 120 (bar)

Size

BSPP 1/2(BSP)

3/4" BSP DIRECT

350

20/210 bar (290/3045 PSI)20-210 max 33 bar/al giro (479 PSI/turn) VALVES BAR Spring 70/350 bar (1015/5075 PSI) max

Size

Spring Press. increase VALVES 20-210 BAR 10/90 bar (145/1305 PSI) max 12 bar/al giro (174 PSI/turn)

VMDR40-120-C-2 Spring

C 350

Handknob 3/8" BSP DIRECTType 81300109

VMDR90

Description

120 1/2

Ordering 01 Chart Direct acting relief valves

04 Max. pressure (bar) VMDR40

VALVES 10-90 BAR BSPP 1/2

VMDR90

Ordering code

Max. flow (lpm)

ACTING RELIEFBSPP 3/8

Size

Size (BSP)

3/8" BSP DIRECT

VMDR40-380-C-1

DIRECT ACTING RELIEF VALVES - VMDR90

Direct acting relief valves

VMDR40

Part No.

Direct acting relief valves

VMDR90

(2.44)

DIRECT ACTING RELIEF VALVES - VMDR40

ISO 6743/4 (DIN 51524)

14 27 39 (0.55 (1.06) (1.54)

0,64 (1.39)

Ambient temperature

15 29,5 45 (0.59) (1.16) (1.77)

0,69 (1.50)

It is necessary a filter use to protect the valve (advised filtration 15 μm)

Technical characteristics

-4°F + 176°F -4°F + 122°F

Type

Max flow (USgpm)

Max pressure (PSI)

VMDR90120 VMDR90340

80 (21.1)

350 (5075)

www.hydrastore.co.uk

Approx weight (lb) 0,65 (1.43) 1 (2.2)

Line mounted valves

VMDR120

DIRECT ACTING RELIEF VALVES - VMDR120

Ordering Chart

3/4

VALVES 20 - 250

BSPP 1

120

BAR

1" BSP DIRECT

ACTING RELIEF

03 Setting VMDR120-100-C-2

VALVES 20 - 250 Handknob

120

350

Spring 20/250 bar (290/3625 PSI) max

Press. increase 48 bar/al giro (696 PSI/turn)

Spring 40/350 bar (580/5075 PSI) max

Press. increase 55 bar/al giro (798 PSI/turn)

[USgpm]

120

7,5

22,5

(0.3

(0.70)

[USgpm]

(2.17)

(2.76)

7,5

225

150

3 2

(0.79)

(1.18)

(3.15)

[l/min]

2,5

7,5

mm (Inches)

[USgpm]

6,5 6)

24,5 (0.31)

(1.93)

(2.40)

VMDR120100

(2.72)

Mineral oil

ISO 6743/4 (DIN 51524)

Oil viscosity

15-250 mm /s (15 to 250 cSt)

Max contamination index with filter

ISO 4406:1999 Classe 19/17/14

Oil temperature

-20°C +80°C -20°C +50°C

Technical characteristics

-4°F + 176°F -4°F + 122°F

Type

VMDR120340 VMDR120100 www.hydrastore.co.uk

Technical characteristics

Technical data

(1.61)

Technical data

It is necessary a filter use to protect the valve (advised filtration 15 μm)

(0.2

(0.96)

Ambient temperature

(1.69 max)

7,5 (2.73 max)

71,3 max

[USgpm]

(0.31)

(2.83)

[l/min]

2,5

2 1

[bar]

300

BSPP 1

(0.96)

mm (Inches)

22,5

43 max

VMDR120340

(2.32)

[l/min]

1 A

22,5

100

7,5

1500

(0.59)

200

(3.15)

7,5

120

3000

[bar]

(0.30)

300

(2.09)

(0.91)

150

43 max

4500

(1.52)

(0.24)

BSPP 1

(1.69 max)

400

[bar]

225

Press. increase 70 bar/al giro (1015 PSI/turn)

71,3 (0.77)

[l/min]

6000

[PSI]

Spring 70/350 bar (1015/5075 PSI) max

(0.24)

38,5

(1.54)

[PSI]

300

Press. increase 33 bar/al giro (479 PSI/turn)

(0.2

19,5

(2.76)

100

350

Spring 20/210 bar (290/3045 PSI) max

6,5

(0.75)

BSPP 3/4

200

1500

12 bar/al giro (174 PSI/turn)

(2.52)

3000

120

BSPP 1/2

10/90 bar (145/1305 PSI) max

20-210 BAR

380

350

(2.73 max)

BSPP 3/4

(0.75)

300

Max. pressure VBDC (bar)

Performances

[bar]

4500

3/8

CROSS LINE 1/2 RELIEF VALVESPress. increase

VBDC-120-2 Spring

[PSI]

400

20-210 BAR

1/2" BSP DUAL

Performances [PSI]

Max. flow (lpm)

RELIEF VALVES

Size

Hydraulic circuit

Press. increase 21 bar/al giro (305 PSI/turn)

Size (BSP)

CROSS LINE BSPP 3/8

VBDC-380-2

350

Spring 10/100 bar (145/1450 PSI) max

3/8" BSP DUAL

6000

Description

Double cross line direct acting relief valves

BARType 81300023

100

VBDC

Part No.

Screw

Ordering code

340

ACTING RELIEF

Double cross line direct acting relief valves

Ordering Chart

Max. Max. flow pressure VMDR120 (lpm) (bar)

3/4" BSP DIRECT BSPP 3/4

02 Size VMDR120-340-C-2

Hydraulic circuit

VBDC

DOUBLE CROSS LINE DIRECT ACTING RELIEF VALVES - VBDC

Size (BSP)

Part DirectNo. acting relief valves Description

Direct acting relief valves

VMDR120

Ordering code

BSPP 1

Max flow (USgpm) 120 (31.7)

Max pressure (PSI) 350 (5075)

Approx weight (lb) 1,1 (2.42) 1,7 (3.74)

Mineral oil

ISO 6743/4 (DIN 51524)

Oil viscosity

15-250 mm /s (15 to 250 cSt)

Max contamination index with filter

ISO 4406:1999 Classe 19/17/14

Oil temperature

-20°C +80°C

-4°F + 176°F

Ambient temperature

-20°C +50°C

-4°F + 122°F

It is necessary a filter use to protect the valve (advised filtration 15 μm)

Type

Max flow Max pressure l/min-USgpm bar/PSI

VBDC380 BSPP 3/8 40 (10.6)

VBDC120 BSPP 1/2 www.hydrastore.co.uk

Approx weight kg/lb

28 21 (1.10) (0.83)

1,18 (2.60)

33 18,5 (1.30) (0.73)

1,12 (2.47)

350 (5075)

Type of valve

VMD40S

Line mounted valves

DCF

DOUBLE CROSS LINE DIRECT ACTING RELIEF VALVES - DCF Double cross line direct acting relief valves TO SUIT DANFOSS WP & WR MOTORS 01

Ordering Chart

Part No.

Double cross line direct acting reliefRELIEF valves FOR DUAL X LINE

WP & WR MOTORS 20-210 BAR

Size

DCM

DOUBLE CROSS LINE DIRECT ACTING RELIEF VALVES - DCM Double cross line direct acting relief valves TO SUIT DANFOSS WS MOTORS

Max. flow (lpm)

1/2

Spring 20/210 bar (290/3045 PSI) max

Spring 70/350 bar (1015/5075 PSI) max

(Press. increase) 12 bar/al giro (174 PSI/turn)

(Press. increase) 33 bar/al giro (479 PSI/turn)

(Press. increase) 70 bar/al giro (1015 PSI/turn)

Type

DCF120

Max flow l/min-USgpm

BSPP 1/2

Max pressure bar/PSI

40 (10.6)

Approx weight kg/lb

350 (5075)

Type of valve

1,5 (3.3)

VMD40S

120

Spring 10/40 bar (145/580 PSI) max

Press. increase 12 bar/al giro (174 PSI/turn)

Spring 20/210 bar (290/3045 PSI) max

Press. increase 33 bar/al giro (479 PSI/turn)

Spring 70/350 bar (1015/5075 PSI) max

Press. increase 70 bar/al giro (1015 PSI/turn)

Technical data V

Mineral oil

ISO 6743/4 (DIN 51524)

Oil viscosity

15-250 mm /s (15 to 250 cSt)

Type

Max flow l/min-USgpm

ISO 4406:1999 Classe 19/17/14

Oil temperature

-20°C +80°C

-4°F + 176°F

Ambient temperature

-20°C +50°C

-4°F + 122°F

DCM120

BSPP 1/2

Max pressure bar/PSI

40 (10.6)

Approx weight kg/lb

350 (5075)

Type of valve

1,45 (3.20)

VMD40S

Mineral oil

ISO 6743/4 (DIN 51524)

Oil viscosity

15-250 mm /s (15 to 250 cSt)

Max contamination index with filter

ISO 4406:1999 Classe 19/17/14

Oil temperature

-20°C +80°C

-4°F + 176°F

Ambient temperature

-20°C +50°C

-4°F + 122°F

It is necessary a filter use to protect the valve (advised filtration 15 μm)

It is necessary a filter use to protect the valve (advised filtration 15 μm) 35

(1.38)

(0.67)

(0.57)

(1.42)

(0.67)

(0.75)

(1.26)

39 max

(1.54 max)

(2.76)

(1.54 max)

3,5

(0.14)

mm (Inches)

O-Ring 23,47x2,62

400

4500

300

3000

200

1500

100

32 14

(0.55)

43 max

(1.69 max)

[PSI]

[bar]

6000

400

(1.65)

(2.76)

4500

300

3000

200

1500

100

[bar]

[l/min]

2,5

7,5

(1.26)

22 10

(0.39)

Performances [PSI]

(1.10)

(1.30) (0.87)

(1.10)

(1.30)

(0.39)

(1.30)

(1.10)

(1.57)

(1.12)

28,5

(0.75)

(1.12)

28,5

(0.75)

A 88

(3.46)

(1.57)

(1.10)

(1.42)

8,5

(0.33)

Performances 6000

(0.75)

(0.33)

(3.62)

92 3,5

O-Ring 23,47x2,62

(0.57)

3,5

14,5

(0.14)

(0.53)

13,5 (0.14)

3,5

14,5

(1.38)

8,5

[USgpm]

www.hydrastore.co.uk

350

Technical characteristics

Max contamination index with filter

BSPP 1/2

Size

Technical data

Technical characteristics

1/2

WS MOTORS 20-210 BAR

Max. pressure DCM (bar)

120

Hydraulic circuit

DUAL X LINE RELIEF FOR

DCM-120-2

Size (BSP)

Description

350

Max. flow Double cross line direct acting relief valves (lpm)

Part No.

DCF

DCM

Ordering code

Max. pressure (bar)

Hydraulic circuit C1

Ordering Chart

BSPP 1/2

Spring 10/40 bar (145/580 PSI) max

03 Size (BSP)

Description

DCF-120-2

DCF

Ordering code

(0.14)

[l/min]

2,5

7,5

[USgpm]

www.hydrastore.co.uk

mm (Inches)

(0.55)

43 max

(1.69 max)

Line mounted valves

SINGLE ACTING PILOT CHECK VALVE - VRSE

DOUBLE ACTING PILOT CHECK VALVE - VRDE

VRSE

Ordering Chart Part No.

Description01

VRSE-140

CHECK VALVE Single acting pilot check valves

3/8" BSP SINGLE ACTING PILOT

VRSE-380 VRSE-120

VRSE Ordering codeSINGLE ACTING 1/4" BSP PILOT 01

CHECK VALVE

Size (BSP)

Max. flow (lpm)

1/4

320 VRSE

BSPP 1/4 3/8

140 320

02 1/2" BSP Size SINGLE ACTING PILOT

1/2 BSPP 1/2

CHECK VALVE

Part No.

300 120

VRDE

Size (BSP)

Description

Double acting pilot check valves

Max. flow (lpm)

Max. pressure VRDE (bar)

VRDE-140

1/4" BSP DOUBLE ACTING PILOT CHECK VALVE

BSPP1/4 1/4

140 350

VRDE-380

3/8" BSP DOUBLE ACTING PILOT CHECK VALVE

BSPP3/8 3/8

380 350

VRDE-120

1/2" BSP DOUBLE ACTING PILOT CHECK VALVE

BSPP1/2 1/2

120 350

VRDE-340

3/4" BSP DOUBLE ACTING PILOT CHECK VALVE

BSPP3/4 3/4

350 340

Size

Performances Hydraulic circuit

Hydraulic circuit

340

BSPP 3/4

Double acting pilot check valves

Ordering code

380

BSPP 3/8

VRDE

Ordering Chart

Max. pressure (bar)

Performances

Single acting pilot check valves

Technical data

ISO 6743/4 (DIN 51524)

Mineral oil ISO 6743/4 (DIN 51524)

Mineral oil Oil viscosity

15-250 mm /s (15 to 250 cSt)

Max contamination index with filter

ISO 4406:1999 Classe 19/17/14

Oil temperature

-20°C +80°C

-4°F + 176°F

Ambient temperature

-20°C +50°C

-4°F + 122°F

It is necessary a filter use to protect the valve (advised filtration 15 μm) Max leakage

Oil viscosity

15-250 mm /s (15 to 250 cSt)

Max contamination index with filter

ISO 4406:1999 Classe 19/17/14

Oil temperature

-20°C +80°C

-4°F + 176°F

Ambient temperature

-20°C +50°C

-4°F + 122°F

It is necessary a filter use to protect the valve (advised filtration 15 μm) 0,015 in /min - 5 drops/min

Max leakage

0,015 in /min - 5 drops/min

L L F

mm (Inches)

D A

mm (Inches)

B A

Technical characteristics

Technical characteristics Type

Max flow (USgpm)

VRSE140

BSPP 1/4

15 (4)

VRSE380

BSPP 3/8

35 (9.2)

VRSE120

BSPP 1/2

45 (11.9)

VRSE340

BSPP 3/4

70 (18.5)

Max pressure (PSI) 320 (4640) 300 (4350)

30 (1.18)

40 (1.57)

63 (2.48)

12,5 (0.49)

22,5 (0.89)

30 (1.18)

35 (1.38)

50 (1.97)

82 (3.23)

16,5 (0.65)

31,5 (1.24)

36 (1.42)

H 6,5 (0.26)

33 (1.30)

108 (4.25)

35 (1.38)

145 (5.71)

40 (1.57) 60 (2.36) 100 (3.94) 22,5 (0.89) 46 (1.81) 50 (1.97) 8,5 (0.33) 50 (1.97) 192 (7.56)

www.hydrastore.co.uk

Type Approx weight (lb)

Pilot ratio

0,64 (1.41) 0,59 (1.30)

1:4

1,08 (2.38) 2 (4.41)

1:2.9

Max flow (USgpm)

VRDE140 BSPP 1/4

15 (4)

VRDE380 BSPP 3/8

35 (9.2)

VRDE120 BSPP 1/2

45 (11.9)

VRDE340 BSPP 3/4

70 (18.5)

Max pressure (PSI) 320 (4640) 300 (4350)

30 (1.18)

40 (1.57)

63 (2.48)

12,5 (0.49)

22,5 (0.89)

30 (1.18)

35 (1.38)

50 (1.97)

82 (3.23)

16,5 (0.65)

31,5 (1.24)

36 (1.42)

6,5 (0.26)

33 (1.30)

108 (4.25)

0,64 (1.41)

35 (1.38)

145 (5.71)

1,10 (2.42)

40 (1.57) 60 (2.36) 100 (3.94) 22,5 (0.89) 46 (1.81) 50 (1.97) 8,5 (0.33) 50 (1.97) 192 (7.56)

www.hydrastore.co.uk

Approx weight (lb) 0,60 (1.32)

2 (4.40)

Pilot ratio 1:4 1:2.9

Line mounted valves

VRPE

SINGLE ACTING PILOT CHECK VALVE - VRPE

Hydraulic circuit

BSPP 1/4 VRPE-140

1/4" BSP SINGLE ACTING PO CHECK VALVE-BARREL TYPE

BSPP1/4 3/8

350 380

VRPE-380

3/8" BSP SINGLE ACTING PO CHECK VALVE-BARREL TYPE

BSPP3/8 1/2

350 120

VRPE-120

1/2" BSP SINGLE ACTING PO CHECK VALVE-BARREL TYPE

1/2

350

VRPE-340

3/4" BSP SINGLE ACTING PO CHECK VALVE-BARREL TYPE

3/4

100

300

VRPE-100

1" BSP SINGLE ACTING PO CHECK VALVE-BARREL TYPE

150

300

Size

150 135 120 105 90 75 60 45 30 15 0

3 1

BSPP 1

Mineral oil

ISO 6743/4 (DIN 51524)

Oil viscosity

15-250 mm /s (15 to 250 cSt) ISO 4406:1999 Classe 19/17/14 -20°C +80°C

-4°F + 176°F

-20°C +50°C

-4°F + 122°F

[bar]

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

340

Part No.

VURF

Unidirectional flow control valves

Size

100

BSPP 1/8

180

BSPP 1/4

140

BSPP 3/8

380

BSPP 1/2

120

BSPP 3/4

340

BSPP 1

100

BSPP 1-1/4

114

VURF-140 VURF-380 VURF-120

Ball340sealing only for VURF 140/380/120 100

380

140 Technical data

10 20

Mineral oil 30 40 50

2,5

10 12,5 Oil7,5viscosity

VURF-340

VURF

Max. flow BSPP 1/8 (lpm)

Description Unidirectional flow control valves Size (BSP)

1/4" BSP FLOW CONTROL

1/4

VALVE-BARREL TYPE

3/8" BSP FLOW CONTROL 02 Size VALVE-BARREL TYPE

3/8

1/2" BSP FLOW CONTROL

1/2

VALVE-BARREL TYPE

3/4" BSP FLOW CONTROL VALVE-BARREL TYPE

2for VURF 140/380/120 Ball sealing only

BSPP 1/4 BSPP 3/8 BSPP 1/2 BSPP 3/4 BSPP 1 BSPP 1-1/4

Hydraulic 3/4 circuit

Technical characteristics

Technical data

[l/min]

15 17,5 20 22,5 25 27,5 30 32,5 35 37,5

Max flow l/min-USgpm Mineral oil VURF180 BSPP 1/8 5 (1,3) Oil viscosity VURF140 BSPP 1/4 15 (4) Type

ISO 6743/4 (DIN 51524)

60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

[USgpm]

15-250 mm /s (15 to 250 cSt)

Max contamination index with filter

ISO 4406:1999 Classe 19/17/14

Oil temperature

-20°C +80°C

-4°F + 176°F

Ambient temperature

-20°C +50°C

-4°F + 122°F

140 350 380

120 350 340

100 350 114

300

Technical characteristics Max pressure bar/PSI

Approx weight kg/lb ISO 6743/4 (DIN 51524) 25 (0.98) 48 (1.89) 0,12 (0.26)

Type

Max flow l/min-USgpm

15-250 mm /s (15 to 250 cSt) 34 (1.34) 62 (2.44) 0,28 (0.6) 350 (5075) Max contamination index with filter ISO 4406:1999 VURF380 BSPP 3/8 30 (7.9) 39 (1.54) 73 (2.87) 0,46 Classe (1.01) 19/17/14

VURF180 BSPP 1/8

5 (1,3)

VURF140 BSPP 1/4

15 (4)

VURF120 BSPP 1/2

VURF380 BSPP 3/8

30 (7.9)

VURF120 BSPP 1/2

45 (11.9)

VURF340 BSPP 3/4

85 (22.4)

VURF100 BSPP 1

150 (39.6)

45 (11.9) 44 (1.73) 83 (3.27) 0,66 (1.45) Oil temperature -20°C +80°C VURF340 BSPP 3/4 85 (22.4) 300 (4350) 54 (2.13) 102 (4.02) 1,10 (2.42) Ambient temperature -20°C +50°C VURF100 BSPP 1 150 (39.6) 65 (2.56) 124,5 (4.90) 1,9 (4.20) 250 (3625) VURF114 BSPP 1-1/4 200 (52.8) 75 (2.95) 144 (5.67) 2,95 (6.32) It is necessary a filter use to protect the valve (advised filtration 15 μm)

-4°F + 176°F -4°F + 122°F

VURF114 BSPP 1-1/4 200 (52.8)

Performances

Max pressure bar/PSI

350 (5075)

0,12 (0.26)

34 (1.34) 62 (2.44)

0,28 (0.6)

39 (1.54) 73 (2.87)

0,46 (1.01)

44 (1.73) 83 (3.27)

0,66 (1.45)

300 (4350) 54 (2.13) 102 (4.02) 250 (3625)

1,9 (4.20)

75 (2.95) 144 (5.67)

2,95 (6.32)

mm (Inches)

Technical characteristics Type

VRPE140 VRPE380 VRPE120 VRPE340 VRPE100

Max flow (USgpm)

BSPP 1/4

25 (6.6)

BSPP 3/8 BSPP 1/2

40 (10.6) 60 (15.9)

BSPP 3/4

100 (26.4)

BSPP 1

150 (39.6)

Max pressure (PSI)

350 (5075)

300 (4350)

www.hydrastore.co.uk

96 (3.78)

Approx weight (lb)

mm (Inches)

Pilot ratio

40 (1.57)

0,84 (1.85)

1:5.3

109 (4.29) 122 (4.80)

45 (1.77)

1,14 (2.51) 1,24 (2.73)

1:4.4 1:4.2

132 (5.20)

55 (2.17)

1,87 (4.12)

1:4

166 (6.54)

65 (2.56)

3,22 (7.10)

1:4.1

mm (Inches)

www.hydrastore.co.uk

1,10 (2.42)

65 (2.56) 124,5 (4.90)

Approx weight kg/lb

25 (0.98) 48 (1.89)

Performances

Max. presVURF sure (bar) 180

120

It is necessary a filter use to protect the valve (advised filtration 15 μm)

0,015 in /min - 5 drops/min

Unidirectional flow control valves

Ordering code

It is necessary a filter use to protect the valve (advised filtration 15 μm) Max leakage

VURF

Ordering code

VURF

Ordering Chart

Hydraulic circuit

Technical data

Ambient temperature

BSPP 3/4

Max. VRPE pressure (bar) 140

Performances [PSI]

Oil temperature

Size (BSP)

Single acting pilot check valves Description

Unidirectional flow control valves

01 Max. flow (lpm)

Max contamination index with filter

VRPE

Ordering code Part No.

VURF

UNIDIRECTIONAL FLOW CONTROL VALVE - VURF

Single acting pilot check valves

Ordering Chart

Line mounted valves

VBRF

BIDIRECTIONAL FLOW CONTROL VALVE - VBRF

Part No.

VBRF-140 VBRF-380 VBRF-120 VBRF-340

BSPP 1/8

1/4

BARREL TYPE

BSPP 1/4

3/8" BSP FLOW CONTROL VALVE-

3/8

BARREL TYPE

1/2" BSP FLOW CONTROL VALVE-

1/2

BARREL TYPE Size

BSPP 1/2

3/4" BSP FLOW CONTROL VALVE-

3/4

BARREL TYPE

BSPP 3/4

380 45

350

120

180

BSPP 1/4

140

BSPP 3/8

380

BSPP 1/2

120

BSPP 3/4

340

BSPP 1

100

BSPP 1-1/4

114

BSPP 1-1/2

112

STUF-140

Type

ISO 6743/4 (DIN 51524)

-4°F + 176°F

15-250 mm /s (15 to 250 cSt)

Ambient temperature

-20°C +50°C

-4°F + 122°F

25 (0.98) 48 (1.89)

0,12 (0.26)

ISO 4406:1999 Classe 19/17/14

Oil temperature

-20°C +80°C

-4°F + 176°F

Ambient temperature

-20°C +50°C

-4°F + 122°F

VBRF140

BSPP 1/4

15 (4)

34 (1.34) 62 (2.44)

Mineral oil

ISO 6743/4 (DIN 51524)

Oil viscosity

15-250 mm /s (15 to 250 cSt)

2←1

3/4

150

400

1 1/4

200

350

1 1/2

300

350

1 1/4" BSP UNDIRECTIONAL FLOW CONTROL VALVE

1 1/2" BSP UNDIRECTIONAL FLOW CONTROL VALVE

45 (11.9)

Ambient temperature 1←2

1←2

-4°F + 176°F

-20°C +50°C

-4°F + 122°F

2←1 2←1

1←2

2←1

[l/min] 1←2 1←2

0,45 (1)

44 (1.73) 83 (3.27)

1←2

[l/min] [USgpm]

2←1

0,63 (1.4)

2←1

BSPP 3/4

85 (22.4)

300 (4350)

54 (2.13) 102 (4.02)

112

2←1

1←2

VBRF340

1,06 (2.33)

2←1

[PSI] [bar]

112

1←2

2←1

[l/min]

mm (Inches)

VBRF100

BSPP 1

150 (39.6)

65 (2.56) 124,5 (4.90)

2←1

[USgpm]

BSPP 1-1/4 200 (52.8)

Type

1,8 (4)

1←2

112

1←2

[l/min]

75 (2.95) 144 (5.67) Max flow (USgpm)

2,78 (5.96) B

Max pressure (PSI)

BSPP 1/8

10 (2.6)

58 (2.28)

BSPP 1/4

15 (4)

66 (2.60)

BSPP 3/8

30 (7.9)

BSPP 1/2

50 (13.2)

BSPP 3/4

80 (21.1)

112,5 (4.43)

BSPP 1

150 (39.6)

141 (5.55)

BSPP 1-1/4

200 (52.8)

155 (6.10)

BSPP 1-1/2

300 (79.2)

400 (5800)

350 (5075)

77 (3.03) 91 (3.58)

168 (6.61)

C M15x1

20 (0.79) 60,5 (2.38) 20 (0.79)

M20x1

30 (1.18) 75 (2.95)

M25x1,5

33 (1.30) 81 (3.19) 110 (4.33)

G 8 (0.31)

30 (1.18)

Type

9 (0.35) A

40 (1.57)

15,5 (0.61)1/8 115 (4.53)STUF180 45 (1.77) BSPP

M35x1,5

42 (1.65)

M45x1,5

1/4 137 (5.39)STUF140 55 (2.17) BSPP 13,5 53 (2.09) (0.53)3/8 147 (5.79)STUF380 65 (2.56) BSPP

STUF340 STUF100 STUF114 STUF112

Optional Type

mm (Inches) Approx weight

5,5 (0.21) 19,5 (0.76) 84100031

Technical 25 (0.98) characteristics 7,5 (0.29) 6 (0.23)

www.hydrastore.co.uk STUF120 BSPP 1/2 mm (Inches)

www.hydrastore.co.uk

2←1

ØB

STUF180 STUF140 STUF380 STUF120 STUF340 STUF100 STUF114 STUF112

112

2←1

Technical 250characteristics (3625)

VBRF114

400

112

Performances BSPP 1/2

114

[PSI] [bar]

-20°C +80°C

[PSI] [bar]

VBRF120

100400

ISO 4406:1999 Classe 19/17/14

Oil temperature

0,28 (0.6)

39 (1.54) 73 (2.87)

120400 340

FLOW CONTROL VALVE

[USgpm]

30 (7.9)

400

380

Performances

2←1

350 (5075) BSPP 3/8

140

1" BSP UNDIRECTIONAL

It is necessary a filter use to protect the valve (advised filtration 15 μm)

VBRF380

It is necessary a filter use to protect the valve (advised filtration 15 μm)

Max. pressure 180(bar)

STUF

1/2

FLOW CONTROL VALVE BSPP 1-1/2

STUF-112

Max contamination2←1index with filter

It is necessary a filter use to protect the valve (advised filtration 15 μm)

Max contamination index with filter

BSPP 3/4

3/4" BSP UNDIRECTIONALBSPP 1-1/4

STUF-114

[PSI] [bar]

-20°C +80°C

5 (1,3)

BSPP 1/2 3/8

FLOW CONTROL VALVE BSPP 1

Technical data

Approx weight ISO 4406:1999 kg/lbClasse 19/17/14

Oil temperature

BSPP 1/8

1/2" BSP UNDIRECTIONAL

Performances

15-250 mm /s (15 to 250 cSt)

ISO 6743/4 (DIN 51524)

VBRF180

FLOW CONTROL VALVE

STUF-120

Ball sealing only for STU180/140/380/120

Oil viscosity

1/4

3/8" BSP UNDIRECTIONAL

Size

Max. flow (lpm)

Hydraulic circuit

114

Max flow Max pressure B Max contamination l/min-USgpm bar/PSIindex with filter

BSPP 1/8

FLOW CONTROL VALVE BSPP 3/8

STUF-380

Size (BSP)

1/4" BSP UNDIRECTIONALBSPP 1/4

STUF-100

Technical data

Description

STUF-340

Technical characteristics A

STUF

Part No.

Hydraulic circuit

BSPP 1-1/4

Unidirectional flow control valves

300340

Mineral oil

Oil viscosity

Size

BSPP 1/8

BSPP 1 100 Ball sealing only for STU180/140/380/120

Mineral oil

350

BSPP 3/8

Hydraulic circuit

350

140

Ordering code

STUF

180

Unidirectional flow control valves

Ordering Chart

Unidirectional flow control valves

Max. presVBRF sure (bar)

STUF

Ordering code

Size (BSP)

Description

Bidirectional flow control valves

1/4" BSP FLOW CONTROL VALVE-

Max. flow (lpm)

STUF-BSPP

UNIDIRECTIONAL FLOW CONTROL Unidirectional flow control valves VALVE - STUF-BSP

VBRF

Ordering code

STUF-BSPP

Bidirectional flow control valves

Ordering Chart

7 (0.27)

24,5 (0.96) 84100022 29,5 (1.16) 84100023

Max flow (USgpm)

8 (0.31)

kg/lb

0,20 (0.44) 0,38 (0.84) 0,40 (0.88) 0,63 (1.40)B

Max pressure (PSI)

39,5 (1.55) 84100024

58 (2.28) 2 (4.4)

15 (4)

66 (2.60) 3,3 (7.25)

30 (7.9)

50 (13.2)

84100030

400 (5800)

4,7 (10.3) 77 (3.03)

91 (3.58)

BSPP 3/4

80 (21.1)

112,5 (4.43)

BSPP 1

150 (39.6)

141 (5.55)

BSPP 1-1/4

200 (52.8)

155 (6.10)

BSPP 1-1/2

300 (79.2)

350 (5075)

1,45 (3.2)

10 (2.6)

10 (0.39) 50 (1.96)

[USgpm]

168 (6.61)

M15x1

20 (0.79) 60,5 (2.38) 20 (0.79)

M20x1

30 (1.18) 75 (2.95)

M25x1,5

33 (1.30) 81 (3.19)

M35x1,5 M45x1,5

42 (1.65) 53 (2.09)

5,5 (0.21) 19,5 (0.76) 84100031

25 (0.98)

7,5 (0.29)

6 (0.23)

24,5 (0.96) 84100022

30 (1.18)

9 (0.35)

7 (0.27)

29,5 (1.16) 84100023

110 (4.33)

40 (1.57)

115 (4.53)

45 (1.77)

137 (5.39)

55 (2.17)

147 (5.79)

65 (2.56)

www.hydrastore.co.uk

8 (0.31)

Optional Type

15,5 (0.61) 13,5 (0.53)

8 (0.31)

39,5 (1.55) 84100024

10 (0.39) 50 (1.96)

84100030

Approx weight kg/lb 0,20 (0.44) 0,38 (0.84) 0,40 (0.88) 0,63 (1.40) 1,45 (3.2) 2 (4.4) 3,3 (7.25) 4,7 (10.3)

Line mounted valves

STBF-BSPP

BIDIRECTIONAL FLOW CONTROL VALVE - STBF-BSP

Bidirectional flow control valves

Ordering Chart

Part01No.

Size (BSP)

1/2

FLOW CONTROL VALVE

BSPP 1/2

3/4" BSP BIDIRECTIONAL

3/4

Size FLOW CONTROL VALVE

BSPP 3/4

1" BSP BIDIRECTIONAL

FLOW CONTROL VALVE

Description 1/4" BSP PRESSURE

VRC-140

COMPENSATED FLOW

VRC-380

COMPENSATED FLOW

VRC-120

COMPENSATED FLOW

CONTROL VALVE

400

380

400

3/8" BSP PRESSURE

150

400

100

BSPP 1-1/4

114

BSPP 1-1/2

112

1/2" BSP PRESSURE

Max. pressure (bar)

1/4

250

250140

250

1/2

CONTROL VALVE

Size

Hydraulic circuit

Optional

Max. flow (lpm)

BSPP3/8 1/4

CONTROL VALVE

120 340

Size (BSP)

Flow control valves - pressure compensated

140

BSPP 1

Part No.

VRC

Ordering code

180

BSPP 3/8

Hydraulic circuit

400

3/8

1/2" BSP BIDIRECTIONAL

STBF-100

BSPP 1/4

FLOW CONTROL VALVE

Max. pressure STBF (bar)

BSPP 1/8

FLOW CONTROL VALVE

STBF-340

Max. flow (lpm)

1/4

3/8" BSP BIDIRECTIONAL

STBF-120

Ordering Chart

1/4" BSP BIDIRECTIONAL

STBF-380

VRC

PRESSURE COMPENSATED FLOW CONTROL VALVES - VRC Flow control valves - pressure compensated

BidirectionalDescription flow control valves

STBF-140

STBF

Ordering code

BSPP 3/8

380

BSPP 1/2

120

VRC

(0.78)

Technical data

-4°F + 176°F

Ambient temperature

-20°C +50°C

-4°F + 122°F

1 B

mm (Inches)

It is necessary a filter use to protect the valve (advised filtration 15 μm)

ISO 6743/4 (DIN 51524)

Oil viscosity

15-250 mm /s (15 to 250 cSt)

Max contamination index with filter

ISO 4406:1999 Classe 19/17/14

Oil temperature

-20°C +80°C

-4°F + 176°F

Ambient temperature

-20°C +50°C

-4°F + 122°F

Performances

B mm (Inches)

It is necessary a filter use to protect the valve (advised filtration 15 μm) [PSI] [bar]

[PSI] [bar]

120

105

140

120

380

180

[l/min]

2,5

7,5

12,5

[USgpm]

Performances 100 114

340

112

[l/min]

120

150

180

210

240

270

300

7,5

22,5

37,5

52,5

67,5

7,5

Max flow (USgpm)

STBF180 BSPP 1/8

10 (2.6)

STBF140 BSPP 1/4

15 (4)

STBF380 BSPP 3/8

30 (7.9)

STBF120 BSPP 1/2

50 (13.2)

STBF340 BSPP 3/4

80 (21.1)

STBF100 BSPP 1

150 (39.6)

STBF114 BSPP 1-1/4

200 (52.8)

STBF112 BSPP 1-1/2

300 (79.2)

Max pressure (PSI)

400 (5800)

44 (1.73)

M15x1

20 (0.79)

60,5 (2.38)

20 (0.79)

8 (0.31)

5,5 (0.22)

19,5 (0.77) 84100031

54 (2.13)

M20x1

30 (1.18)

75 (2.95)

25 (0.98)

7,5 (0.30)

6 (0.24)

24,5 (0.96) 84100022

64 (2.52)

M25x1,5

33 (1.30)

81 (3.19)

30 (1.18)

9 (0.35)

7 (0.28)

29,5 (1.16) 84100023

110 (4.33)

40 (1.57)

115 (4.53)

45 (1.77)

137 (5.39)

55 (2.17)

147 (5.79)

65 (2.56)

81 (3.19)

350 (5075)

102 (4.01)

M35x1,5 M45x1,5

42 (1.65) 53 (2.09)

www.hydrastore.co.uk

15,5 (0.61) 8 (0.31) 13,5 (0.53) 10 (0.39)

Type

39,5 (1.56) 84100024 50 (1.97)

VRC140 VRC380

[USgpm] [l/min]

7,5

84100030

Approx weight (lb)

2,5

10 0

[bar]

100

150

200

250

700

1400

2100

2800

3500

[PSI]

10 0

[bar]

100

150

200

250

700

1400

2100

2800

3500

[PSI] [bar]

VRC120

[USgpm]

Technical characteristics Type

[USgpm] [l/min]

2,5

-20°C +80°C

Mineral oil

Oil temperature

ISO 4406:1999 Classe 19/17/14

Max contamination index with filter

15-250 mm /s (15 to 250 cSt) H

Oil viscosity

ISO 6743/4 (DIN 51524)

Mineral oil

[PSI]

120

105

VRC140 VRC380

VRC120

[l/min]

2,5

7,5

12,5

[USgpm]

0,16 (0.36) 0,31 (0.68) 0,28 (0.62) 0,48 (1.06) 1,13 (2.50)

Technical characteristics Type

Max flow (USgpm)

VRC140

BSPP 1/4

10 (2.6)

2,37 (5.21)

VRC380

BSPP 3/8

18 (4.8)

3,17 (7)

VRC120

BSPP 1/2

33 (8.7)

1,50 (3.3)

Max pressure (PSI)

250 (3625)

87,5 (3.44)

31 (1.22)

36,5 (1,44)

68 (2.68)

107,5 (4.31)

36 (1.42)

46 (1.81)

73 (2.87)

www.hydrastore.co.uk

Approx weight (lb) 0,51 (1.12) 0,50 (1.10) 0,76 (1.67)

Line mounted valves

VBCD

DUAL OVER CENTER VALVE - VBCD FOR OPEN CENTRE

Dual counterbalance valves for open center

Ordering Chart

Part No.

VBCD-120-2-S

3/8" BSP DUAL OVER CENTRE VALVE 60 350 BAR

1/2" BPS DUAL OVER

Note:

Max. flow (lpm) 40

1/2

Std. setting Q=5 l/min 200 bar (2900 PSI)

350

VBCC-120-1-S

Hydraulic circuit

1 C1

Performances

Steel body + zinc-plated

Material

Steel body + zinc-nickel

V2→C2 V1→C1

C2→V2 C1→V1

05 Pilot ratio

V2→C2 V1→C1

04 [bar]

[PSI]

C2→V2 C1→V1

Technical data

V2→C2 V1→C1

C2→V2 C1→V1

140

350380

120

BSPP 1/2

1/2" BSP DUAL OVER CENTRE VALVE 30 to

1/2

increase Rp 1:4.25 210Press. 78BAR bar/al giro (1131 PSI/turn)

350

C2→V2 C1→V1

V2→C2 V1→C1

Press. increase 160 bar/al giro (2320 PSI/turn)

Rp 1:8.75

Material

Pilot ratio

Std. setting Q=5 l/min 350 bar (5075 PSI)

1:4.25 Standard

1:8.75

Technical data

V2→C2 V1→C1

15-250 mm /s (15 to 250 cSt)

Mineral oil

ISO 6743/4 (DIN 51524)

ISO 4406:1999 Classe 19/17/14

Oil viscosity

15-250 mm /s (15 to 250 cSt)

Max contamination index with filter

ISO 4406:1999 Classe 19/17/14

Oil temperature

-20°C +80°C

-4°F + 176°F

Ambient temperature

-20°C +50°C

-4°F + 122°F

-20°C +80°C

-4°F + 176°F

-20°C +50°C

-4°F + 122°F

Steel body + zinc-plated

Oil viscosity

Oil temperature Ambient temperature

Press. increase

ISO 6743/4 (DIN 51524)

Max contamination index with filter

[USgpm]

V2→C2 V1→C1

Max. pressure VBCC (bar)

Mineral oil 2 [l/min]

Spring 60/350 bar (870/5075 PSI)

Performances

1:8.75

3/8BSPP 3/8

210 BAR

Rp 1:4.25

1:4.25 Standard

[bar]

[PSI]

CENTRE VALVE 30 to

135 bar/al giro unset Note: Valves are supplied (1958 PSI/turn)

BSPP 1/4

Max. flow (lpm)

Spring Std. setting 30/210 bar l/min 200 bar Note: Pressure range 30-210 bar Q=5 (435/3045 PSI) (2900 PSI) Press. increase 1:8.75 1:4.25 Pilot Rpratio 160 bar/al giro (2320 PSI/turn) Adjustment 78 bar per turn 03

AdjustmentPress. 135 bar per turn increase Std. setting Q=5 l/min 350 bar (5075 PSI)

Size (BSP)

3/8" BSP DUAL OVER

02VBCC-380-1-S Size

350 380

No. Description counterbalance valves for closed center 01 PartDual

bar

unset

VBCC

Ordering code

Rp 1:4.25

120

(1131 PSI/turn)

135 bar/al giro (1958 PSI/turn) Spring 60/350 bar Note: Valves are supplied (870/5075 PSI) Press. increase Rp 1:8.75 160 bar/al giro (2320 PSI/turn)

Dual counterbalance valves for closed center

Ordering Chart

Max. pressure VBCD (bar)

BSPP 1/2

Press. increase Pressure 60-350 Rp 1:8.75 range 160 bar/al giro (2320 PSI/turn) Pilot ratio 1:4.25

VBCC

DUAL OVER CENTER VALVE - VBCC FOR CLOSED CENTRE

140

3/8 BSPP 3/8

350 BAR

BSPP 1/4

Press. increase60 CENTRE VALVE Rp 1:4.25 78 bar/al giro

Spring 30/210 bar (435/3045 PSI)

Size (BSP)

Description

02 VBCD-380-2-S Size

Dual counterbalance valves for open center

Hydraulic circuit

VBCD

Ordering code

2 [l/min] [USgpm]

It is necessary a filter use to protect the valve (advised filtration 15 μm)

It is necessary a filter use to protect the valve (advised filtration 15 μm) H

(1.30)

(0.16)

mm (Inches)

46,5 max

(1.83 max)

n°

46,5 max (1.83 max)

Type

Max flow l/min-USgpm

Approx weight kg/lb

30 (7.9)

VBCD380 BSPP 3/8

40 (10.6) 60 (15.9)

350 (5075)

29 (1.14)

49 (1.93) 59 (2.32)

150 (5.91)

23 (0.91)

104 (4.09)

51 (2,01)

21 (0.83) 108 (4.25)

www.hydrastore.co.uk

48 (1.89)

10 (0.39) 12 (0.47)

8 134 5,5 8,2 (0.31) (5.28) (0.22) (0.32)

38 (1.50) 43 (1.69)

1,57 (3,46) 1,55 (3,41) 1,78 (3.92)

mm (Inches)

57,3

(2.26)

Technical characteristics Type

VBCD140 BSPP 1/4

VBCD120 BSPP 1/2

(2.26)

Max pressure bar/PSI

A G

57,3

Technical characteristics

n°

V1 B

(0.16)

(1.30)

Max flow l/min-USgpm

VBCC140

BSPP 1/4

30 (8)

VBCC380

BSPP 3/8

40 (10.5)

VBCC120

BSPP 1/2

60 (16)

Max pressure bar/PSI 350 (5075)

49 (1.93) 29 (1.14) 59 (2.32)

150 (5.91)

23 (0.91)

104 (4.09)

21 (0.83)

108 (4.25)

10 (0.39) 51 48 (1.89) (2,01) 12 (0.47)

www.hydrastore.co.uk

134 8 (0.31) (5.28)

5,5 (0.22)

8,2 (0.32)

Approx weight (lb)

38 (1.50)

1,68 (3.70)

43 (1.69)

1,89 (4.16)

1,66 (3.66)

Line mounted valves

VBCL

SINGLE OVER CENTER VALVE - VBCL FOR OPEN CENTRE

Ordering Chart

Single counterbalance valves for open center 02

Ordering code

Max. flow (lpm)

Size (BSP)

Description VBCL

Part No.

Single counterbalance valves for open center

1/4 CENTRE VALVE BSPP 30 to

3/8

380 1/2

350

Performances

Pilot ratio

C2→V2

V2→C2

C2→V2

V2→C2

Performances

3/8" BSP LINE MOUNTED SHUT-

Performances 75 5

350 380N

1/2" BSP LINE MOUNTED SHUT- BSPP 1/2 1/2 TLE VALVE

350

3 90

1:8.75

2 75

1 60

0 45 0 30 0

[l/min]

15-250 mm /s (15 to 250 cSt)

Max contamination index with filter

ISO 4406:1999 Classe 19/17/14

Oil temperature

-20°C +80°C -20°C +50°C

Ambient temperature

[USgpm]

120N

3 1

Mineral oil

ISO 6743/4 (DIN 51524)

Oil viscosity

15-250 mm /s (15 to 250 cSt)

Max contamination Mineral oilindex with filter

ISO 4406:1999 Classe(DIN 19/17/14 ISO 6743/4 51524)

Oil viscosity Oil temperature

15-250 mm /s (15 to 250 cSt) -20°C +80°C -4°F + 176°F

Max contamination index with filter Ambient temperature

ISO 4406:1999 Classe 19/17/14 -20°C +50°C -4°F + 122°F

Technical data

380N

140N

1:4.25 Standard

ISO 6743/4 (DIN 51524)

140N

BSPP 1/4

Steel body + zinc-nickel

Mineral oil

20 120N 350 VUSF

380N

3/8 BSPP 3/8

(Size)VALVE TLE Hydraulic circuit

Technical data

[PSI] [bar]

Oil viscosity

1/4

(Load shuttle valves BSPP - ball 1/2 type)

TLE VALVE

Technical data

V2→C2

Max. VUSF Max. flow 140N pressure (lpm) (bar)

Hydraulic circuit

[bar]

C2→V2

BSPP 3/8

Size (BSP)

1/4" BSP LINE MOUNTED SHUT-

BSPP 1/4

VUSF-120-N

Steel body + zinc-plated

Material

(Std. setting) Q=5 l/min 350 bar (5075 PSI)

VUSF

Ordering code(Size)

Adjustment 78 bar per turn

Rp 1:4.25 Press. increase 135 bar/al giro (1958 PSI/turn) Spring Note: Valves are supplied unset 60/350 bar (870/5075 PSI) Rp 1:8.75 Press. increase 160 bar/al giro (2320 PSI/turn)

[PSI]

Description

VUSF-380-N 02

120

CENTRE VALVE 30 to

Load shuttle valves - ball type

(Load shuttle valves 01 - ball type)

VUSF-140-N 01

140 350

Rp 1:4.25 Press. 210 increase BAR 78 bar/al giro (1131 PSI/turn) Spring (Std. setting) 30/210 bar Q=5 l/min 200 bar Note: range 30-210 bar (2900 PSI) (435/3045Pressure PSI) Rp 1:8.75 Press. increase bar/al giro (2320 PSI/turn) Pilot ratio 160 1:4.25 03

01 Part No.

VUSF

Ordering Chart

VBCL

1/2 1/2" BSP SINGLEBSPP OVER

Hydraulic circuit

210 BAR BSPP 3/8

Size

VBCL-120-1-S

SHUTTLE VALVE - VUSF

Max. pressure (bar)

3/8" BSP SINGLE OVER

VBCL-380-1-S

Load shuttle valves - ball type

Ordering code

VUSF VUSF

120N

[PSI] [bar]

-4°F + 176°F -4°F + 122°F

380N

140N

120N [l/min]

2,5

7,5

12,5

2,5

7,5

12,5

[USgpm]

Oil temperature -20°C +80°C It is necessary a filter use to protect the valve (advised filtration 15 μm)

-4°F + 176°F

-20°C +50°C

-4°F + 122°F

Ambient temperature

[l/min] [USgpm]

It is necessary a filter use to protect the valve (advised filtration 15 μm)

3 C1

3 1

2 mm (Inches)

Technical characteristics mm (Inches)

Type

Max flow l/min-USgpm

Technical characteristics VUSF140N

Technical characteristics Type

VBCL140

BSPP 1/4

30 (7.9)

VBCL380

BSPP 3/8

40 (10.6)

VBCL120

BSPP 1/2

60 (15.9)

Max flow Max pressure l/min-USgpm bar/PSI

350 (5075)

29 (1.14)

49 (1.93) 23 (0.91) 58 (2.28) 59 (2.32) 21 (0.83) 63 (2.48)

51 (2,01)

81 (3.19) 66 (2.60)

95 (3.74)

M 6,5 (0.26)

36 (1.42)

84 (3.31) 67,5 (2.66) 100 (3.94) 9,5 (0.37) 40 (1.57)

www.hydrastore.co.uk

Approx weight kg/lb 0,98 (2.16)

6,5 (0.26)

BSPP 1/4

VUSF380N Type BSPP 3/8

20 (5.3) A

Max pressure bar/PSI

57,3 (2.26)

Max flow Max pressure 40 (10.6) 350 (5075)bar/PSI 69 (2.72) l/min-USgpm

VUSF120N BSPP 1/2BSPP 1/4 60 (15.8)20 (5.3) VUSF140N

0,92 (2.02)

VUSF380N

BSPP 3/8

40 (10.6)

1,09 (2.40)

VUSF120N

BSPP 1/2

60 (15.8)

35 (1.38) B

40 (1.57)

9 (0.35) C

25 (0.98)

8 (0.31)

6,5 (0.26)

Approx weight kg/lb

34 (1.34)

12 (0.47)

44 (1.73)

H I 13,5 (0.53) 60 (2.36)

52 (2.05)

0,29 (0.65) L

Approx weight 0,37 (0.81) kg/lb

73,8 (2.90) 50 (1.97)35 (1.38) 35 (1.38) 57,3 (2.26) 350 (5075)

69 (2.72)

10 (0.39)9 (0.35) 10 (0.39) 8,5 (0.33) 45 (1.79)34 (1.34) 18 (0.71)12 (0.47) 65 (2.56)52 (2.05)0,71 (1.56) 0,29 (0.65) 25 (0.98) 8 (0.31) 6,5 (0.26) 40 (1.57) 8 (0.31) 44 (1.73) 13,5 (0.53) 60 (2.36) 0,37 (0.81) www.hydrastore.co.uk

73,8 (2.90)

50 (1.97)

35 (1.38)

10 (0.39)

www.hydrastore.co.uk

10 (0.39)

8,5 (0.33)

45 (1.79)

18 (0.71)

65 (2.56)

0,71 (1.56)

RAS2-BSPP Line mounted valves

Line mounted valves

BSPP 1-1/4 BSPP 1-1/2

VALVOLE A SFERA A 2 VIE 2 WAYS BALL VALVES 03

71 ports Fori di fissaggio (Fixing

OPTIONAL

VALVES & SOLUTIONS

TWO WAY HIGH PRESSURE BALL VALVE - RAS2

Ordering Chart

1/2” BSP HOSE

350

Cavity

Mineral oil

Ambient temperature Oil temperature

-20°C +50°C -4°FAmbient + 122°F temperature -20°C +80°C -4°F + 176°F

Type

A VUBA140

Max 1/4 flow 25Max BSPP (6.6)pressure l/min-USgpm bar/PSI

VUBA140

VUBA380 BSPP 1/4

BSPP 3/8 25 (6.6)

50 (13.2)

VUBA380

VUBA120 BSPP 3/8

BSPP 1/2 50 (13.2)

80 (21.1)

VUBA120

VUBA340 BSPP 1/2

BSPP 3/4 80 (21.1)

150 (39.6) 350 (5075)

VUBA340

VUBA100 BSPP 3/4

VUBA100

BSPP 1

bar/PSI B

8,2 (0.32) 350 (5075) 11 (0.43)

500

RAS2-120 1/2" BSP TWO WAY HIGH PRESSURE BALL VALVE È indispensabile l’utilizzoOlio di un filtro -per proteggere la valvola (filtrazione consigliata idraulico Mineral oil ISO 6743/4 (DIN 51524) 15 μm)

1/2

500

C 8,2 (0.32)

1/4" BSP TWO WAY HIGH PRESSURE BALL VALVE

RAS2-380

3/8" BSP TWO WAY HIGH PRESSURE BALL VALVE

-4°F + 176°F

Classe di contaminazione max Max contamination index

-4°F + 122°F

3/4" BSP TWO WAY HIGH PRESSURE BALL VALVE

3/4

100

400

RAS2-100

S BALL VALVE 1" BSP TWO WAY HIGH PRESSURE

150

350

RAS2-114

1 1/4" BSP TWO WAY HIGH PRESSURE BALL VALVE

1 1/4

150

350

15-250 mm2/s (15 to 250 cSt)

ISO 4406:1999 Classe 19/17/14

Temperatura dell'olio - Oil temperature

-20°C +80°C

Temperatura ambiente - Environment temperature -20°C +50°C

-20°C +80°C

-4°F + 176°F

OPTIONAL

-4°F + 122°F

61700001

Weight kg/lb Tool's Type

Type

-4°F + 122°F

61700002

VUBA140

G Max flow H l/min-USgpm

0,12 (0.27)

VUBA380

0,13 (0.29)

0,15 (0.33)

TECNICHE / TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS CARATTERISTICHE CARATTERISTICHE TECNICHE / TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

D G Tightening torque Nm/lbt ft

Approx weight H kg/lb

M N Approx 19 (0.75) 8,235(0.32) (1.38) 10,4 7 (0.28) (0.41) torque 8 (0.31)2 (1.5) 25weight (0.98)0,008 2,5(0.017) (0.10) Tightening kg/lb Nm/lbt ft 23 (0.90) 1141 (0.43) (1.61) 12,7 9,5(0.50) (0.37) 10 (0.39) 3 (2.5) 30 (1.18)0,014 3,25 (0.030) (0.13) 35 (1.38) 7 (0.28) 2 (1.5) 0,008 (0.017)

TIPO TYPE

19 (0.75)

7 (0.28)

MAX FLOW

l/min-USgpm

bar-PSI MAX PRESSURE

BSPP 1/4

25 (6.6)

60 (15.8)

RAS212025 (6.6) BSPP 1/2

RAS2380

BSPP 3/8

RAS2340

RAS2120

BSPP 1/2

60 BSPP (15.8)1-1/4 RAS2114

13 (0.51)

34 (1.34)

BSPP 1 180 (47.5) 150 (39.6)

18 (0.71)

20 (0.79) 18 (0.71)

26 (1.02)VUBA100 19 (0.75)BSPP 148 (1.89) 180 (47.5) 7 (0.28) 14,5 (0.57) 42 (1.65) 5,2 (0.20) 34 (1.34)

40 (1.57) 2063 (0.79) (2.48) 26 22 (1.02) (0.87) 19 (0.75) 12 (9) 48 (1.89)0,17(0.22) (0.28) 55 (2.17) 16 (0.63) 10 (7.5) 0,054 (0.12)

40 (1.57)

180 (47.5)

20 (0.79)

26 (1.02)

19 (0.75)

63 (2.48)

46 (1.81)

55 (2.17)

63 (2.48)

12 (0.47)

4 (3)

16 (0.63)

22 (0.87)

RAS2340

BSPP 3/4

RAS2100

BSPP 1

RAS2114

BSPP 1-1/4

RAS2112

BSPP 1-1/2

RAS2100 10 (7.5)

12 (9) RAS2112

188

500 (7250)

0,1 (0.22) BSPP 1-1/2

100 (26.4)

150 (39.6)

35 (1.38) 14,5 (0.57)

PESO APPROX APPROX WEIGHT kg-lbt

91,5 (3.60) 71 (2.80)

48,4 (1.91) 37 (1.46) 62,5 45 (1.77) (2.46)35 (1.38) (175)

35 (1.38) 14,5 (0.57)

43 (1.69)

18 (0.71)

91,5 (3.60) 71 (2.80)

99,5 (3.92) 83 (3.27)

5 (0.20)

62,5 (2.46)

45 (1.77)

36 (1.42)

110 5,2 (2.17) 23,5 (0.93) 106,5 (4.19) 95 (3.74) (4.33)55 40 (1.57) 17,5(0.69) (0.20) 96,5 (3.80) 73 (2.87) 112 (4.41)

180 6,2 6 (0.24) 48,4 (1.91) 37 55 (1.46) 43 (1.69) (0.71)116,5 (4.59) 12099,5 350 (5075) 66,5 (2.62) (2.17) (7.09) 65 (2.56) 29,5 (1.16)18 (0.24) (4.72) (3.92)

400 (5800)

Aggiornamento - Update

21Q-2021

44,4

4,5 (0.18) 34 (1.34) 110 5,2 44,4 (175) 35 (1.38) (4.33) 40 (1.57) 17,5(0.69) (0.20) 96,5 (3.80) 73 (2.87)

42,4 (1.67) 30 (1.18)

(7250)400 (5800) 100 (26.4)

BSPP0,054 1 (0.12)

42,4 (1.67) 30 (1.18)

0,025 (0.055)500

BSPP 3/4

35 (9.2)

RAS2180 1/8 (0.017) 15 bar-PSI (4) 2 (1.5) BSPP0,008 l/min-USgpm

BSPP 1/4

34 (1.34) 1855 (0.71) (2.17) 18 16 (0.71) (0.63) 14,5 (0.57) 10 (7.5) 42 (1.65)0,054 5,2(0.12) (0.20) 46 (1.81) 12 (0.47) 4 (3) 0,025 (0.055)

0,1 (0.22)

35 (1.38)

PORTATA MAX PRESSIONE MAX Approx weight TIPO torque Tightening MAX FLOW MAX PRESSURE AMAX PORTATA MAX kg/lbPRESSIONE TYPE Nm/lbt ft

RAS2140

18 (0.71)VUBA340 14,5 (0.57) BSPP 3/4 42 (1.65) 150 (39.6) 5,2 (0.20) 11,5 (0.45) 33 (1.30) 4 (0.16) 29 (1.14)

12 (9)

RAS2140

18 (0.71) 15 (0.59)

22 (0.87)

RAS2180 1/8 RAS2380 (4) 0,014 23 (0.90) 41 (1.61)BSPP 9,5 (0.37) 3 (2.5)15 BSPP 3/8 (0.030)35 (9.2) 29 (1.14)

40 (1.57)

VUBA140

VUBA120

13 (0.51) 15 (0.59)VUBA120 11,5 (0.45) BSPP 1/2 33 (1.30) 80 (21.1) 4 (0.16) 350 29 (5075) (1.14) 1346 (0.51) (1.81) 15 12 (0.59) (0.47) 11,5 (0.45) 4 (3) 33 (1.30)0,025 4 (0.16) (0.055) 12,7 (0.50) 10 (0.39) 30 (1.18) 3,25 (0.13) 23 (0.90) 41 (1.61) 9,5 (0.37) 3 (2.5) 0,014 (0.030)

7 (0.28)

Weight kg/lb

0,15 (0.33)

VUBA120

11 (0.43) 12,7 (0.50) VUBA380 10 (0.39)BSPP 3/8 30 (1.18) 50 (13.2) 3,25 (0.13) 10,4 (0.41) 8 (0.31) 25 (0.98) 2,5 (0.10) 19 (0.75)

Type

0,13 (0.29)

0,015 inVUBA380 /min - 5 drops/min

Max pressure L bar/PSI

Dimensions

Tool

-4°F + 176°F

-20°C Dimensions +50°C

OPTION

It is necessary a filter use to protect the valve (advised filtration 15 μm)

ToolDimensions

Tool's Type

D VUBA140 G BSPP 1/4 H 25 (6.6) L 10,4 (0.41) 8 (0.31) 25 (0.98) 2,5 (0.10)

48 (1.89)

RAS2-140

-20°C +80°C

ØN max

Size H (BSP)

Description

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Type

3/8

ISO 4406:1999 Classe 19/17/14

61700003

SCHEMA IDRAULICO / HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT S

1/4

15-250 mm /s (15 to 250 cSt) Tool

temperature -4°FOil + 176°F

Max leakage 0,015 in /min - 5 drops/min Max leakage It is necessary a filter use to protect the valve (advised filtration 15 μm)

l/min-USgpm

Max. pressure (bar)

0,12 (0.27) 61700001 Weight Tool's Type Type kg/lb 0,13 (0.29) 61700002 61700002 VUBA380 It is necessary a filter use to-20°C protect It is necessary 15 μm) a filter use to protect the valve (advised filtration 15 μm) Ambient temperature +50°Cthe valve (advised -4°F + 122°Ffiltration 61700001 61700003 VUBA140 VUBA120 0,12 (0.27) 0,15 (0.33) 61700003

Type

112

Fori di fissaggio (Fixing ports)

ISO 4406:1999-20°C Classe+80°C 19/17/14

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS A Max flow Max pressure

OPTIONAL

Oil temperature Max contamination index with filter

CHARACTERISTICS 0,015 in /min - 5 drops/min

114

BSPP 1-1/2

ISO 6743/4 (DIN 51524)

Oil viscosity 15-250 mm /s (15 to 250 cSt) Oil viscosity ISO 6743/4 (DIN 51524) Mineral oil Max contamination index with filter ISO 4406:1999 Classe 19/17/14 Max contamination index with filter Oil viscosity 15-250 mm /s (15 to 250 cSt)

TECHNICAL Max leakage

100

È indispensabile l’utilizzo di un filtro per proteggere la valvola (filtrazione consigliata 15 μm)

BSPP 1-1/4

Part No.

TECHNICAL DATA

ISO 6743/4 (DIN 51524)

D ØN max

ØN max

340

120

BSPP 3/4

Max. flow (lpm)

Mineral oil

A D

TECHNICAL DATA

Ordering Chart ISO 4406:1999 Classe 19/17/14

TECHNICAL DATA

Classe di contaminazione max Max contamination index

Viscosità olio - Oil viscosity

L Cavity G

ØP ØP

15-250 mm2/s (15 to 250 cSt)

It is necessaryCavity a filter use to protect the valve (advised filtration 15 μm) RAS2-340

ØP

Viscosità olio - Oil viscosity

Temperatura ambiente - Environment temperature DATI TECNICI / TECHNICAL DATA -20°C +50°C Symbol F setting on request

F setting on request

ISO 6743/4 (DIN 51524)

Temperatura dell'olio - Oil temperature

380

(SIZE)

BSPP 3/8

140

BSPP 1/2

350

are supplied unset

180

BSPP 1/4

BSPP 1

Olio idraulico - Mineral oil

RAS2

BSPP 1/8

DIMENSIONE

DATI TECNICI / TECHNICAL DATA

Note: Bodies available on request

F setting on request

1/2

BURST VALVE

HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT

3/8

BURST VALVE

HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT Note: Valves

HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT

350

3/8" BSP HOSE

VUBA-120

BURST VALVE

VUBA-380

1/4

1/4" BSP HOSE

VUBA-140

VALVOLE A SFERA A 2 VIE (2 WAYS BALL VALVES)

Description

Max. pressure (bar)

SCHEMA IDRAULICO / HYDRAULIC CIRCU RAS2

Part No.

Size (BSP)

Max. flow (lpm)

HOSE BURST VALVE - VUBA

CODICE ORDINAZIONE ORDERING CODE

55 (2.17) 23,5 (0.93)

124106,5 (4.88)

50 (1.97) 83 (3.27)

(4.19) 95 (3.74)

0,5 (1.1) 0,7(1.5)

0,8 (0.18) (1.8) 4,5 34 (1.34) 1,5 (3.3) (5) 52,3 (0.20)

36 (1.42)

2,5 (5.5)

112 (4.41) 180 6,2 6 (0.24) (7.09) (0.24) 66,5 (2.62) 55 (2.17) 65 (2.56) 29,5 (1.16) 116,5 (4.59) 120 (4.72)

I dati presenti nel catalogo possono essere soggetti a variazioni, pertanto OLEOWEB si riserva il diritto di apporre modifiche in qualunque momento e senza alcun preavviso. OLEOWEB reserves the right to modify the products at any time and without notice: the technical data of the catalogue can consequently change.

350 (5075)

124 (4.88)

50 (1.97)

(CIRCUIT) 1/4" BSP THREE WAY HIGH PRESSURE BALL VALVE

RAS3-380

DIMENSIONE 3/8" BSP THREE WAY 02 HIGH PRESSURE BALL VALVE

1/2

BSPP 1 3/4

100

(DIN 51524)

(CIRCUIT)

Temperatura dell'olio

-20°C +80°C

-4°F

+ 176°F

-20°C +50°C

-4°F

+ 122°F

(Fixing ports)340

350 350

114

BSPP 1-1/2

112

STANDARD

SCHEMA B

OPTIONAL

ISO 6743/4

(DIN 51524)

Viscosità olio

- Oil viscosity

15-250 mm 2/s (15 to 250 cSt)

Classe di contaminazione max Max contamination index

ISO 4406:1999 Classe 19/17/14

- Mineral oil

- Oil temperature - Environment temperature

-20°C +80°C

-4°F

+ 176°F

-20°C +50°C

-4°F

+ 122°F

Specifications

H (Fixing ports)

31,7

Olio idraulico

63,5

Symbol

100

ISO 4406:1999 1 Classe 19/17/14

Temperatura ambiente

SCHEMA

Classe di contaminazione max 1 Max contamination index

120

400

BSPP 1-1/4

2 3

15-250 mm 2/s (15 to 250 cSt)

Temperatura dell'olio

380

25 SCHEMA B 400

3/4" BSP THREE WAY HIGH PRESSURE BALL VALVE

- Oil viscosity Symbol

- Environment temperature

BSPP 1/2

3/8

BSPP 3/4

Viscosità olio

TECHNICAL DATA

1/4

(SIZE)OPTIONAL 04 1/2" BSP THREE WAY HIGH PRESSURE BALL VALVE

ISO 6743/4

DATI TECNICI /

BSPP 3/8

112

BSPP 1-1/2 Max. Max. flow pressure 140 STANDARD (lpm) (bar)

RAS3-140

- Mineral oil

Temperatura ambiente

SCHEMA

Olio idraulico

- Oil temperature

114 180

1/2 -20 UNF 2A THREAD

Nom. Flow (lpm)

Max.pressure (bar)

7 to 210

Hydraulic Oil

General purpose hydraulic fluid

Viscosity Range

3 to 640 cSt

Filtration

ISO 18/16/13

Operating Temp.

-40 to 120˚C

Cartridge Torque

41 Nm

Cavity

DF10-3 (see cavity data page CAV-DF10-3)

Spare Seal Kit (Viton)

SK-DDFVHAA

Weight - Valve only

0.27 kg

Weight - Valve + Body

0.63 kg (alum) 1.30 kg (steel)

200 15

2 3

1/4 SizeBSPP (BSP)

Description

100

7/8 -14 UNF 2A THREAD

150

1 54

TECHNICAL DATA

RAS3

38,1

DATI TECNICI /

BSPP 1

76,9

SCHEMA IDRAULICO /

340

The D-DFPRP in its steady state, allows flow to pass from (2) to (3), with the spring chamber constantly drained at (1). When a pre-determined pressure is reached at (3), the spool shifts to restrict input flow at (2), thereby reducing (restricting) flow. If valve and pressure at port (3) exceeds setting, spool shift to open passage at port (1), thereby regulating pressure at port (3) by relieving excess flow. This valve is ideal for secondary reduced pressure control in common hydraulic circuits. The valve offers smooth transition in response to load changes.

55,4

Part No.

RAS3-340 HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT

BSPP 3/4

BSPP 1-1/4

2 3

1RAS3-120

120

(3 WAYS BALL VALVES) BSPP 1/8

BSPP 1/2

OPERATION

2 3

380

100

VALVOLE A SFERA A 3 VIE

HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT Ordering Chart

PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE - D-DFPRP

25,4

RAS3

(SIZE)

SCHEMA IDRAULICO /

140

23,8

01 CODICE ORDINAZIONEDIMENSIONE ORDERING02 CODE

SOLUTIONS

Pressure Drop (bar)

BSPP 1/4 VALVES & BSPP 3/8

56,4

THREE WAY HIGH PRESSURE BALL VALVE - RAS3 3 WAYS BALL VALVES

180

BSPP 1/8

VALVOLE A SFERA A 3 VIE

Line mounted valves

38,1

RAS3-BSPP

RAS3

(3 WAYS BALL VALVES)

77,9

Line mounted valves

46,7

VALVOLE A SFERA A 3 VIE

Ø7

200

150 100 50 0

TIPO TYPE

PORTATA MAX MAX FLOW A CARATTERISTICHE TECNICHE l/minUSgpm/

RAS3180

BSPP 1/8 TIPO

RAS3140

TYPE 1/4 BSPP

RAS3380

MAX FLOW (6.6) l/min- USgpm

BSPP 3/8 BSPP 1/8 35 (9.2) 15 (4) RAS3180

25 (6.6) RAS3120 RAS3140 BSPP 1/2 BSPP 1/460 (15.8)

PRESSIONE MAX MAX PRESSURE 400 (5800) bar- PSI

RAS3114

RAS3120

BSPP 1/2

60 (15.8)

RAS3340

BSPP 3/4

100 (26.4)

RAS3100

BSPP 1

BSPP 1-1/4

150 (89.6)

RAS3112 RAS3114 BSPP 1-1/2BSPP 1-1/4

150 (89.6)

42,4 (1.67) 30 C(1.18) B

35 (0.57)H F (1.38) 14,5 G

L 91,5 (3.60) M

110 44,4 (175) 35 (1.38) (4.33) 40 (1.57) 17,5 (0.69)

5,2 (0.20) 96,5 (3.80)

71 (2.80) N

S PESO APPROX

48,5R (1.91) 4,5 34 (1.34) APPROX WEIGHT S (0.18)

350 (5075) 350 (5075)

48,4 (1.91) 37 (1.46)

35 (1.38) 14,5 (0.57)

43 (1.69)

18 (0.71)5,2

18 (0.71)

91,5 (3.60)

71 (2.80)

99,5 (3.92)

83 (3.27)

58,5

112(2.30) (4.41) 180 55 (2.16) 23,5 (0.93) 6,2 62,5 (2.46) 45 (1.77) 106,5 (4.19) 95 (3.74) 75 (2.95) (7.09) (0.24) 66,5 (2.62) 55 (2.17) 65 (2.56) 29,5 (1.16) 116,5 (4.59) 120 (4.72) 112 (4.41)

PESO APPROX APPROX WEIGHT kg- lbt

0,6 (1.3)

kg- lbt

73 (2.87) 54,5 (2.15) 5 (0.20) 48,5 (1.91) 4,5 (0.18) 34 (1.34) 58,5 83 (3.27) 110 (2.30) (4.33) (0.20) 44,4 (175) 35 (1.38) 40 (1.57) 17,5 (0.69) (2.87) 54,5 (2.15) 5 (0.20) 36 (1.42) 62,5 (2.46) 45 (1.77) 55 (2.16) 23,5 (0.93) 96,5 (3.80) 106,573(4.19) 95 (3.74) 75 (2.95)

42,4 (1.67) 30 (1.18) 400 (5800) 48,4 (1.91) 37 (1.46)

35 (9.2) RAS3340 RAS3380 BSPP 3/4 BSPP 3/8100 (26.4)

RAS3100

Flow (lpm) Port 2 to 3

PRESSIONE MAX MAX PRESSURE B C TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS barPSI

MAX 15PORTATA (4)

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

180 6,2 87,5 66,5 (2.62) 55 (2.17) (7.09) 65 (2.56) 29,5 (1.16) (0.24) 116,5 (4.59) 120 (4.72)124 (4.88) (3.44)

6 (0.24) 87,5

6 (3.44) (0.24)

50 (1.97)

36 (1.42)

0,6 (1.3) 0,7 (1.5)

0,8 50 (1.8)

1,6(1.97) (3.5)

2,4 (5.3) 2,6 (5.7)

0,7 (1.5) 0,8 (1.8) 1,6 (3.5) 2,4 (5.3) 2,6 (5.7) 2,8 (6)

50,8

Port 3 to 1

50 0

Flow (lpm) Port 2 to 3

Port 3 to 1

150 Part No.

Description

Size (BSP)

Max. flow (lpm)

Max. pressure (bar)

D-DFPRP003000B3A

PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE 7 TO 210 BAR

3/8

210

D-DFPRP003000C3A

PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE 7 TO 210 BAR

1/2

210

100

200

100

150

Ordering Chart

Pressure Drop (bar)

CARATTERISTICHE TECNICHE /

200 Pressure Drop (bar)

Pressure Drop (bar)

25 6,3

32 cSc / 38°C. 2

Flow (lpm) Port 2 to 3

Performance 3

5 10 wheel 15 20 25 30 request 35 40 Note:0 Adjustment available on Flow (lpm) Port 2 to 3

Port 2 to 3

30 Port 2 to 3

Line mounted valves

PRESSURE SEQUENCE VALVE - D-DFPWI

PROPORTIONAL PRESSURE CONTROL D-IPDAR43C

OPERATION The D-DFPWI blocks flow at (3) and allows flow from (2) to (1). On attainment of a predetermined pressure at (3) the valve shifts to a allow flow from (3) to (2) and block flow at (1).

Turn

Features

• Hardened parts for long life. • Industry common cavity.

Symbol 63,5

38,1

38,9

Current (mA) at 24 VDC 30

Max.pressure (bar)

210

Internal Leakage (32 cSt)

82 cc/min per path

Hydraulic Oil

General purpose hydraulic fluid

Viscosity Range

3 to 640 cSt

Filtration

ISO 18/16/13

Operating Temp.

-40 to 120˚C

Cartridge Torque

41 Nm

Cavity

DF10-3 (see cavity data page CAV-DF10-3)

Spare Seal Kit (Viton)

SK-DDFVHAA

Weight - Valve only

0.26 kg

Weight - Valve + Body

0.62 kg (alum) 1.29 kg (steel)

Pressure (bar)

9/32 SOCKET HEX

Nom. Flow (lpm)

EXTERNAL ADJ.

3/8 -24 UNF 2A THREAD

INTERNAL ADJ. TAMPER PROOF

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

D-IPDAR43C 3

15 67

7/8 -14 UNF 2A THREAD

Ø7 X2

32 cSc / 38°C. 150 100 50

200

400

49,8

65,3 50,8

66,3 46,7

2 1 600

800

1000

1200

1400

1600

Valve Specifications

6,3

Flow (lpm) Port 3 to 2

Current (mA) at 12 VDC 25 bar 30 bar

3/4-16 UNF 2A THREAD

Performance

100

Specifications

Direct Acting Proportional, Pressure Reducing/ Relieving valve, Slip-in Type.

SYMBOL

Reduced Pressure (bar) vs. Current (mA)

1 3

DESCRIPTION

Dimensions [mm]

PERFORMANCE

31,8

3.8 lpm

The D-IPDAR43C generates a variable pressure in response to a PWM (Pulse Width Modulated) current signal. With no current applied to the proportional solenoid, the inlet port 2 is blocked and the regulated port 3 is vented to port 1. As current is increased, fluid pressure is proportionally controlled at the regulated port 3. On attainment of proportionally determined pressure at 3, the cartridge shifts to block flow at 2, thereby regulating pressure at 3. In this mode, the valve also will relieve 3 to 1 at a variable value over the set reducing pressure.

to increase pressure.

Up to

OPERATION

Adjustment

Pressure Drop (bar)

50,8

Flow Range (lpm)

3.8 lpm @ 8 bar Delta P

Controlled Pressure range (bar)

0-25 bar / 0-30 bar (see graph)

Reduced Pressure Tolerance

+/- 5%

Max. Back-pressure at T port

20 bar

Internal Leakage

15ml/min. @ 35 bar inlet 35ml/min. @ 350 bar inlet

Hydraulic Oil

General purpose hydraulic fluid

Viscosity Range

3 to 640 cSt

Filtration

ISO 18/15/13

Operating Temp.

-25 to 90˚C

Flange Mounting Screws

M4x10 / torque 4Nm

Cavity

T043 (see cavity data page

Weight - Valve only

0.25 kg

Coil Specifications

CAV-T043)

Port 2 to 1

Ordering Chart

Part No.

Description

Size (BSP)

Max. flow (lpm)

Max. pressure (bar)

D-DFPWI001500B3A

PRESSURE SEQUENCE VALVE 29-103 BAR

3/8

210

Part No.

D-IPDAR43CIJ1L2500 D-IPDAR43CIJ2L2500

Description PROPORTIONAL PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE 12VDC

PROPORTIONAL PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE 24VDC

PWM

Rated Current Range

200 - 1500 mA (12 Volts) 100 - 750 mA (24 Volts)

PWM or Super-imposed Dither Frequency

100 - 200 Hz

Coil Resistance (12 vdc)

Ordering Chart

Current Supply

Max. flow (lpm)

Pressure range (bar)

Max. pressure (bar)

3.8 lpm

0-25 bar

3.8 lpm

0-25 bar

(Pulse Width Modulation)

5.4 Ohm +/- 5% at 20°C

Coil Resistance (24 vdc)

22 Ohm +/- 5% at 20°C

Max.Power Consumption

12 Watt (20°C)

Protection Degree

IP67 according to IEC 529

Coil Termination

Deutsch-Integral DT04-2P Amp Junior Timer 84-9419

Note: Inlet pressure 350 bar available on request Note: Valve is not supplied with a body, but bodies are available on request Note: PWM driver is available on request

Line mounted valves

Line mounted valves Up to 240

bar - 55 lpm

77 50,8

Dimensions [mm]

19,8

19,1

37,3

38,1

18,4

This is a solenoid operated 2 way normally closed poppet valve which is typically used to lock a load in position. When energised the poppet opens and releases the load and allows flow to pass freely in both directions between 1 and 2. De-energised the valve allows free flow from 2 to 1. A typical application for this valve is where a cylinder is required to float in the energised position and be locked in the de-energised position. The valve can also be used as a directional control. Manual override options available.

21,1

OPERATION 39,6

2-POSITION 2-WAY SOLENOID VALVE DE-S2*

To Override Detented Version Pull & Twist

STANDARD

Non-Detented Version Pull (spring return)

DE-S2D

Coils can be fitted in any orientation.

57,5

DE-S2B

59,6

Symbol

Refer to data sheet Coil-D for coil options.

Specifications

32 cSt / 38°C. 20

0 Flow (LPM)

18 56

Ø7 X2

Performance

• Unitised, molded coil design. • Continuous duty rated solenoid. • Optional coil voltages and terminations. • Optional “I” Coil: Weatherproof, Thermal, Shock, Immersion Safe.

• Hardened parts for long life. • Efficient wet-armature construction. • Cartridges are voltage interchangeable. • Manual override options. • Industry common cavity.

7/8 -14 UNF 2A THREAD

Features

31,7

25.4 HEX

Pressure Drop (BAR)

Port 1 to 2 (eng) Port 2 to 1 (eng) Port 2 to 1 (de-eng)

Ordering Chart

Nom. Flow (lpm)

Max.pressure (bar)

240

Internal Leakage (32 cSt)

0 to 0.25 cc/min at 240 bar

Hydraulic oil

General purpose hydraulic fluid

Viscosity Range

3 to 640 cSt

Filtration

ISO 18/16/13

Operating temp.

-40 to 120˚C

Voltage

DC / AC (see coil data page Coil-D)

Cartridge Torque

41 Nm

Coil Nut Torque

5 to 8 Nm

Cavity

DE10-2 (see cavity data page CAV-DE10-2)

Spare Seal Kit (Viton)

SK-DDEVHA

Weight - Cartridge only

0.12 kg

Weight - Cartridge + Coil

0.45 kg

Weight - Cartridge + Coil + Body

0.68 kg (alum) 1.10 kg (steel)

Note: Valves part numbers do not include manual override but they are available on request

Part No.

Description

Size (BSP)

Max. flow (lpm)

Max. pressure (bar)

D-DES2B00HC12B2A

NORMALLY CLOSED SOLENOID OPERATED VALVE 12VDC

3/8

240

D-DES2B00HC24B2A

NORMALLY CLOSED SOLENOID OPERATED VALVE 24VDC

3/8

240

D-DES2B00HC11B2A

NORMALLY CLOSED SOLENOID OPERATED VALVE 110V50HZ

3/8

240

D-DES2D00HC12B2A

NORMALLY OPEN SOLENOID OPERATED VALVE 12VDC

3/8

240

D-DES2D00HC24B2A

NORMALLY OPEN SOLENOID OPERATED VALVE 24VDC

3/8

240

D-DES2D00HC11B2A

NORMALLY OPEN SOLENOID OPERATED VALVE 110V50HZ

3/8

240

Note: available in ½" body if required.

Line mounted valves

2-POSITION 2-WAY SOLENOID VALVE Dimensions [mm]

37,3

25,4

19,8

18,4

OPERATION

76,2

50,8

bar - 115 lpm

41,3

Up to 240

To Override Detented Version Pull & Twist

STANDARD

Non-Detented Version Pull (spring return)

41.3 HEX

Features

• Hardened parts for long life. • Efficient wet-armature construction. • Cartridges are voltage interchangeable. • Manual override options. • Industry common cavity.

1 5/16 -12 UNF 2A THREAD

45,8

• Unitised, molded coil design. • Continuous duty rated solenoid. • Optional coil voltages and terminations. • Optional “I” Coil: Weatherproof, Thermal, Shock, Immersion Safe.

25,4

Refer to data sheet Coil-D for coil options.

Coils can be fitted in any orientation.

62,8

SJ-S2D 1

76,2

SJ-S2B

65,8

Symbol

Ø7 X2

Performance

Specifications

32 cSt / 38°C. 20

Pressure Drop (BAR)

0 0

100

125

150

Flow (LPM)

Port 1 to 2 (eng) Port 2 to 1 (eng) Port 2 to 1 (de-eng)

4,1

Nom. Flow (lpm)

115

Max. pressure (bar)

240

Internal Leakage (32 cSt)

0 to 0.50 cc/min at 210 bar

Hydraulic oil

General purpose hydraulic fluid

Viscosity Range

3 to 640 cSt

Filtration

ISO 18/16/13

Operating temp.

-40 to 120˚C

Voltage

DC / AC (see coil data page Coil-D)

Cartridge Torque

122 Nm

Coil Nut Torque

5 to 8 Nm

Cavity

SJ16-2 (see cavity data page CAV-SJ16-2)

Spare Seal Kit (Viton)

SK-DSJVHA

Weight - Cartridge only

0.32 kg

Weight - Cartridge + Coil

0.65 kg

Weight - Cartridge + Coil + Body

1.23 kg (alum) 3.57 kg (steel)

Note: Valves part numbers do not include manual override but they are available on request

Ordering Chart Part No.

Description

Size (BSP)

Max. flow (lpm)

Max. pressure (bar)

D-SJS2B00HC12D2A

NORMALLY CLOSED SOLENOID OPERATED VALVE 12VDC

3/4

115

240

D-SJS2B00HC24D2A

NORMALLY CLOSED SOLENOID OPERATED VALVE 24VDC

3/4

115

240

D-SJS2B00HC11D2A

NORMALLY CLOSED SOLENOID OPERATED VALVE 110V50HZ

3/4

115

240

D-SJS2D00HC12D2A

NORMALLY OPEN SOLENOID OPERATED VALVE 12VDC

3/4

115

240

D-SJS2D00HC24D2A

NORMALLY OPEN SOLENOID OPERATED VALVE 24VDC

3/4

115

240

D-SJS2D00HC11D2A

NORMALLY OPEN SOLENOID OPERATED VALVE 110V50HZ

3/4

115

240

Line mounted valves

Line mounted valves Up to 210

bar - 38 lpm

Dimensions [mm]

81 63,5

46,8 31,8

46,8

OPERATION

38,1

39,6

21,1

This is a solenoid operated 3 way 2 position directional spool valve which can be used in a variety of ways to suit the desired control circuit. Manual override options available.

18,4

2-POSITION 3-WAY SOLENOID DIVERTER VALVE - DFS3A

SEE COIL DATA FOR TERMINATIONS

Common lift/lower valve where load holding is not required. For higher pressures see D-HFS3A.

To Override Detented Version Pull & Twist

STANDARD

Non-Detented Version Pull (spring return)

25.4 HEX

Features

• Hardened parts for long life. • Efficient wet-armature construction. • Cartridges are voltage interchangeable. • Manual override options. • Industry common cavity.

• Unitised, molded coil design. • Continuous duty rated solenoid. • Optional coil voltages and terminations. • Optional “I” Coil: Weatherproof, Thermal, Shock, Immersion Safe.

Performance

Specifications

32 cSt / 38°C. 15

Flow (LPM)

Port 1 to 3 (eng)

Port 3 to 2 (de-eng)

7/8-14 UNF 2A THREAD 67

5,7

Refer to data sheet Coil-D for coil options.

59,6

Coils can be fitted in any orientation.

57,4

Symbol

Pressure Drop (BAR)

Ø7

6,4

50,8

Ordering Chart

Nom. Flow (lpm)

Max. pressure (bar)

210

Internal Leakage (32 cSt)

Part No.

Description

Size (BSP)

Max. flow (lpm)

Max. pressure (bar)

82 cc/min at 210 bar

D-DFS3A00HC12B3A

2-POSITION 3-WAY SOLENOID DIVERTER VALVE 12VDC

3/8

210

Hydraulic oil

General purpose hydraulic fluid

D-DFS3A00HC24B3A

2-POSITION 3-WAY SOLENOID DIVERTER VALVE 24VDC

3/8

210

Viscosity Range

3 to 640 cSt

D-DFS3A00HC11B3A

2-POSITION 3-WAY SOLENOID DIVERTER VALVE 110V50HZ

3/8

210

Filtration

ISO 18/16/13

Operating temp.

-40 to 120˚C

Voltage

DC / AC (see coil data page Coil-D)

Cartridge Torque

41 Nm

Coil Nut Torque

5 to 8 Nm

Cavity

DF10-3 (see cavity data page CAV-DF10-3)

Spare Seal Kit (Viton)

SK-DDFVDD

Weight - Cartridge only

0.12 kg

Weight - Cartridge + Coil

0.45 kg

Weight - Cartridge + Coil + Body

0.82 kg (alum) 1.51 kg (steel)

Note: Valves part numbers do not include manual override but they are available on request Note: When operated at 210 bar and ported into 3. the valve flow must not exceed 17 lpm.

Note: available in ½" body if required.

Line mounted valves HYDRAULIC SWIVEL ADAPTER Part No.

GGIL140 GGIL380 GGIL120 GGIL340

Description 1/4" BSP IN-LINE ROTATING COUPLING

3/8" BSP IN-LINE ROTATING COUPLING

1/2" BSP IN-LINE ROTATING COUPLING

3/4" BSP IN-LINE ROTATING COUPLING

Mineral oil

Size (BSP)

Max. flow (lpm)

Max. pressure (bar)

1/4

200

3/8

200

1/2

150

3/4

100

150

180

100

1" BSP IN-LINE ROTAT-

GGIL100

ING COUPLING

(DIN 51524)

Oil viscosity

(15 to 250 cSt)

Max contamination index with filter Oil temperature

-4°F + 176°F

Environment temperature

-4°F + 122°F

It is necessary a filter use to protect the valve (advised f iltration 15 μm)

BSPP 1/4

BSPP 3/8

BSPP 1/2

120

BSPP 1/2

BSPP 3/4

210

BSPP 3/4

115

BSPP 1

370

BSPP 1

140

Ch.1

Ch.1 Ch.2

l/min- USgpm

(6.6) (9.2)

bar- PSI

(5800)

(15.8) (26.4) (47.5)

Ch.2

(4350)

B bar- PSI

(2900)

(2175) (1450)

kg- lbt

rev- min

212

(1.65)

11(0.43)

(2.40)

0,21 (0.46)

173

(1.73)

14 (0.55)

66 (2.60)

0,27 (0.60)

160

(1.85)

(0.59)

(2.80)

(0.75)

120

(1.97)

(0.75)

(3.15)

(1.45)

100

(2.24)

(0.83)

90 (3.54)

(1.98)

Circuit savers DUAL PRESSURE COMPENSATED FLOW CONTROL C/W RELIEF

LIFT BLOCK - SOLENOID OPERATED

DUAL SEQUENCE CONTROL ASSEMBLY

MULTI FUNCTION, CROSSPORT, VALVE CONTROL

DUAL OVERCENTRE & RELIEF CONTROL WITH BRAKE SHUTTLE

PROPORTIONAL PRESSURE COMPENSATED PRIORITY FLOW CONTROL

MULTI STATION PILOT CONTROL ASSEMBLY

CYLINDER LOCK VALVE BANJO MOUNTED, SOLENOID OPERATED, NORMALLY CLOSED POPPET VALVE

PRESSURE REDUCING ASSEMBLY WITH REVERSE FLOW CHECK, LINE MOUNTED, 3/8” BSP

HOT OIL SHUTTLE ASSEMBLY, WITH OPTIONAL PURGE RELIEF AND ORIFICE

REGENERATIVE CONTROL LINE MOUNTED, CETOP 5

85 LIFT BLOCK - SOLENOID OPERATED

DUAL PRESSURE COMPENSATED FLOW CONTROL C/W RELIEF

DESCRIPTION Ideal for various applications where pressure compensated speed control of an actuator in both directions is required. These controls offer meter in priority flow control with relief protection in both directions. Designed to accept a high input flow, the controls use a fixed orifice with compensator to limit the maximum priority flow supplied to the actuator regardless of load variations. Excess flow is returned to tank via the opposite service return line. A relief valve sensing on each priority output and relieving to the opposite service return line provides system relief protection. High performance check valves on each side of the circuit allow return flow from the actuator to pass back to tank with minimal loss.

FEATURES • • • • • • •

Up to 240

DESCRIPTION These valves provide the control functions of ‘raise’, ‘positive hold’ and ‘lower’ (at a controlled speed) for lift applications using single acting cylinders such as scissor lifts, access platforms, etc. A pressure relief valve prevents peak circuit pressures. Raise - Hold - Solenoid Lower (single speed)

RF-03 A

RF-3994 (MA)

All aluminium (anodised) MB

(MB)

4 P

Dimensions [mm] (VA)

(VB)

3/8” 48

Max. Pressure (bar)

240

Cartridge Material

Steel

Viscosity Range

3 to 647 cSt

Filtration

ISO 18/16/13

Seals

Nitrile/Viton

Response Time

30-45 ms

Body Material

Aluminium/Steel

Hydraulic Oil T

General Purpose Hydraulic Fluid

Operating Temperature

-40˚C to + 120˚C

Voltage

DC and AC

83,9

102

83,9

Port Size (BSP) Nom. Flow (lpm)

Optional Manual Override

Dimensions [mm] 77

Specifications

SCHEMATIC

Steel (zinc plated) or Aluminium (anodised) material options Optional port positions Fixed setting, no externally adjustable valves Large range of priority flow ranges available Wide pressure range Compact, efficient design Up to 170 Lpm inlet (120 Lpm max. bypass).

bar - Up to 48 lpm

(

Mounting Holes M6 x 1 - 6H x 13 Deep in 4 positions

( )

)

Ports

(VA), (VB) = G.1/2 (MA), (MB) = G.3/4

16 51

126

Alternative Ports

63,5 47,5

VA,VB,MA,MB = G.3/4

( (

) )

25 31,8 47,5 63,5

cO14 x 10 `, O8.5 x ` 8

85,6 101,6

58,1

Ordering Chart

Part No.

Description

Max. flow (lpm)

Max. pressure (bar)

RF3994-30302121A

PRESSURE COMP FLOW CONTROL + RELIEF - 3/4" BSP

210

RF3994-30303535S

PRESSURE COMP FLOW CONTROL + RELIEF - 3/4" BSP

350

RF3994-80802121A

PRESSURE COMP FLOW CONTROL + RELIEF - 3/4" BSP

210

RF3994-80803535S

PRESSURE COMP FLOW CONTROL + RELIEF - 3/4" BSP

350

Other flow settings available on request

Part No.

Description

Max. flow (lpm)

Pressure range (bar)

RF03-200HC12

3/8" BSP LIFT BLOCK - SOLENOID OPERATED 12VDC

14-105

RF03-200HC24

3/8" BSP LIFT BLOCK - SOLENOID OPERATED 24VDC

14-105

RF03-200HC11

3/8" BSP LIFT BLOCK - SOLENOID OPERATED 110V50HZ

14-105

RF03-200HC23

3/8" BSP LIFT BLOCK - SOLENOID OPERATED 240V50HZ

14-105

RF03-300HC12

3/8" BSP LIFT BLOCK - SOLENOID OPERATED 12VDC

105-210

RF03-300HC24

3/8" BSP LIFT BLOCK - SOLENOID OPERATED 24VDC

105-210

RF03-300HC11

3/8" BSP LIFT BLOCK - SOLENOID OPERATED 110V50HZ

105-210

RF03-300HC23

3/8" BSP LIFT BLOCK - SOLENOID OPERATED 230V50HZ

105-210

Note: Non-compensated lower Note: Manifold is aluminium. Note: Manual overide for sol. Valve available on request.

DESCRIPTION The RF 232 is a cross port valve control suitable for a wide range of motor and cylinder applications.The design layout with two sets of through ports allows for easy inline piping from valve to actuator. Two valve cavities are teed across the lines in parallel. These cavities can be fitted with cartridges from our standard range of two way, size 10 valves. Various valve functions are available to achieve speed control as well as offer over-pressure or anti-cavitation protection.

SCHEMATICS

RF-232 A2

Aluminium (anodised)

1 2

FEATURES

83 15,8

83 (A2)

15,8

83 15,5

15,8

Valve 2

Valve 1 Valve 1

Ø6,5 70

76,2 76,2

6,5

15,5

15,8

(B2)

Ø9

88,6

Valve 2

76,2 76,2

70 20

(B1) 31,8

(A1)

Ø6,5

(B1)(A1) 31,8

(A1) 1/2” BSP1/2” BSP All Ports All Ports 5

(A1)

1/2” BSP All Ports

Part No.

Description

Max. flow (lpm)

RF232-RA0030SD0012A

SOLENOID UNLOADER RELIEF VALVE 12VDC

210

RF232-RA0030SD0024A

SOLENOID UNLOADER RELIEF VALVE 24VDC

210

RF232-RA0030SD0011A

SOLENOID UNLOADER & RELIEF VALVE 110V50HZ

210

RF232-RA0030SD0023A

SOLENOID UNLOADER & RELIEF VALVE 230V50HZ

210

1/2” BSP All Ports

57,6

Ordering Chart Part No.

Description

Max. flow (lpm)

Max. pressure (bar)

RF3896-1010A

DUAL SEQUENCE CONTROL ASSEMBLY- 1/2” BSP

350

Note: 1/4 BSP version available on request

(A2)

Ordering Chart

101,6 101,6

Ø6,5

31,8

(B1) 31,8

31,8

Ø6,5

(B1) 31,8

31,8

(A2)

62 62

55 90

Valve 1

31,8

63,5 48

8,2 8,2

Ø9 6,5

Valve 2 Valve 2

Valve 1

Dimensions [mm]

63,5 63,5 48 48 15,5 (B2) (B2)(A2)

63,5 48 (B2)

Control Options RA / RD

4 V1

15,5

Note: manual overide for sol. valve available on request.

Max. pressure (bar)

RA / SD 57,6

57,6

Dimensions [mm]

C2A

C2B

C1B

C1A

• Multi-function capability. • Compact and efficient design. • Various options, seals, overrides, pressure settings etc..

RF-3896

bar

SCHEMATIC

Up to 210

• Steel body (zinc plate clear passivate) • Optional sequence valve pre-setting 50 - 220 bar (other ranges available upon request) • Atmospherically vented sequence valves are used and are immune to system back pressures • Assembly weight: Aluminium 1.62 Kg. Steel: 3.94 Kg. • Seal Kit: SK-RF3896 • Also available in ¼” BSP ported version in another series (RF4897)

MULTI FUNCTION, CROSSPORT, VALVE CONTROL

FEATURES

DESCRIPTION This assembly is designed for sequencing of double acting cylinder applications, where one cylinder must extend/retract before a second cylinder moves. In the first part of the cycle, oil flows into V1 and out of C1A until cylinder C1 is extended. Return flow from the opposite side of the cylinder, free flows through check valve 4 and out of V2. Sequence valve 1 then opens at a set pressure allowing flow out of port C2B, extending cylinder C2. This operation then also works in the same principle when oil flow is supplied in port V2. A compact design allows this manifold control to easily integrate into many hydraulic systems negating the need for multiple line mounted valves, associated pipework and assembly time whilst also reducing potential leak points.

bar - Up to 40 lpm

Up to 350

DUAL SEQUENCE CONTROL ASSEMBLY

89 Up to 350

DUAL OVERCENTRE & RELIEF CONTROL WITH BRAKE SHUTTLE

PROPORTIONAL PRESSURE COMPENSATED PRIORITY FLOW CONTROL

bar - Up to 40 lpm

DESCRIPTION Ideal for motor applications where load control and pressure limitations is required. These controls are able to meter loads in both directions, which prevents a run-away situation when a sudden increase in load is applied. In addition the two inlet pressure relief’s offer control of the drive pressure. A brake shuttle is also present for the operation of the motor brake.

Up to 250

DESCRIPTION A manifold control system comprising of separate proportional metering control and 3 port bypass compensator. The proportional valve is normally closed in the de-energised condition. In this state there is zero priority flow – all oil supplied is passed to bypass. As current supplied to the proportional valve increases a priority flow is supplied, excess flow is then bypassed. In the event of any load variation a constant flow output is maintained. The bypass line can be pressurised but bypass pressure must be lower than priority pressure to maintain compensation on the priority line. These valves are used in a wide variety of applications where remote variable supply to actuators is required.

SCHEMATIC

RF-4113 FEATURES

FEATURES

• Steel (zinc plated) material options. • Multiple metering, pilot ratio and pressure setting options. • Compact, efficient design. • Easy access, in-line porting. • Multiple test ports for system monitoring.

bar - Up to 120 lpm

• Steel (zinc plated) material options • Multiple metering, and compensator bias pressure setting options • Compact, efficient design • Easy access, in-line porting • Multiple coil and termination options

SCHEMATIC

RF-4120 Note: Valve overide option available on request Note: PWM driver available on request

Dimensions [mm]

101.6

TPM1

Specifications Typical Internal Leakage

TPM1

Hysteresis

`8,5 x ` O8,5 x ` O8,5 x O (Typ 2.)(Typ 2.) (Typ 2.) 5 TPM1

101,6

879

101.6

50,8

4 31

50,8

50,8 23

Dimensions [mm]

Viscosity Range

3 to 647 cSt

Filtration

ISO 18/16/13

Media Operating

Seal Kit 76

TPM2

frequency suggest

TPM2

3 95

Ordering Chart Ordering Chart Part No. RF4113-23282121S

Description DUAL OVERCENTRE RELIEF CONTROL + BRAKE SHUTTLE

Note: 70-280 bar setting range on overcentres

Max. flow (lpm)

Max. pressure (bar)

Pressure range (bar)

350

70-250

-40˚C to + 120˚C General Purpose Hydraulic Fluid SK-RF4120

PWM or Dither

Operating Fluid Media

TPM2

250 bar +/- 3%

Temperature Range 2

0-10 drops/min at

Part No.

Description

Max. flow (lpm)

Max. pressure (bar)

RF4120-A11200HC12/S

PROP PRESSURE COMP PRIORITY FLOW CONTROL 12 VDC

240

RF4120-B11200HC12/S

PROP PRESSURE COMP PRIORITY FLOW CONTROL 12 VDC

240

RF4120-C11200HC12/S

PROP PRESSURE COMP PRIORITY FLOW CONTROL 12 VDC

240

RF4120-A11200HC24/S

PROP PRESSURE COMP PRIORITY FLOW CONTROL 24 VDC

240

RF4120-B11200HC24/S

PROP PRESSURE COMP PRIORITY FLOW CONTROL 24 VDC

240

RF4120-C11200HC24/S

PROP PRESSURE COMP PRIORITY FLOW CONTROL 24 VDC

240

100 - 150 Hz

200

300

400

500

600

700

71,1

TPM1

76,2

5,4

TPM2 J2 V3

43 TPM2

X L

800

Pressure (bar)

Current (mA) at 24 VDC 100

TPM1

Reduced Pressure (bar) vs. Current (mA) 0

Typical Circuit

RF-3800

Performance.

37,5

3/8 BSP (Thru’ ports)

101.6

37,5

• Aluminium (anodised) manifold • IP67 electrical connections • Integral shuttle valves for automatic control and isolation of the cab controls

6 and 8 station option

Dimensions (mm)

FEATURES

4 Station

75,5

DESCRIPTION Used in applications where a secondary control system is required. A typical example of which would be in the conversion of an excavator machine for use in a demolition site environment. When applied, these manifolds are used to tee in between a hydraulic joystick control mounted in the cab and the directional spool valves on the machine. A separate pilot feed from the machine is connected to this assembly along with a low-pressure return. The valve assembly would then 70 4 26 be connected to an electrical control system capable of PWM output for each of the proportional pressure control valves. In the instance of the machine being used in a demolition role a separate radio remote control system would be used for the operation of the machine. 31

MULTI STATION PILOT CONTROL ASSEMBLY

20 15

5 0

10 1

200

400

600

800

1000

1200

1400

Current (mA) at 12 VDC 25 bar 30 bar

Coil Specifications

Ordering Chart PWM (Pulse Width Modulation)

Part No.

Rated Current Range

200 - 1500 mA (12 Volts) 100 - 750 mA (24 Volts)

RF3800H3041D12A

Coil Resistance (12 vdc)

Valve Specifications

1600

Current Supply

PWM or Super-imposed Dither Frequency

100 - 200 Hz 5.4 Ohm +/- 5% at 20°C

Coil Resistance (24 vdc)

22 Ohm +/- 5% at 20°C

Max. Power Consumption

12 Watt (20°C)

Protection Degree

IP67 according to IEC 529

Coil Termination

Amp Junior Timer 84-9419

RF3800H3041D24A

Description MULTI STATION PILOT CONTROL ASSEMBLY 12 VDC

MULTI STATION PILOT CONTROL ASSEMBLY 24 VDC

Max. flow (lpm)

Max. pressure (bar)

240

Flow Range (lpm)

3.8 lpm @ 8 bar Delta P

Max. Pressure (bar)

240

Controlled Pressure Range

0-25 bar / 0-30 bar (see graph)

Reduced Pressure Tolerance

+/- 5%

Max. Back-pressure at T port

20 bar

Internal Leakage

up to 44 cc/min @ 240 bar

Hydraulic Oil

General purpose hydraulic fluid

Viscosity Range

3 to 640 cSt

Filtration

ISO 18/15/13

Operating Temp.

-25 to 90˚C

Spare Seal Kit (Viton) Complete

SK-RF3800V

Spare Seal Kit (Viton) Shuttle Valve

SK-DPPBV

Spare Seal Kit (Viton) Reducer

SK-TT043V

1/4 BSP (TYP.)

93 LOCK VALVE BANJO MOUNTED

PRESSURE REDUCING ASSEMBLY WITH REVERSE FLOW CHECK. LINE MOUNTED, 3/8” BSP

Description

This assembly is designed for single acting cylinder applications where a lift, hold and lower operation is required. A compact banjo mounted design is used which allows for fitting direct onto the loaded port of a cylinder. In the first part of the cycle oil is allowed to pass freely through the valve assembly with the solenoid valve being energised or de-energised depending on valve selection / desired operation. When stopped, the solenoid valve is de-energised thus holding the cylinder in place and preventing the cylinder from being able to move back. The final part of the cycle sees the solenoid valve being energised allowing the cylinder to return back to its initial position. D-PBS2A

T-PBS2I

10 5 0

Port C to V (eng)

20 30 Flow (lpm)

Port V to C (eng)

200

Pressure Drop (bar)

Specifications • Low profile, compact and efficient design • Multiple pressure ranges.

T-PBS2I

20 PressureDrop (bar)

Pressure Drop (bar)

Description Line mounted pressure reducing valve. This valve has a normally open characteristic that allows flow to pass from P to RP. When pressure at RP meets the setting of the valve it modulates and maintains the set pressure. If, through external (dynamic) forces, pressure rises in the RP line, the pressure relieves through port T until the desired setting is met. When used in double acting systems the free flow check 2 allows oil to pass from RP to P.

Flow (lpm)

Port C to V (eng) & Port V to C (eng)

150 100 50 0

Dimensions 76

Port V to C (de-eng)

Flow (lpm) Port 2 to 3

Port 3 to 1

G3/8” Banjo

150

Adjustment Turn Turn

Manual Override

Pressure Drop (bar)

200

Dimensions

to100 increase setting to decrease setting 50 0

74,2

S2A0M00

S2I0K00

54,9

G3/8” Female

15 (T)

3/8” BSP

(P)

All Ports

16,5 33,8

50,8

7,6

15,8 31,8

(ii)

76,2

C (i)

28,2 (i) Standard / PLFC banjo bolt (ii) Banjo bolt adjustable flow control

Part No.

Description

RF-3535S2B0M00HC12S

SOL OP BANJO MTD LOCK VALVE - 3/8” BSP NC 12VDC

RF-1062DI00HC12BA

SOL OP BANJO MTD LOCK VALVE - 3/8” BSP NC 12VDC

RF-3535S2B0M00HC24S

SOL OP BANJO MTD LOCK VALVE - 3/8” BSP NC 24VDC

RF-1062DI00HC24BA

SOL OP BANJO MTD LOCK VALVE - 3/8” BSP NC 24VDC

Max. flow (lpm)

(RP)

Ordering Chart Max. pressure (bar)

210

Schematic Port 2 to 3

Ø8.7 x2

Features • Aluminium body, clear anodised. • G3/8” ports • Poppet valve used for good load holding characteristics.

3/8” BSP

Flow (lpm) Port 2 to 3

Circuit Examples

17,5

Valve M & L = 83 Valve H = 71.4

Standard

50,8

31,75

Ordering Chart Part No.

Description

RF1490MSA

PRESSURE REDUCER VALVE + BYPASS CHECK 5-55 BAR

RF1490LSA

PRESSURE REDUCER VALVE + BYPASS CHECK 7-210 BAR

Max. flow (lpm)

Max. pressure (bar)

210

95 HOT OIL SHUTTLE ASSEMBLY, WITH OPTIONAL PURGE RELIEF AND ORIFICE

Description The RF 4958 is a circuit saver valve assembly for hydrostatic transmissions with the purpose of removing heat and any

76,2

38 4,2

potential contamination, as a result a higher degree of reliability are used. The valves are fitted in series within the service lines allowing for low pressure drop performance. During operation

WITHOUT RELIEF

can be achieved in closed loop applications when these valves

the hot oil flushing circuit allows a discharge of oil from the low is often passed through the cases of the pump and the motor

112

pressure side. The hot oil discharged through the valve circuit providing improved cooling to each element.

G1/2

X XX XX X

• 50lpm max. - charge pump • 150 lpm max. - service lines • Compact line mount design • ½” or 3/4” BSP Ports

Ordering Chart

G2 11

3 3

Flow rate (lpm)

2 2

350

5.9

150

Max. pressure (bar)

350

Relief valve reseat pressure

Nominal 90% of cracking pressure 7.4 to 420 cSt

Filtration

ISO 18/16/13

Operating Temp.

-40 to 110˚C

Spare Seal Kit

SK-RF4958

Weight

2.4 kg (alum) 5.9 kg (steel)

LOW (L) HIGH (H)

General purpose hydraulic fluid

14bar (H) 10.5bar(G) 5bar(E) 7bar(F) 2bar(C)

Hydraulic Oil Viscosity Range

HIGH ONLY

RF 4958 X X X XXX X XX X X

150

NO RV(X) 80-220(G) 10-180(B) 5-75(N)

HOT OIL SHUTTLE WITH PURGE RELIEF (20 BAR)

ORIFICE(O) NO ORIFICE(X)

RF4958HEN020XXXDS

Weight (kg.)

SIZE 0.5 (05) SIZE 1.0(10) MAX 4mm

HOT OIL SHUTTLE WITH 1MM PURGE ORIFICE

Max. pressure (bar)

PORTS G12(C) PORTS G34(D) T (G12)

RF4958HEXXXX010DS

Max. flow (lpm)

STEEL(S) ALUM(A)

Description

NO SETTING(XXX) 20bar SETTING(020)

Part No.

O8,5 x `. cO15 x 10` M10 x 16` FROM THE UNDERSIDE

Features

G3/4 or G1/2

Symbol

G2 11

3 3

G3 2 2

G1 1

Note: Consult factory for alternative layout or higher flow design options 2

96 REGENERATIVE CONTROL LINE MOUNTED, CETOP 5

Description These regenerative controls are designed for cylinder applications where a fast approach is required. The regenerative function combines pump flow with the oil displaced from the annulus of the cylinder. In the extend mode the cylinder starts at a fast speed: As load progressively increases nearer to the end of the cylinder stroke the regenerative flow is unloaded to tank. Remaining cylinder stoke is completed at the speed determined by the pump flow rate. In retract mode the cylinder is allowed to retract at the normal speed (pump flow rate). Features • Annulus regenerative flow. • Steel (zinc plated) or Aluminium (anodised) material options. • Adjustable relief valve. • Compact, efficient design.

Symbol

Dimensions 120

102

O11 x ` cO17 x 14` Typ 2.

P,T, CH & CR - ¾”BSP Ports G, PSR & PSH - ¼” BSP Ports

Ordering Chart Part No.

Description

Max. flow (lpm)

Max. pressure (bar)

RF381021/A

CETOP 05 REGENERATIVE CONTROL ALUMINIUM MANIFOLD

180

240

Note: Interface only, as standard. Directional valves available on request.

Switches & sensors S2 TAF TEMPERATURE SWITCH

SKBA PRESSURE SWITCH

SMA PRESSURE SWITCH

100

T200-T201 PRESSURE TRANSDUCER

101

TT - TEMPERATURE TRANSDUCER

102

T12C PRESSURE TRANSDUCER

103

RL-G1 SERIES

104

Switches & sensors

S2 TAF TEMPERATURE SWITCH

SKBA PRESSURE SWITCH

DESCRIPTION

DESCRIPTION The S2TAF is a bimetal temperature switch featuring an internal sensing cavity that allows for sensing of the fluid temperature without the need of a probe. 1

APPLICATIONS

FEATURES

• Hydraulic reservoir safety switch • Coolant temperature switch

• Factory preset • High current rating • Reliable differential • Compact size

120 VAC - 15A Resistive 240 VAC - 10A Resistive

Note: 1/2 NPT

12VDC - 12A Resistive 24 VDC - 6A Resistive

Switch Type

Bimetal

Electrical

Dimensions [mm]

EN 175301-803 Type A - IP65, Terminals - IP00

Protection

Flying Lead: IP67

Deutch DT04-2P: IP67 +/- 3.89°C

Temperature Range

77°F to 293°F (25 °C to 145°C)

Temperature Differential

25°F (12°C)

Temperature Exposure Limit

300°F (149°C)

Housing Material

Brass (Optional Stainless Steel)

Weight

S2TAF 4M, 6M Model 5000 PSI (345 BAR) S2TAF 8M, 8S Model 2000 PSI (138 BAR)

-INTERNAL SENSING CAVITY -NO PROBE FOR S2TAF MODEL

S3TAF Models: 5000 PSI (345 BAR) 0.31 lbs (0.14 kg)

Switch Type

Blade Contact

Protection

Exposed Terminals - IP00 (IP68 Available)

Temperature Range

-20°F to 180°F (-29°C to 82°C) Nitrile

Mechanical Range

1,000,000 Cycles @ 1000 PSI (69 BAR)

14 0.56

APPLICATIONS

• Silver nickel alloy contacts • Diaphragm/piston combination • High ingress protection • Compact body • Gold contact available

• Industrial tools • Garbage trucks • Brake pressure switch

Standard: Nitrile

Optional: Viton, EPDM, HNBR

Housing Material

Zinc Plated Steel (Optional Stainless Steel)

Maximum Overpressure

9000 PSI (600 BAR)

+/- 3% of full set point range at 20°C (68°F)

Repeatability

16 0.63

Maximum Overpressure

29 1.13

FEATURES

Dimensions [mm]

Optional: Gold Contact

Diaphragm Material

28 1.10

Repeatability

A miniature pressure switch with high proof pressures ideal for mobile and other harsh applications. It is offered with a variety of mechanical and electrical terminations for easy integration.7 8

Note: 1/4 BSP

100 VA, 42 VDC

24 0.94

Electrical

62 2.46

SKBA-1 model, +/- 1.5 psi

Weight

0.16 lbs (0.07 kg)

EN 175301-803 Type A

Wiring Code CONTACT

DIN 43650 TYPE

COMMON

PIN 1

NORMALLY CLOSED

PIN 2

NORMALLY OPEN

PIN 2

Ordering Chart

D SP 1/4” Spades

Pressure Selection:

Field Adjustable - Select Model Code

Ordering Chart

Part No.

Description

Part No.

S2TAF104R8GAHC

TEMP SWITCH 40 DEG C-1/2"BSP - NORMALLY OPEN

S2TAF122R8GAHC

TEMP SWITCH 50 DEG C-1/2"BSP - NORMALLY OPEN

SKBA-2-4G-A-SP

S2TAF140R8GAHC

TEMP SWITCH 60 DEG C-1/2"BSP - NORMALLY OPEN

S2TAF104R8GBHC

TEMP SWITCH 40 DEG C-1/2"BSP - NORMALLY CLOSED

S2TAF122R8GBHC

TEMP SWITCH 50 DEG C-1/2"BSP - NORMALLY CLOSED

S2TAF140R8GBHC

TEMP SWITCH 60 DEG C-1/2"BSP - NORMALLY CLOSED

SKBA-3-4G-A-SP SKBA-4-4G-A-SP SKBA-5-4G-A-SP

Note: Other temp settings available on request - speak to our sales team for assistance.

1.4 - 8.2

S2TAF S3TAF CATALOGUE

COMMENTS: NAME SIGNATURE 48-131 DATE BAR PRESSURE SWITCH - NORMALLY OPEN

SKBA-6-4G-A-SP SKBA-2-4G-B-SP

PRESSURE APPV'D

SKBA-4-4G-B-SP 2

PRESSURE SWITCH 1.4-8.2 BAR - NORMALLY OPEN

Pressure range (bar)

DWG NO. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED: FINISH: DEBUR AND BREAK REVISION DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS ALL SHARP EDGES SURFACE FINISH: 3.2 MICROMETERS PRESSURE SWITCH 6.2-17 BAR - NORMALLY OPEN 6.2 - 17 UNLESS OTHERWISE PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TOLERANCES: SPECIFIED THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF LINEAR: 0.X +/- 0.25 MM; 0.XX +/- 0.12 MM ANFIELD17 SENSORS PRESSURE SWITCH 17-65 BAR - NORMALLY OPEN - 65 INC.; ANY REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS A WHOLE WITHOUT ANGULAR: +/- 0.5 THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF ANFIELD SENSORS INC. IS PROHIBITED.

DRAWN

SKBA-3-4G-B-SP

Description

48 - 131

MUST BECLOSED CLEANED PRESSURE SWITCH 69-206 BARPARTS - NORMALLY

CHK'D

MFG Q.A

69 - 206

AND PACKED ACCORDINGLY

AVOID DAMAGE DURING SWITCH 1.4-8.2 BARTO - NORMALLY CLOSED

1.4 - 8.2

OVERSEAS SHIPPING

PRESSURE SWITCH 6.2-17 BAR - NORMALLY CLOSED MATERIAL:

PRESSURE SWITCH 17-65 BAR - NORMALLY CLOSED

SKBA-5-4G-B-SP

PRESSURE SWITCH - NORMALLY CLOSED

SKBA-6-4G-B-SP

PRESSURE SWITCH - NORMALLY CLOSED

WEIGHT:

TITLE:

SCALE:

6.2 - 17

17 - 65 48 - 131

NOT TO SCALE DRAWING

69 - 206

SHEET 1 OF 1

Switches & sensors

SMA PRESSURE SWITCH

T200 PRESSURE TRANSDUCER

101

DESCRIPTION

The SMA pressure switch is ideal for many hydraulic and pneumatic applications. It utilizes a proven piston/diaphragm design to provide excellent accuracy and high proof pressures with zero leakage.

• Hydraulic system control • Material handling equipment • Lubrication systems • Garbage compactors

Dimensions [mm] 5A [12/24 VDC, 125 VAC] or 3A [250 VAC]

Temperature Range

-20°F to 180°F (-29°C to 82°C) Nitrile

Mechanical Range

1,000,000 Cycles @ 1000 PSI (69 BAR)

Diaphragm Material

Standard: Nitrile Optional: Viton, EPDM

Housing Material

Zinc Plated Steel (Optional Stainless Steel) 9000 PSI (620 BAR)

+/- 2% of full set point range at 20°C (68°F)

Differential

7 - 30% of setting

Weight

0.37 lbs (0.17 kg)

0.5% BFSL 0 to 7,500 PSI (517 BAR) 140% to 200% FS based on range (consult factory) 180 to 400% FS based on range (consult factory)

Long Term Drift

100 psi > 400 psi : 0.009% FS/°F (0.016% FS/°C)

400 psi ≥ 1000 psi: 0.011% FS/°F (0.019% FS/°C)

1000 psi > 3000 psi: 0.012% FS/°F (0.021% FS/°C) 3000 psi ≥ 7500 psi: 0.018% FS/°F (0.028% FS/°C)

Operating Temperatures

EN 175301-803 Type A

COMMON

PIN 1

NORMALLY CLOSED

PIN 2

NORMALLY OPEN

PIN 3

T201 Series: -40°F to 257°F (-40°C to 125°C) -40°F to 257°F (-40°C to 125°C)

Ceramic Al2O3

NBR (Standard) or Optional: FKM,HNBR,EPDM 10g (20-2000Hz) for ≤ 58 PSI (4 BAR)

Vibration

20g (20 - 500Hz) for ranges > 58 PSI (4 BAR) 50g (11ms)

Shock

4 - 20mA : 8 - 30 VDC

0 - 10V : 12 - 30 VDC

1/4” BSP MALE

CONTACT

T200 Series: 32°F to 185°F (0°C to 85°C)

Storage Temperature Rating -40°F to 275°F (-40°C to 135°C) Process Connection SS304 Wetted Materials

Wiring code

Dimensions [mm]

7.5 psi ≥ 100 psi: 0.01% FS/°F (0.018% FS/°C)

Compensated Temperatures

EN 175301-803 Type A

0.5 - 4.5V : 4.5 - 5.5 VDC (ratiometric) 0.5 - 4.5V : 8 - 30 VDC

Supply Voltage

Ordering Chart

Description

Max. pressure (bar)

0.25 - 10.25 V : 12 - 30 VDC

T200-020BA2M124GNT1

PRESSURE TRANSDUCER 0-20 BAR ABSOLUTE. 4-20 mA

0-20

Overvoltage, Short Circuit, Reverse Polarity

T200-050BA2M124GNT1

PRESSURE TRANSDUCER 0-50 BAR ABSOLUTE. 4-20 mA

0-50

<1ms IP67 (IP65 for M2 Electrical Connection)

T200-100BA2M124GNT1

PRESSURE TRANSDUCER 0-100 BAR ABSOLUTE. 4-20 mA

0-100

T200-200BA2M124GNT1

PRESSURE TRANSDUCER 0-200 BAR ABSOLUTE. 4-20 mA

0-200

T200-400BA2M124GNT1

PRESSURE TRANSDUCER 0- 400 BAR ABSOLUTE. 4-20 mA

0-400

T200-020BA3M124GNT1

PRESSURE TRANSDUCER 0-20 BAR ABSOLUTE. 0-10 v

0-20

T200-050BA3M124GNT1

PRESSURE TRANSDUCER 0-50 BAR ABSOLUTE. 0-10 v

0-50

T200-100BA3M124GNT1

PRESSURE TRANSDUCER 0-100 BAR ABSOLUTE. 0-10 v

0-100

T200-200BA3M124GNT1

PRESSURE TRANSDUCER 0-200 BAR ABSOLUTE. 0-10 v

0-200

T200-400BA3M124GNT1

PRESSURE TRANSDUCER 0-400 BAR ABSOLUTE. 0-10 v

0-400

1 - 5V : 8 - 30 VDC

Other supply voltage available upon request Protection

Part No.

Description

Pressure range (bar)

SMA-5-4G-C-HC

HYDRAULIC PRESSURE SWITCH IP65 5.2-21 BAR- NO/NC

5.2 - 21

SMA-6-4G-C-HC

HYDRAULIC PRESSURE SWITCH IP65 21-83 BAR- NO/NC

21 - 83

SMA-7-4G-C-HC

HYDRAULIC PRESSURE SWITCH IP65 69-207 BAR- NO/NC

69 - 207

SMA-8-4G-C-HC

HYDRAULIC PRESSURE SWITCH IP65 138-345 BAR - NO/NC

138 - 345

Protection

Response Time Ingress Protection

IEC/EN 61000-4-3(2006) 100V/m 80-1000MHz IEC/EN 61000-4-4(2004) Class 3

Compliance

IEC/EN 61000-4-6(2006) 3Vrms 0.15-80MHz ROHS

Weight

Connector

M12

0.15 lbs (0.07kg)

Output Signal 4 - 20 mA Supply + 1

1/4” BSP MALE

Part No.

0 - 5V : 8 - 30 VDC 1 - 6V : 8 - 30 VDC

Ordering Chart

• Industrial Equipment • Safety Monitoring • Mobile Equipment

<0.3% FS @ 77°F (25°C)

Optional IP67 Protective Cap CA (Adjustable) CS (Factory Set)

4700 PSI (324 BAR) for SMA-3 model

Repeatability

Accuracy Pressure range (bar) Proof Pressure Burst Pressure

57 2.23

EN 175301-803 Type A - IP65, Terminals - IP00

50 1.97

Protection

• Piezoresistive Ceramic Sensor • ASIC Signal conditioning

Thermal Error

93 3.66

Snap Action

5/64" ALLEN WRENCH ADJUSTMENT SCREW 1.97

Optional: 10A or Gold Contact

Switch Type

Maximum Overpressure

• Snap action micro switch • Factory set or field adjustable • Diaphragm/piston design for longevity • Wide adjustment range • High proof pressures

APPLICATIONS

FEATURES

16 3 .6 R0

Electrical

APPLICATIONS

The T200 series is suitable for both mobile and industrial applications. Its small profile is ideal for space constraints. The body is machined from a single piece of 304SS to provide added protection for the internal electronics. A piezoresistive ceramic sensor along with ASIC signal conditioning provides an excellent thermally compensated output.

[29] 1.13

Specifications

FEATURES

61 2.41

100

Supply 3

Voltage Supply + 1

Common 3

Output + 4

Pro

duc

Lubrication systems

Switches & Specifications sensors Measuring Principle

Solid State

TT - TEMPERATURE TRANSDUCER Accuracy (Room Temperature) Supply Voltage

≤ 1% FS ≤ 0.5% FS

PT1000

4 - 20 mA

≤ 0.8% FS

Supply +

DESCRIPTION ≤ 0.4% FS

HC - DIN transmitter43650A designed

The TT is a robust 8 to 30temperature VDC measuring temperature in hydraulic applications. The two °F ,°C °F ,°C -40°F to 257°Fsensing element -40°F to 257°F options, solid state (standard) and PT1000 (-40°C to 125°C) (-40°C to 125°C) offers versatility for performance and price. The sensor 1800 psi (124 BAR) 1800 psi (124 BAR) provides an analog 4 to 20 mA output. The TT series is ideal 4 - 20mA 4 - 20 mA for harsh environmental conditions. < 1 sec < 1 sec 8 to 30 VDC

Measurement Unit Ambient Temperature Range Max Pressure Output Signal Power On Time Temperature Drift

0.001% FS/°C / 1000 hrs

Electrical Connector

43650A (IP65)

Protection

Overvoltage, Short Circuit, Reverse Polarity

• • • •

• Robust design Nickel plated brass Nickel plated brass • IP 65 rated 0.37 lbs (0.17 kg) 0.37 lbs (0.17 kg) • 1/2” BSP

Housing Material Weight

Ordering Information Example TT

Wiring Code

1 -

N25/100C

2 -

FEATURES

Industrial applications Hydraulic Power units Gear Box Lubrication systems

- 8M32 -

Dimensions

62 2.44

S Supply - - Solid State (Standard) P - PT1000 (optional)

29 1.13

Pin 2 Temperature Range:

Accuracy (Full Range)

4 -

Output: 2

- 4 - 20mA

Measurement Unit

5 -

Solid State

≤ 1% FS

Threads:

8M328 to -30 1/2 NPT thread VDC 8G32 - 1/2 BSPP thread with viton seal

0.38

°F ,°C

Electrical -40°FConnector to 257°F

Ambient Temperature Range

15 psi to 5000 psi (1 Bar to 400 Bar)

Proof Pressure

140% to 200% FS based on range (consult factory)

Burst Pressure

180% to 400% FS based on range (consult factory)

Long Term Drift

<0.3% FS @ 77°F (25°C)

-13°F to 257°F (-25°C to 125°C)

Storage Temperature Rating -40°F to 275°F (-40°C to 135°C)

Accuracy (Room Temperature) ≤ 0.5% FS Supply Voltage

Pressure Range

Operating Temperatures

51 2.00

3 -

to 43650A 125°C) HC (-40°C - DIN

Process Connection

SS304

Wetted Materials

Ceramic Al2O3 NBR (Standard) or Optional: FKM,HNBR,EPDM

Vibration

10g (20-2000Hz) for ≤ 58 PSI (4 BAR) 20g (20 - 500Hz) for ranges > 58 PSI (4 BAR)

Shock

50g (11ms)

Supply Voltage

3.3V update mode, 5V update mode, 3.3V sleep mode, 5V sleep mode

Current Consumption

3 mA maximum

Max.pressure (bar)

1800 psi (124 BAR)

Output Signal

4 - 20mA

Power On Time

< 1 sec

Temperature Drift

0.001% FS/°C / 1000 hrs

Protection

Electrical Connector

EN 175301-803 Type A

Overvoltage, Short Circuit, Reverse Polarity Protection

Protection

Overvoltage, Short Circuit, Reverse Polarity

Response Time

≤5ms

Housing Material

Nickel plated brass

Ingress Protection

IP67

Weight

0.37 lbs (0.17 kg)

Compliance

IEC/EN IEC/EN IEC/EN IEC/EN ROHS

Weight

0.15 lbs (0.07kg)

www.anfieldsensors.com

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED: DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS SURFACE FINISH: 3.2 MICROMETERS TOLERANCES: LINEAR: 0.X +/- 0.25 MM; 0.XX +/-0.12 MM ANGULAR: +/- 0.5 NAME

SIGNATURE

DRAWN

APPV'D MFG

NA DATE

DEBUR AND BREAK ALL SHARP EDGES UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED

DWG NO.

TT CATALOGUE

REVISION

PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL

THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF ANFIELD SENSORS INC.; ANY REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS A WHOLE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF ANFIELD SENSORS INC. IS PROHIBITED.

COMMENTS:

MATERIAL:

Q.A

Part No.

Description

Temp. Range (deg.C)

TT-S-N25/100C-2-8G32-HC

TEMPERATURE TRANSDUCER 0-100 DEG C

-25 - 100

Note: Thread size is 1/2” BSP

FINISH:

Sept 2019

PARTS MUST BE CLEANED AND PACKED ACCORDINGLY TO AVOID DAMAGE DURING OVERSEAS SHIPPING

CHK'D

Ordering Chart

• IoT integration for remote control • Real time monitoring • Smart system designs

Compensated Temperatures -40°F to 257°F (-40°C to 125°C)

N25/100C - -25°C to 100°C (-13°F to 212°F) 0/100C - 0°C to 100°C (32°F to 212°F) 0/300F - 0°F to 300°F (-17°C to 149°C)

Measuring Principle

APPLICATIONS

• Digital output • Sleep mode • Compact design

Dimensions [mm]

69 2.70

Specifications

Pin 1

DESCRIPTION The TI2C piezoresistive ceramic pressure transducer provides a digital I2C interface. Calibrated and compensated -40°F to 257°F, this transducer is suitable for industrial and mobile applications. It has excellent resistant to corrosion, EMI certified and has excellent thermal compensation. It is an ideal product for smart systems and for any real-time monitoring applications.

Sensing Element:

Supply + 803 Type A

TI2C PRESSURE TRANSDUCER

Pin 2

Dimensions [mm]

4 - 20 mA

EN 175301-

for Pin 1

Supply -

103

APPLICATIONS

FEATURES

Switches & sensors

Wiring Code

Accuracy (Full Range)

TEMPERATURE

102

•

WEIGHT:

TITLE:

SCALE:

www.anfieldsensors.com

61000-4-3(2006) 61000-4-4(2004) 61000-4-5(2005) 61000-4-6(2006)

Connector M12

Output VCC

SCL

SDA

GND

Ordering Chart

NOT TO SCALE DRAWING

SHEET 1 OF 1

Part No.

Description

Pressure range (bar)

TI2C001A2M124GNT1

PRESSURE TRANSDUCER. OUTPUT SIGNAL 0-5V 0-1 BAR

0-1

TI2C002A2M124GNT1

PRESSURE TRANSDUCER. OUTPUT SIGNAL 0-5V 0-2 BAR

0-2

TI2C005A2M124GNT1

PRESSURE TRANSDUCER. OUTPUT SIGNAL 0-5V 0-5 BAR

0-5

TI2C010A2M124GNT1

PRESSURE TRANSDUCER. OUTPUT SIGNAL 0-5V 0-10 BAR

0-10

TI2C020A2M124GNT1

PRESSURE TRANSDUCER. OUTPUT SIGNAL 0-5V 0-20 BAR

0-20

TI2C050A2M124GNT1

PRESSURE TRANSDUCER. OUTPUT SIGNAL 0-5V 0-50 BAR

0-50

TI2C100A2M124GNT1

PRESSURE TRANSDUCER. OUTPUT SIGNAL 0-5V 0-100 BAR

0-100

TI2C200A2M124GNT1

PRESSURE TRANSDUCER. OUTPUT SIGNAL 0-5V 0-200 BAR

0-200

TI2C400A2M124GNT1

PRESSURE TRANSDUCER. OUTPUT SIGNAL 0-5V 0-400 BAR

0-400

104

Switches & sensors RL SERIES A float switch is a liquid level sensor, a device used to detect the level of liquid within a tank. The output signal provides an indication of the level condition and can be used to trigger various output function such as safety circuits, indicators, an alarm, or other devices.

Specification: Temperature range -20 degC + 100 degC Compatible with Mineral Oils, Water based emulsions, Glycols, Phosphate Ester and Synthetic fluid RL-G1

RL-G2

Flange mounting detail: For: RL-G1-F3 & RL-G2-F3

Flange type : RL-G1-F3

Ordering Chart Part No.

Description

RL-G1-F3-S1

FLOAT SWITCH. FALLING OIL CLOSES

RL-G1-F3-S1A

FLOAT SWITCH. FALLING OIL OPENS

RL-G1-F3-S2

FLOAT SWITCH. FALLING OIL OPENS OR CLOSES

RL-G2-F3-S1A-S1A

FLOAT SWITCH FOR RISING OR FALLING SETUP

Note: Standard rod length 500mm

Coolers MA

106

BOL

107

Tanks

108

Lids

108

Bell housing and coupling

109

Filtration

SUCTION STRAINER

110

PRESSURE FILTER

111

RETURN LINE FILTER - MPF 30

112

RETURN LINE FILTER - MPF 100

113

LINE MOUNTED RETURN LINE FILTER

114

Accessories

FILLER BREATHER - TA 46

115

FILLER BREATHER - TA 80

115

OIL LEVEL GAUGE

116

PRESSURE GAUGE & ISOLATOR

116

Electric Motors

117

Adapters

118-120

Hoses & hose adapters

122

Pressure test equipment BSP 1620 PRESSURE TEST KIT

124

MICRO TEST HOSE

124

TEST POINTS

124

106

Coolers

BOL

107

Aluminum plate and bar core with 12 or 24 VDC motor fan.

Ø .44 X .75 (11.18 x 19.05) SLOT 4 PLACES .39 (10.00)

A G

Aluminum plate and bar core, rigged light weight and compact. Options for AC electric or hydraulic motor drive.

AIR FLOW

1.31 (33.40) .12 (3.05) TYP

L E CORE B

F #8 SAE SENSOR PORT 3 PLACES

3.00 (76.20) TYP

K 2 PLACES 2.63 (66.70) CORE

D CORE

Ordering Chart

Thread

Part No.

Description

Size

MA-4-3-4A

MOBILE OIL COOLER 12VDC

3/4”

(BSP)

Ordering Chart

Heat Rejection

Temp

Nominal

Temp

Nominal

Weight (kg.)

A (mm)

B (mm)

C (mm)

6.8

334

402

374

(kg.)

C (mm)

J (mm)

Part No.

Description

jection (kW/

Differential

Dissipation

1.6

313

269

199

BOL-8-3-18

INDUSTRIAL OIL COOLER - 415V 3PH, 3/4" BSP

0.17

0.04

(deg.C)

Heat Re-

B (mm)

Dissipation

(kW/deg.C)

Weight

A (mm)

Differential

(kW)

deg.C)

(deg.C)

(kW)

MA-4-3-4B

MOBILE OIL COOLER 24VDC

3/4”

0.04

1.6

313

269

199

BOL-16-3-18

INDUSTRIAL OIL COOLER - 415V 3PH, 3/4" BSP

0.3

429

500

393

MA-12-3-4A

MOBILE OIL COOLER 12VDC

3/4”

0.15

351

304

250

BOL-30-3-18

INDUSTRIAL OIL COOLER - 415V 3PH, 1.1/4" BSP

0.6

545

670

403

MA-12-3-4B

MOBILE OIL COOLER 24VDC

3/4”

0.15

351

304

250

BOL-725-3-18

INDUSTRIAL OIL COOLER - 415V 3PH, 1.1/4" BSP

1.05

600

768

440

MA-18-3-4A

MOBILE OIL COOLER 12VDC

3/4”

0.2

402

351

305

BOL-950-2-18

INDUSTRIAL OIL COOLER - 415V 3PH, 2" SAE 3000

1.55

136

710

940

540

MA-18-3-4B

MOBILE OIL COOLER 24VDC

3/4”

0.2

402

351

305

BOL-1200-2-18

INDUSTRIAL OIL COOLER - 415V 3PH, 2" SAE 3000

2.1

195

710

1041

589

MA-32-3-4A

MOBILE OIL COOLER 12VDC

1”

0.37

14.8

500

469

415

BOL-1600-2-18

INDUSTRIAL OIL COOLER - 415V 3PH, 2" SAE 3000

2.6

104

234

916

1041

589

MA-32-3-4B

MOBILE OIL COOLER 24VDC

1”

0.37

14.8

500

469

415

MA-48-4A

MOBILE OIL COOLER 12VDC

1”

0.5

602

561

511

MA-48-4B

MOBILE OIL COOLER 24VDC

1”

0.5

602

561

511

MA-232-3-4A

MOBILE OIL COOLER 12VDC

1 1/4”

0.7

849

526

191

MA-232-3-4B

MOBILE OIL COOLER 24VDC

1 1/4”

0.7

849

526

191

Note: Integral bypass available on request

Tanks

108

Bell housing and coupling

109

Hydraulic reservoir made from 3 mm mild steel plate. Complete with mounting feet and holes for oil level site gauge. Can be supplied either plain or painted RAL 5005 Blue.

Bell housing and coupling sets to suit our standard range of group 1, 2 and 3 gear pumps, coupled to B5 flanged electric motors.

Ordering Chart Level Gauge part no.

A (mm)

B (mm)

C (mm)

D (mm)

E (mm)

LVA20

320

240

250

270

190

LVA20

320

240

250

270

190

LVA20

450

300

400

250

LVA20

450

300

400

250

LVA30

600

350

430

550

300

LVA30

600

350

430

550

300

100 LITRE TANK- PAINTED

LVA30

600

500

550

450

TANK100L

100 LITRE TANK- UNPAINTED

LVA30

600

500

550

450

TANK150LP

150 LITRE TANK- PAINTED

LVA30

805

620

500

755

570

TANK150L

150 LITRE TANK- UNPAINTED

LVA30

805

620

500

755

570

TANK200LP

200 LITRE TANK- PAINTED

LVA30

825

600

775

550

TANK200L

200 LITRE TANK- UNPAINTED

LVA30

825

600

775

550

Part5No. SIZE TANK10LP 10L 10L TANK10L 25L 25L TANK25LP 50L 50L TANK25L 100L TANK50LP 100L 150L TANK50L 150L 150L

TANK100LP

Description 6 DIMENSIONS TABLE B C D E 10 LITRE TANKPAINTEDTA46 D63/70 240 3 D80/90 240 3 TA46 10 300 LITRE TANKUNPAINTED D80/90 TA46 3 D100/112 300 3 25 LITRE TANKPAINTEDTA46 D80/90 350 3 TA80 D100/112 3 TA80 25 350 LITRE TANKUNPAINTED D100/112 500 3 TA80 50 LITRE TANKPAINTED 500 3 D132 TA80 D100/112 620 3 TA80 50 620 LITRE TANKUNPAINTED 3 D132 TA80 D160/180 5 620 TA80

A 320 320 450 450 600 600 600 600 805 805 805

Lids

Bell housing gasket part No.

BELL HOUSING GASKET TO SUIT 80/90

BHG-200

FRAME MOTOR

BELL HOUSING GASKET TO SUIT 100/112

BHG-250 BHG-300 BHG-350 BHG-350

Reservoir lids made from 3mm or 5mm plate to suit our standard range of tanks.

Frame size

Description

FRAME MOTOR

BELL HOUSING GASKET TO SUIT 132 FRAME MOTOR

BELL HOUSING GASKET TO SUIT 160 FRAME MOTOR

BELL HOUSING GASKET TO SUIT 180 FRAME MOTOR

80/90 100/112 132 160 180

Available plain or with motor cut out and supplied either plain or painted RAL 5005 Blue. Ordering Chart

05/03/2018 DATE

DESCRIPTION REVISION HISTORY THIS DRAWING IS THE PROPERTY OF HYDRASTORE LTD AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED WITHOUT THEIR PERMISSION. ALL DRAWINGS ARE SUBJECT TO THE RECIPENT'S APPROVAL. HYDRASTORE DO NOT ACCEPT RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE CORRCT FUNCTIONING AS THE DESIGN MAY REQUIRE DEVELOPMENT. IT IS THE RECIPENT'S RESPONSIBILITY TO ENSURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT IS INSTALLED CORRECTLY AND IS SAFE TO USE.

BIRMINGHAM OFFICE: UNIT 77, GRAVELLY IND. PARK TANDARD WAY, ERDINGTON, IRMINGHAM, B24 8TL EL: 0121 326 6395

NAME DRAWN

SIGNATURE

Allan.Edlington

REVISION

DESCRIPTION:

DO NOT SCALE DRAWING

TYPICAL LID

DATE 28/02/2018

SALES NUMBER:

CUSTOMER:

N/A

HYDRASTORE

DRAWING NUMBER: WEIGHT: N/A

TYPICAL LID

Part no.

(mm)

10 LITRE LID - PLAIN

N/A

TA46

320

240

N/A

25 LITRE LID - PLAIN

N/A

TA46

450

300

N/A

Bell housing part no.

Description

Frame size

LID10LP C LID25LP

(mm) (mm)

Ordering Chart Motor shaft Coupling part no. dimensions

D1 (mm)

D2 D3 D4 (mm) (mm) (mm)

D5 (mm)

H1 H2 F P (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)

LID25L90

25 LITRE LID - D80/90

D80/90

TA46

450

300

135

120

LMC201MFS100

BELL HOUSING D80 GRP 1

19X40

AKG04FS100

130

165

200

125

135

100

M10

LID25L100

25 LITRE LID - D100/112

D100/112

TA46

450

300

135

150

LMC201MFS200

BELL HOUSING D80 GRP 2

19X40

AKG04FS200

130

165

200

125

135

100

M10

LMC201MFS100

BELL HOUSING D90 GRP 1

24X50

AKG05FS100

130

165

200

125

135

100

M10

LID50LP

50 LITRE LID - PLAIN

N/A

TA80

600

350

N/A

LID50L90

50 LITRE LID - D80/90

D80/90

TA80

600

350

135

120

LID50L100

50 LITRE LID - D100/112

D100/112

TA80

600

350

135

150

LID100LP

100 LITRE LID - PLAIN

N/A

TA80

600

500

N/A

LID100L100

100 LITRE LID - D100/112

D100/112

TA80

600

500

135

150

100 LITRE LID - D132

D132

TA80

600

500

170

LID150LP

150 LITRE LID - PLAIN

N/A

TA80

805

550

N/A

LID150L132

150 LITRE LID - D132

D132

TA80

805

550

170

A2 LID150L160

150 LITRE LID - D160/180

D160

TA80

805

550

200

LID200LP

200 LITRE LID - PLAIN

N/A

TA80

825

600

N/A

LID200L132

200 LITRE LID - D132

D132

TA80

825

600

180

LID200L160

200 LITRE LID - D160/180

D160

TA80

825

600

240

225

LID200L132P

STD 200L LID (D132) PAINTED

D132

TA80

825

600

180

TA80

825

600

240

225

1 OF 1

Filler Breather

size

Description

A.EDLINGTON LID100L132 APPROVED D

IF IN DOUBT PLEASE ASK

CHK'D JOB NO.

Frame

Part No.

LID200L160P STD 200L LID (D160/180) PAINTED D160/180

Note: Tank assemblies complete with rubber gasket. (Spares can be purchased from sales dept.)

LMC201MFS200

BELL HOUSING D90 GRP 2

24X50

AKG05FS200

130

165

200

125

135

100

M10

LMC250MFS100

BELL HOUSING D100/112 GRP 1

100-112

28X60

AKG07FS100

180

215

250

175

186

114

M12

LMC250MFS200

BELL HOUSING D100/112 GRP 2

100-112

28X60

AKG07FS200

180

215

250

175

186

114

M12

LMC250MFS300E

BELL HOUSING D100/112 GRP 3

100-112

28X60

AKG07FS300

180

215

250

175

186

114

M12

LMC300MFS2004S

BELL HOUSING D132 GRP 2

132

38X80

AKG11FS200

230

265

300

230

235

155

M12

LMC300MFS3004E

BELL HOUSING D132 GRP 3

132

38X80

AKG11FS300

230

265

300

230

235

155

M12

LMC351MFS200

BELL HOUSING D160 GRP 2

160

42X110

AKG12FS200

250

300

350

240

245

178

M16

LMC351MFS3004S

BELL HOUSING D160 GRP 3

160

42X110

AKG12FS300

250

300

350

240

245

178

M16

LMC351MFS200

BELL HOUSING D180 GRP 2

180

48X110

AKG13FS200

250

300

350

240

245

194

M16

LMC351MFS3004S

BELL HOUSING D180 GRP 3

180

48X110

AKG13FS300

250

300

350

240

245

194

M16

Note: Coupling suit pumps with 1:8 tapered shafts

110

Filtration

SUCTION STRAINER

PRESSURE FILTER

111

Suction strainers with BSP ports and wire mesh filter media. Flow rates up to 700 lpm.

Line mounted cast iron pressure filter with BSP ports and visual indicator. Max working pressure 320 bar.

Ordering Chart Part No.

STR502SG1M90 STR652SG1M90 STR653SG1M90 STR654SG1M90 STR701SG1M90 STR702SG1M90 STR703SG1M90 STR1001SG1M90 STR1002SG1M90 STR1003SG1M90 STR1004SG1M90 STR1005SG1M90 STR1401SG1M90 STR1402SG1M90 STR1403SG1M90 STR1404SG1M90

Description 1/2" BSP SUCTION STRAINER, 90 MICRON

3/4" BSP SUCTION STRAINER, 90 MICRON

1" BSP SUCTION STRAINER, 90 MICRON

1/2" BSP SUCTION STRAINER, 90 MICRON

3/4" BSP SUCTION STRAINER, 90 MICRON

11/4" BSP SUCTION STRAINER, 90 MICRON

11/2" BSP SUCTION STRAINER, 90 MICRON

2" BSP SUCTION STRAINER, 90 MICRON

11/2" BSP SUCTION STRAINER, 90 MICRON

2" BSP SUCTION STRAINER, 90 MICRON

21/2" BSP SUCTION STRAINER, 90 MICRON

Filter D Length (mm)

H A / F Size (mm) (mm) (BSP)

Max. flow (lpm)

1/2"

110

3/4"

144

3/4"

144

100

1/2"

3/4"

141

3/4"

137

11/4"

125

227

11/4"

125

227

11/2"

180

227

400

Part No.

Description

Max. flow (lpm)

Filter Length

Weight (kg.)

137

11/2"

180

FMP0651BAG1A03NP01

1/2" BSP PRESSURE FILTER, 3 MICRON

3.26

FMP0651BAG1A06NP01

1/2" BSP PRESSURE FILTER, 6 MICRON

3.26

130

160

11/2"

180

FMP0651BAG1A10NP01

1/2" BSP PRESSURE FILTER, 10 MICRON

3.26

FMP0651BAG1A25NP01

1/2" BSP PRESSURE FILTER, 25 MICRON

3.26

FMP0652BAG1A03NP01

1/2" BSP PRESSURE FILTER, 3 MICRON

3.62

FMP0652BAG1A06NP01

1/2" BSP PRESSURE FILTER, 6 MICRON

3.62

FMP0652BAG1A10NP01

1/2" BSP PRESSURE FILTER, 10 MICRON

3.62

FMP0652BAG1A25NP01

1/2" BSP PRESSURE FILTER, 25 MICRON

3.62

FMP0653BAG1A03NP01

3/4" BSP PRESSURE FILTER, 3 MICRON

4.83

FMP0653BAG1A06NP01

3/4" BSP PRESSURE FILTER, 6 MICRON

4.83

FMP0653BAG1A10NP01

3/4" BSP PRESSURE FILTER, 10 MICRON

4.83

FMP0653BAG1A25NP01

3/4" BSP PRESSURE FILTER, 25 MICRON

4.83

2 3 4

130 130 130

Note: Flow rates based upon oil density 0.86kg/dm3 in compliance with ISO 3968

160 262 272

69 69 272

2" 2" 21/2"

Ordering Chart

400 400 700

Filter length

H (mm)

169

200

302

112

Filtration

RETURN LINE FILTER - MPF 30

RETURN LINE FILTER - MPF 100

113

DESCRIPTION

DESCRIPTION Tank top mounted return line filter complete with bypass valve and visual indicator. Max flow rate 35lpm – ½” BSP.

Tank top mounted return line filter complete with bypass valve and visual indicator. Max flow rate 170 lpm – 1” BSP.

Filter length

H (mm)

H1 (mm)

D (mm)

100

120

147

170

225

250

Note: H1 Recommended clearance space for maintenance

Ordering Chart Part No.

MPF1001AG1A06HBP01 MPF1001AG1A10HBP01 MPF1001AG1P25NBP01

Ordering Chart Part No.

MPF0301AG1A06HBP01 MPF0301AG1A10HBP01 MPF0301AG1P25NBP01

Description 1/2" TANK TOP RETURN LINE FILTER, 6 MICRON

1/2" TANK TOP RETURN LINE FILTER, 10 MICRON

1/2” TANK TOP RETURN LINE FILTER, 25 MICRON

Max. flow (lpm)

Filter Length

24 47

1 1

MPF1002AG2A06HBP01 MPF1002AG2A10HBP01 MPF1002AG2P25NBP01 MPF1003AG3A06HBP01 MPF1003AG3A10HBP01 MPF1003AG3P25NBP01

Note: All filters are supplied with a radial visual indicator - other options available on request

Description

Max. flow (lpm)

Filter Length

125

170

1/2” BSP TANK TOP RETURN LINE FILTER, 6 MICRON

1/2” BSP TANK TOP RETURN LINE FILTER, 10 MICRON

1/2” BSP TANK TOP RETURN LINE FILTER, 25 MICRON

3/4” BSP TANK TOP RETURN LINE FILTER, 6 MICRON

3/4” BSP TANK TOP RETURN LINE FILTER, 10 MICRON

3/4” BSP TANK TOP RETURN LINE FILTER, 25 MICRON

3/4” BSP TANK TOP RETURN LINE FILTER, 6 MICRON

3/4” BSP TANK TOP RETURN LINE FILTER, 10 MICRON

3/4” BSP TANK TOP RETURN LINE FILTER, 25 MICRON

Note: All filters are supplied with a radial visual indicator - other options available on request

114

Filtration

Accessories

LINE MOUNTED RETURN LINE FILTER

FILLER BREATHER - TA 46

115

Tank mounted oil filler and air breather caps.

Line mounted return line filter with spin on can and visual indicator. ¾ BSP female ports.

FILLER BREATHER - TA 80

Ordering Chart

Part No.

Description

Max. flow (lpm)

H (mm)

Size (BSP)

MPS050RG1A03AP01

LINE MOUNTED RETURN LINE FILTER, 3 MICRON

192

¾”

MPS050RG1A06AP01

LINE MOUNTED RETURN LINE FILTER, 6 MICRON

192

¾”

MPS050RG1A10AP01

LINE MOUNTED RETURN LINE FILTER, 10 MICRON

192

¾”

MPS050RG1P25AP01

LINE MOUNTED RETURN LINE FILTER, 25 MICRON

192

¾”

MPS070RG1A03AP01

LINE MOUNTED RETURN LINE FILTER, 3 MICRON

256

¾”

MPS070RG1A06AP01

LINE MOUNTED RETURN LINE FILTER, 6 MICRON

256

¾”

MPS070RG1A10AP01

LINE MOUNTED RETURN LINE FILTER, 10 MICRON

256

¾”

MPS070RG1P25AP01

LINE MOUNTED RETURN LINE FILTER, 25 MICRON

256

¾”

Note: All filters are supplied with a radial visual indicator

Ordering Chart Part No.

Description

TA46B10A001P01

FILLER BREATHER, 10 MICRON, UN-PRESSURISED, 64 MM

TA80B10A001P01

FILLER BREATHER, 10 MICRON, UN-PRESSURISED, 80 MM

116

Accessories

Electric motors

OIL LEVEL GAUGE

117

Oil level sight gauge with thermometer.

Aluminium & cast iron housed 3 phase 415 v 4 pole electric motors from D80 - D180 frames manufactured to IEC standards. H AD L AA A B E D AC (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)

A (mm)

H (mm)

B (mm)

114

M10

127

165

M10

254

292

M10

Ordering Chart Part No.

Description

LVA10TAPM10S01

OIL LEVEL GAUGE + THERMOMETER - 76MM - M10

LVA20TAPM10S01

OIL LEVEL GAUGE + THERMOMETER - 127MM - M10

LVA30TAPM10S01

OIL LEVEL GAUGE + THERMOMETER - 254MM - M10

Type

MGR 63

84.5

1/4’

160L

ISOLATOR

125

100

163

160

125

100

163

229

312

175

140 100/125

183

229

312

175

140 100/125

183

100

252

369

198

160

140

205

100

252

369

198

160

140

205

112

279

395

220

190

140

229

132

318

437

252

216 104/178

265

132

318

437

252

216 140/178

265

160

384

640

290

254 210/254

110

324

160

384

640

290

254 210/254

110

324

180

440

730

340

279 241/279

110

368

180

440

730

340

279 241/279

110

368

Description

Pressure range (bar)

Part No.

Description

Frame size

Power (kW)

MGR63G10

63MM REAR ENTRY PRESSURE GAUGE 0-10 BAR

0-10

0.5543TECA3-B35

0.55KW 415V 3PH 4-POLE IE3 E.MOTOR B35 FT & FLG

0.55kW

MGR63G25

63MM REAR ENTRY PRESSURE GAUGE 0-25 BAR

0-25

0.7543TECA3-B35

0.75KW 415V 3PH 4-POLE IE3 E.MOTOR B35 FT & FLG

0.75kW

1.1KW 415V 3PH 4-POLE IE3 E.MOTOR B35 FT & FLG

90S/L

1.1kW

MGR63G40

63MM REAR ENTRY PRESSURE GAUGE 0-40 BAR

0-40

1.143TECA3-B35

MGR63G100

63MM REAR ENTRY PRESSURE GAUGE 0-100 BAR

0-100

1.543TECA3-B35

1.5KW 415V 3PH 4-POLE IE3 E.MOTOR B35 FT & FLG

90S/L

1.5kW

MGR63G160

63MM REAR ENTRY PRESSURE GAUGE 0-160 BAR

0-160

2.243TECA3-B35

2.2KW 415V 3PH 4-POLE IE3 E.MOTOR B35 FT & FLG

100

2.2kW

0-250

3.043TECA3-B35

3.0KW 415V 3PH 4-POLE IE3 E.MOTOR B35 FT & FLG

100

3.0kW

4.0KW 415V 3PH 4-POLE IE3 E.MOTOR B35 FT & FLG

112

4.0kW

63MM REAR ENTRY PRESSURE GAUGE 0-250 BAR

MGR63G400

63MM REAR ENTRY PRESSURE GAUGE 0-400 BAR

0-400

4.043TECA3-B35

MGR63G600

63MM REAR ENTRY PRESSURE GAUGE 0-600 BAR

0-600

5.543TECA3-B35

5.5KW 415V 3PH 4-POLE IE3 E.MOTOR B35 FT & FLG

132S/M

5.5kW

7.543TECA3-B35

7.5KW 415V 3PH 4-POLE IE3 E.MOTOR B35 FT & FLG

132S/M

7.5kW

11.043TECA3-B35

11.0KW 415V 3PH 4-POLE IE3 E.MOTOR B35 FT & FLG

160M/L

11kW

Pressure (bar)

15.043TECA3-B35

15.0KW 415V 3PH 4-POLE IE3 E.MOTOR B35 FT & FLG

160M/L

15kW

350

18.543TECC3-B35

18.5KW 415V 3PH 4-POLE IE3 E.MOTOR B35 FT & FLG

180M/L 18.5kW

22.043TECC3-B35

22.0KW 415V 3PH 4-POLE IE3 E.MOTOR B35 FT & FLG

180M/L

Ordering Chart

G1/4

160

290

Part No.

MGR63G250

G1/4

290

213

Ordering Chart

M (mm)

213

63mm glycerin filled pressure gauge. ¼” BSP connection calibration PSI- bar.

PRESSURE GAUGE

P (mm)

Part No.

Description

EM9001C

GAUGE ISOLATOR 90DEG WITH 1/4” FEM SWIVEL

A (mm)

B (mm)

C (mm)

D (mm)

E (mm)

F (mm)

G (mm)

32-1.26

4-0.157

26.5-1.04

62-2.44

26-1.02

19-0.75

M16X1.5

CH1 19

CH2 22

22kW

118

Adapters

Adapters All adaptors are manufactured from steel BS EN102777: 3 : 1999 230MO7Pb BE SEN10277: 3 : 11SMnPb37 European Standard and compatible with ISO 8484-6/BS5200 BSP Parallel Threads to BS ENIS0228-1:2003 BSP JIC Threads to BS 1580:2007 BSPT Threads to BS EN 10226-1:2004

STRAIGHT

FEMALES & SWIVELS

BSP MALE X BSPT MALE ADAPTOR Thread Size 1 (BSP)

Thread Thread Size Size 22 (BSPT) (BSP)

Max. pressure (bar)

Part No.

Thread Size 1 (BSP)

Thread Size 2 (BSP)

Max. pressure (bar)

Part No.

Thread Size 1 (BSP) (JIC)

Thread Thread Size Size 22 (BSP) (JIC)

Max. pressure (bar)

00301

1/8”

345

01727

1/4”

450

09121

7/16”

310

00302

1/8”

1/4”

275

01729

3/8”

380

09123

9/16”

310

00306

1/4”

275

01734

1/2”

310

09124

3/4”

240

00311

3/8”

380

01738

5/8”

280

09126

1.1/16”

170

310

01741

3/4”

240

09130

1.5/16”

170

01743

1”

210

3/8”

1/2”

00320

1/2”

3/8”

310

00321

1/2”

310

00332

3/4”

1/2”

240

STRAIGHT

00334

3/4”

240

BSP MALE X BSP MALE ADAPTOR

00335

3/4”

1”

210

00361

1”

3/8”

210

00338

1”

1/2”

210

00340

1”

210

Thread Size 1 (BSP)

Thread Size 2 (BSP)

Max. pressure (bar)

00001

1/8”

350

00002

1/8”

1/4”

350

00003

1/8”

3/8”

350

00005

1/4”

450

00006

1/4”

3/8”

380

00007

1/4”

1/2”

310

00014

3/8”

380

00015

3/8”

1/2”

310

00021

1/2”

310

00022

1/2”

5/8”

280

00023

1/2”

3/4”

240

00032

3/4”

240

00033

3/4”

1”

210

00037

1”

210

00038

1”

1.1/4”

170

00042

1.1/4”

170

Thread Size 1 (BSP)

Thread Size Size 22 Thread (JIC) (BSP)

Max. pressure (bar)

01103

1/4”

7/16”

345

01105

1/4”

9/16”

345

01111

3/8”

9/16”

345

01119

1/2”

3/4”

310

01120

1/2”

7/8”

240

01113

3/4”

1.1/16”

240

01140

1”

1.5/16”

210

Part No.

STRAIGHT

BSP MALE X BSP MALE BULKHEAD WITH LOCKNUT Part No.

Thread Size 1 (BSP)

Thread Size 2 (BSP)

Max. pressure (bar)

09501

1/4”

450

09502

3/8”

380

09503

1/2”

310

09506

3/4”

240

09507

1”

210

CAPS BSP SWIVEL BLANKING CAP

FEMALES & SWIVELS BSP SWIVEL MALE/FEMALE ADAPTER Part No.

Thread Size 1 (BSP)

Thread Size 2 (BSP)

Max. pressure (bar)

01427

1/4”

450

01429

1/4”

3/8”

380

01430

1/4”

1/2”

310

01435

3/8”

1/2”

310

01440

1/2”

310

01442

1/2”

3/4”

240

01451

3/4”

240

01453

3/4”

1”

210

01458

1”

210

01463

1”

1.1/4”

170

01461

1.1/4”

170

Part No.

Thread Size 1 (BSP)

Thread Size 2 (BSP)

Max. pressure (bar)

09002

1/4”

450

09004

3/8”

380

*09005

1/2”

310

*09010

3/4”

240

*09011

1”

170

Part No.

Thread Size 1 (BSP)

Thread Size 2 (BSP)

Max. pressure (bar)

09180

1/8”

350

09181

1/4”

450

09182

3/8”

380

09183

1/2”

310

09185

3/4”

240

09186

1”

210

CAPS JIC SWIVEL BLANKING CAP Thread Size 1 (JIC) (BSP)

Thread Size Size 22 Thread (JIC) (BSP)

Max. pressure (bar)

09199

3/8”

380

09200

7/16”

310

09201

1/2”

310

09202

9/16”

240

09203

3/4”

240

09204

7/8”

210

09205

1.1/16”

210

09206

1.3/16”

170

09207

1.5/16”

136

09208

1.7/8”

136

Part No.

PLUGS BSP MALE 60 DEG CONED PLUG

STRAIGHT BSP FIXED FEMALE ADAPTOR

STRAIGHT BSP MALE X JIC MALE ADAPTOR

PLUGS JIC PLUG

BSP SWIVEL FEMALE ADAPTER

Part No.

00314

Part No.

119

Part No.

Thread Size 1 (BSP)

Thread Size 2 (BSP)

Max. pressure (bar)

09050

1/8”

350

09051

1/4”

450

09052

3/8”

380

09053

1/2”

310

09055

3/4”

240

09056

1”

170

120

Gates

Adapters

Parker have been a proud distributor of the Gates range for over 40 years.

ELBOWS

TEES BSP MALE TEE FOR BONDED SEAL

BSP FEMALE SWIVEL X BSP FEMALE SWIVEL 90 DEG COMPACT ELBOW

Part No.

Thread Size 1 (BSP)

Thread Size 2 (BSP)

Max. pressure (bar)

Part No.

Thread Size 1 (BSP)

Thread Size 2 (BSP)

Max. pressure (bar)

01932

1/8”

350

05026

1/4”

450

01925

1/4”

450

05027

3/8”

380

01926

3/8”

380

05028

1/2”

310

01927

1/2”

310

05030

3/4”

240

01929

3/4”

240

050301

1”

210

01930

1”

210

Parker Hydraulics and Pneumatics Ltd is proud to be an official Gates Hydraulics distributor with a wide range of Gates products stocked. We hold a wide

SEALS BSP SELF CENTERING BONDED SEALS

TEES BSP SWIVEL FEMALE TEE

range Gates products such as hydraulic hose and fittings to machinery and hose protection as well

Part No.

Thread Size 1 (BSP)

Thread Size 2 (BSP)

Max. pressure (bar)

Part No.

Thread Size 1 (BSP)

Thread Size 2 (BSP)

Max. pressure (bar)

01976

1/4”

450

PP45-B-SC

1/4”

450

01977

3/8”

380

PP45-C-SC

3/8”

380

01978

1/2”

310

PP45-D-SC

1/2”

310

01980

3/4”

240

PP45-F-SC

3/4”

240

01981

1”

210

PP45-H-SC

1”

210

PP45-J-SC

11/4”

170

ELBOWS BSP MALE FOR BONDED SEAL X BSP FEMALE SWIVEL 90 DEG COMPACT ELBOW Part No.

Thread Size 1 (BSP)

Thread Size 2 (BSP)

Max. pressure (bar)

04014

1/4”

450

04015

3/8”

380

04016

1/2”

310

04017

3/4”

240

04018

1”

210

121

as Gates EMB Compression Fittings. In addition to stocking the Gates range of hose and fittings, we now also stock the newest range from the Gates catalogue, their hydraulic adaptors.

122

Hoses & hose adapters

PRO SERIES PRO1T & PRO2T HYDRAULIC HOSE

Tube : Reinforcement : Cover: Temperature Range :

123

FEMALE BSP - 90 DEG CONE ELBOW INSERT Part No.

Description

Weight (kg.)

4EX4FBSPPX90

1/4” BSP EX SERIES 90 DEG FEMALE ELBOW INSERT

0.04

6EX6FBSPPX90

3/8” BSP EX SERIES 90 DEG FEMALE ELBOW INSERT

0.07

8EX8FBSPPX90

1/2” BSP EX SERIES 90 DEG FEMALE ELBOW INSERT

0.12

12EX12FBSPPX90

3/4” BSP EX SERIES 90 DEG FEMALE ELBOW INSERT

0.22

16EX16FBSPPX90

1” BSP EX SERIES 90 DEG FEMALE ELBOW INSERT

0.4

FEMALE BSP - 45 DEG CONE ELBOW INSERT

Black, oil resistant, synthetic rubber tube Braided high tensile steel Smooth, black, synthetic rubber, Meets MSHA flame resisitance -40 deg C to 100 deg C

Gates PRO series variable hydraulic hose are qualified for use with the EX Series couplings Hose Ordering Chart Part No.

Description

Max. pressure (bar)

Min. Bend Radius (mm)

Weight (kg./m)

4PRO1T

1/4” EN857 1SC PRO SERIES HOSE

225

0.19

6PRO1T

3/8” EN857 1SC PRO SERIES HOSE

180

0.28

8PRO1T

1/2” EN857 1SC PRO SERIES HOSE

160

130

0.34

12PRO1T

3/4” EN857 1SC PRO SERIES HOSE

105

180

0.5

16PRO1T

1” EN857 1SC PRO SERIES HOSE

230

0.82

4PRO2T

1/4” EN857 2SC PRO SERIES HOSE

400

0.28

6PRO2T

3/8” EN857 2SC PRO SERIES HOSE

330

0.41

8PRO2T

1/2” EN857 2SC PRO SERIES HOSE

275

130

0.56

12PRO2T

3/4” EN857 2SC PRO SERIES HOSE

215

200

0.81

16PRO2T

1” EN857 2SC PRO SERIES HOSE

165

250

1.25

Part No.

Description

Weight (kg.)

4EX4FBSPPX45

1/4” BSP EX SERIES 45 DEG FEMALE ELBOW INSERT

0.04

6EX6FBSPPX45

3/8” BSP EX SERIES 45 DEG FEMALE ELBOW INSERT

0.07

8EX8FBSPPX45

1/2” BSP EX SERIES 45 DEG FEMALE ELBOW INSERT

0.12

12EX12FBSPPX45

3/4” BSP EX SERIES 45 DEG FEMALE ELBOW INSERT

0.22

16EX16FBSPPX45

1” BSP EX SERIES 45 DEG FEMALE ELBOW INSERT

0.4

FEMALE BSP - 60 DEG CONE STRAIGHT INSERT Part No.

Description

Weight (kg.)

4EX4FBSPPX

1/4” BSP EX SERIES STRAIGHT FEMALE INSERT

0.04

6EX6FBSPPX

3/8” BSP EX SERIES STRAIGHT FEMALE INSERT

0.06

8EX8FBSPPX

1/2” BSP EX SERIES STRAIGHT FEMALE INSERT

0.09

12EX12FBSPPX

3/4” BSP EX SERIES STRAIGHT FEMALE INSERT

0.13

16EX16FBSPPX

1” BSP EX SERIES STRAIGHT FEMALE INSERT

0.22

Note: All hose sold in metre units e.g 225mm = 0.225m

FERRULES Part No.

Description

Weight (kg.)

4EX1F-1

1/4” EX Series Ferrule

0.04

6EX1F-1

3/8” EX Series Ferrule

0.04

8EX1F-1

1/2” EX Series Ferrule

0.05

12EX1F-1

3/4” EX Series Ferrule

0.09

16EX1F-1

1” EX Series Ferrule

0.15

For full Assemblies please contact our sales desk on 01603 403 190 or email sales@parkerhydraulics.co.uk

124

Pressure test equipment BSP 1620 PRESSURE TEST KIT

Test under pressure using leak free minimess connections up to 630 bar. Lifetime leak free guarantee. In-line test point tees offer excellent system access versatility.

KITS CONTAIN: • 2 x 63mm glycerine filled pressure gauges user selectable up to 700 bar. • 3 x Minimess™ Male/Swivel Female 1620 inline test point adaptors. 1/4”, 3/8” & 1/2” BSP. • 1 x Minimess™ 1620 test point - 1/4” BSP. • 1 x G1/4” BSP to 1620 gauge adaptor. • 1 x 630 bar rated Minimess™ pressure test hose - 1.5 meters long. • Additional 3/8” & 1/2” BSP male threaded adaptors & seals. PRESSURE RATING: UP TO 630 BAR Part No.

Description

3101-16-37.50

PRESSURE TEST KIT WITH 0 to 40 & 280 BAR GAUGES

3101-16-38.50

PRESSURE TEST KIT WITH 0 to 40 & 400 BAR GAUGES

3101-16-57.50

PRESSURE TEST KIT WITH 0 to 100 & 280 BAR GAUGES

3101-16-58.50

PRESSURE TEST KIT WITH 0 to 100 & 400 BAR GAUGES

3101-16-66.50

PRESSURE TEST KIT WITH 2 x 0-170 BAR GAUGES

3101-16-67.50

PRESSURE TEST KIT WITH 0 to 170 & 280 BAR GAUGES

3101-16-68.50

PRESSURE TEST KIT WITH 0 to 170 & 400 BAR GAUGES

3101-16-88.50

PRESSURE TEST KIT WITH 2 x 0-400 BAR GAUGES

MICRO BORE TEST HOSE

The micrbore high pressure hose, most commonly used to connect to a minimess test point for pressure testing, has many diverse applications. The microbore hose assembly is extremely flexible, light weight and is suitable for pressures up to 630 bar. Manufactured to length with an M16 x 2 gauge connection. Part No.

Description

SMS20-300B

300MM TEST HOSE - 630 BAR

SMS20-500B

500MM TEST HOSE - 630 BAR

SMS20-1000B

1000MM TEST HOSE - 630 BAR

SMS20-1500B

1500MM TEST HOSE 630 BAR

SMS20-2000B

2000MM TEST HOSE - 630 BAR

Max. pressure (bar)

630

TEST POINTS

Minimess test points (also known as Test 20 ) have a unique M16x2 threaded test connection. This is the most common test point.

Note: available in a wide variety of connection threads, body materials & sealing options.

Part No.

Description

Max. pressure (bar)

SMK20-G1/8-PC

1/8” BSP PRESSURE TEST POINT

400

SMK20-G1/4-PC

1/4” BSP PRESSURE TEST POINT

630

SMK20-G3/8-PC

3/8” BSP PRESSURE TEST POINT

630

Hydraulic motors DANFOSS WP SERIES

126

DANFOSS WR SERIES

127

DANFOSS WS SERIES

128

126

Hydraulic motors

DANFOSS WP SERIES

DANFOSS WR SERIES

The WP Series, with spool valve design, is an economical motor with integrated rotor technology. Intended for light duty applications, the WP series offers many advantages, such as compact size, high speed, medium torque and extreme low weight. The WP series motors are used primarily in the mobile, industrial and agricultural markets.

The WR Series motor incorporates the latest advances for smooth performance, efficiency and durability. It features an optimised Roller Stator® geometry, with seven precision rollers, to eliminate sliding friction and provide rolling contact between the rotor and stator. This increases motor efficiency. A three-zone spool valve, integral check valves and a provision for a case drain reduce pressure on internal seals to improve product life. Ordering Chart

Ordering Chart Part No.

127

Description

Displace- Max. Continuous Max. ment (cc/ pressure torque flow (Nm) rev.) (bar) (lpm)

Displace-

Max.

Continu-

Max.

rev.)

(bar)

(Nm)

(lpm)

flow

Weight (kg.)

40CC/REV WR MOTOR WITH 25MM SHAFT

155

6.6

50CC/REV WR MOTOR WITH 25MM SHAFT

155

111

6.6

Weight (kg.)

Part No.

Description

255-040-A63-12-BAAAA 255-050-A63-12-BAAAA

ment (cc/ pressure ous torque

155-025-A63-12-BAAAA 25CC/REV WP MOTOR WITH 25MM SHAFT

100

6.3

155-032-A63-12-BAAAA 32CC/REV WP MOTOR WITH 25MM SHAFT

100

6.4

155-040-A63-12-BAAAA 40CC/REV WP MOTOR WITH 25MM SHAFT

100

6.5

255-060-A63-12-BAAAA

69CC/REV WR MOTOR WITH 25MM SHAFT

155

138

6.7

155-050-A63-12-BAAAA 50CC/REV WP MOTOR WITH 25MM SHAFT

140

6.5

255-070-A63-12-BAAAA

71CC/REV WR MOTOR WITH 25MM SHAFT

172

176

6.7

155-080-A63-12-BAAAA 78CC/REV WP MOTOR WITH 25MM SHAFT

160

164

6.6

255-080-A63-12-BAAAA

79CC/REV WR MOTOR WITH 25MM SHAFT

172

202

6.8

155-100-A63-12-BAAAA 96CC/REV WP MOTOR WITH 25MM SHAFT

160

195

6.7

255-090-A63-12-BAAAA

88CC/REV WR MOTOR WITH 25MM SHAFT

172

222

6.8

155-125-A63-12-BAAAA 125CC/REV WP MOTOR WITH 25MM SHAFT

125

160

258

6.8

255-100-A63-12-BAAAA 100CC/REV WR MOTOR WITH 25MM SHAFT

100

172

246

6.9

155-160-A63-12-BAAAA 159CC/REV WP MOTOR WITH 25MM SHAFT

159

160

321

6.9

255-115-A63-12-BAAAA 113CC/REV WR MOTOR WITH 25MM SHAFT

113

172

284

7.1

255-130-A63-12-BAAAA 129CC/REV WR MOTOR WITH 25MM SHAFT

129

172

316

7.3

255-160-A63-12-BAAAA 160CC/REV WR MOTOR WITH 25MM SHAFT

160

172

400

7.5

198

172

462

8.0

155-200-A63-12-BAAAA 190CC/REV WP MOTOR WITH 25MM SHAFT 155-250-A63-12-BAAAA 240CC/REV WP MOTOR WITH 25MM SHAFT

190 240

150

380

140

445

60 60

155-315-A63-12-BAAAA 303CC/REV WP MOTOR WITH 25MM SHAFT

303

120

460

7.6

255-200-A63-12-BAAAA 198CC/REV WR MOTOR WITH 25MM SHAFT

155-400-A63-12-BAAAA 388CC/REV WP MOTOR WITH 25MM SHAFT

388

488

7.9

255-240-A63-12-BAAAA 236CC/REV WR MOTOR WITH 25MM SHAFT

236

172

548

8.5

255-320-A63-12-BAAAA 322CC/REV WR MOTOR WITH 25MM SHAFT

322

121

518

9.0

255-400-A63-12-BAAAA 400CC/REV WR MOTOR WITH 25MM SHAFT

400

104

551

9.8

HOUSINGS

Displacement (cc/rev)

Length (mm)

128

129

131

137

100

141

125

145

160

150

200

157

250

165

315

176

400

181

Displacement (cc/rev)

Length (mm)

142

144

147

150

151

100

154

115

156

130

160

166

200

173

240

182

320

198

400

213

128

Hydraulic motors DANFOSS WS SERIES The WS targets agricultural equipment, skid steer attachments, and other applications that require greater torque under demanding conditions. A distinguishing feature of the WS in relation to competitive products is its heavy duty drive link with a larger pitch diameter. This enables the WS to better withstand pressure and torque spikes and is reflected in its intermittent and peak performance ratings. Additional product features include a three zone commutator valve, heavy-duty tapered roller bearings, and case drain with integral internal drain.

Ordering Chart Part No.

Description

Displacement (cc/rev.)

Max. pressure (bar)

Continuous torque (Nm)

Max. flow (lpm)

Weight (kg.)

360-080-AH3-21-BAAAA

80CC/REV WS MOTOR WITH 32MM SHAFT

210

234

10.2

360-100-AH3-21-BAAAA

100CC/REV WS MOTOR WITH 32MM SHAFT

100

210

301

10.5

360-125-AH3-21-BAAAA

125CC/REV WS MOTOR WITH 32MM SHAFT

125

210

364

10.5

360-160-AH3-21-BAAAA

160CC/REV WS MOTOR WITH 32MM SHAFT

160

210

466

360-200-AH3-21-BAAAA

200CC/REV WS MOTOR WITH 32MM SHAFT

200

210

599

11.4

360-230-AH3-21-BAAAA

226CC/REV WS MOTOR WITH 32MM SHAFT

226

200

652

12.2

360-250-AH3-21-BAAAA

250CC/REV WS MOTOR WITH 32MM SHAFT

250

200

703

11.9

360-315-AH3-21-BAAAA

305CC/REV WS MOTOR WITH 32MM SHAFT

305

200

872

12.4

360-400-AH3-21-BAAAA

393CC/REV WS MOTOR WITH 32MM SHAFT

393

160

910

13.3

Displacement (cc/rev)

Length (mm)

170

100

174

125

174

160

180

200

186

230

200

250

193

315

203

400

218

Powerpacks INDUSTRIAL HYDRAULIC POWER UNITS

130

INDUSTRIAL HYDRAULIC POWER UNITS - ORDERING CHART

132

INDUSTRIAL HYDRAULIC POWER UNITS - ORDERING CHART

134

MOBILE HYDRAULIC POWER UNITS - MICRO 90

136

MOBILE HYDRAULIC POWER UNITS - MINI 130

137

Powerpacks

INDUSTRIAL HYDRAULIC POWER UNITS

ELECTRIC MOTOR (5 OPTIONS) ELECTRIC MOTOR (5 OPTIONS)

TANK LID

FILLER/BREATHER CAP

OIL LEVEL GAUGE

SUCTION STRAINER

BELL HOUSING

ELECTRIC MOTOR

TANK

LEVEL/ TEMPERATURE GAUGE LEVEL/ (3 OPTIONS) TEMPERATURE GAUGE (3 OPTIONS)

C C

B/2

TANK GASKET

1/2” BSP DRAIN PLUG

SUCTION FILTER PIPE

GEAR PUMP GASKET

MO D8 D8 D10 D8 D8 D8 D10 D10 D10 D8 D D10 D10 D10 D D D16 D10 D16 D

BELL HOUSING GASKET

SIZE 10L 25L 25L 10L 50L 25L 50L 25L 100L 50L 100L 50L 150L 100L 150L 100L 150L 150L 200L 150L

1. ALL MOTO SUITABLE 2. TANK SIZE 1. ALL MOTO 3. ELECTRIC SUITABLE S FILTER, RE 2. TANK SIZE CAN BE AD 3. ELECTRIC 4. TANK HEIG FILTER, RE & BELL HO CAN BE AD 5. OPTIONS F 4. TANK HEIG DEPENDAN & BELL HOU 6. SEE SHEET 5. F 7. OPTIONS SEE SHEET 8.DEPENDAN SEE SHEET 6. SHEET 9. SEE PART NUM 7. SEE SHEET TANKS WI 8. SEE SHEET 9. PART NUM TANKS WI

150L D16 200L D16

131 SIZE

GEAR PUMP

& GASKET (6 OPTIONS)

BREATHER (2 OPTIONS)

B/2

TANK, LID & GASKET (6 OPTIONS) TANK, LID

FILLER/ BREATHER (2 OPTIONS) FILLER/

130

SIZE

DRIVE COUPLING

10L

25L 25L

50L 50L 100L

MOTOR

FILLER

LEVEL

A TANK

WIDTH

TANK

DEPTH

TANK

HEIGHT

MOTOR

HEIGHT

LID OPTIONS - ITEM 2 (C) (A) TABLE (B) (E) SIZE 25L D80/90 TA4610L LVA10 32050L 240 100L 256 150L240 PART NUMBER LID10LP LID25LP LID50LP LID100LP LID150LP D80/90 TA46 LVA10 450 TABLE300 240 LID OPTIONS - ITEM 2 300LID150L132 LID10L63 LID25L90 LID50L90 LID100L100 SIZE 10L 25L 50L 100L 150L D100/112 TA46 LVA10 450 300 300 349 LID10L90 LID50L100 LID100L132 LID150L160 PART NUMBER LID10LP LID25LP LID50LP LID100LP LID150LP D80/90 TA80 LVA20 600 350 430 240 LID10L63 LID25L90 LID50L90 LID100L100 LID150L132 D100/112 TA80 LVA20 600 350 430 349 LID10L90 LID50L100 LID100L132 LID150L160

MOUNTING HOLES X DISTANCE (F)

TA80

LVA20

600

500

349

100L

D132

TA80

LVA20

600

500

410

550

100L

D160

TA80

LVA20

600

500

630

550

150L

D132

TA80

LVA30

800

550

500

410

750

150L

D160/180

TA80

LVA30

800

550

500

630

750

200L

D132

TA80

LVA30

825

600

410

200L

D160/180

TA80

LVA30

825

600

630

DISTANCE (G)

HEIGHT (H)

0 FIRST ISSUE 75 REV

200L 270 LID200LP 400 LID200L132 200L 400 LID200L160 LID200LP550 LID200L132 550 LID200L160

D100/112

4x n11 TANK MOUNTING HOLES IN FEET 4x n11 TANK MOUNTING HOLES MOUNTING HOLES Y IN FEET DRAIN HOLE 190 250

2500

FIRST ISSUE 75

300

105

REV

Hydrastore

FIRST ANGLE PROJECTION

300 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED: ANGULAR: DEG FIRST ANGLE 1PROJECTION

WASHINGTON OFFICE: UNIT 3, 194 COMMERCE PARK STEPHENSON INDUSTRIAL ES WASHINGTON, TYNE & WEAR NE37 3HT TEL: 0191 4161260

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED: DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS TOLERANCES: LINEAR: + / - 0.25 ANGULAR: 1 DEG

HEAD OFFICE SANDTOFT INDUSTRIAL EST. BELTON, DONCASTER SOUTH YORKSHIRE, DN9 1PN TEL: 01427 874445 FAX: 01427 874436

WASHINGTON OFFICE: UNIT 3, 194 COMMERCE PARK STEPHENSON INDUSTRIAL ES WASHINGTON, TYNE & WEAR NE37 3HT TEL: 0191 4161260

TOLERANCES: 450 LINEAR: + / - 0.25

105

HEAD OFFICE SANDTOFT INDUSTRIAL EST. BELTON, DONCASTER SOUTH YORKSHIRE, DN9 1PN TEL: 01427 874445 FAX: 01427 874436

DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS

550

450 450 500

Hydrastore

105 105 105 105

500

105

775

550

105

775

550

105

NOTES 1. All motor pump sets come with mounting holes, lid to tank sealing gasket, Suitable sized filler/breather & level/temperature gauge. 2. Tank size is based on nominal capacity to top of the level gauge. 3. Electric motors & suitable pumps, suction filter, pressure filter, return filter, relief valve, temperature switch, cooler, valves, hand pumps etc. can be added from the component parts within this catalogue. Speak to one of the sales team for guidance. 4. Tank height includes lid & gaskets thickness, motor height includes gasket & bell housing flange thickness.

132

Powerpacks

INDUSTRIAL HYDRAULIC POWERPACKS ORDERING CHART

133

Part No.

Max. flow (lpm)

Max. pressure (bar)

Power (kW)

Frame size

Reservoir (litres)

Bell housing part no.

Coupling part no.

Suction Strainer part no.

Bell housing gasket part no.

Pump gasket part no.

Pump part no.

HE01-010

1.6

186

0.55

LMC201MFS100

AKG04FS100

STR0502SG1M90

BHG-200

PG-01PM

01ZAG011C401TD

HE02-010

2.3

128

0.55

LMC201MFS100

AKG04FS100

STR0502SG1M90

BHG-200

PG-01PM

01ZAG016C401TD

HE01-025 HE02-025 HE03-010 HE03-025

1.6 2.3 3 3

186 128 98 98

HE04-010

3.8

HE05-010

1.6

253

2.3

175

HE04-025 HE05-025 HE06-010 HE06-025 HE07-010 HE07-025

3.8 1.6 2.3 3 3

HE08-010

3.8

HE09-010

4.6

HE08-025 HE09-025 HE10-010 HE10-025 HE11-010 HE11-025

3.8 4.6

133 133 107 107 87 87

198

4.6

HE15-025

175

2.3

HE13-010 HE14-025

253

258

3.8

HE13-025

2.3

HE12-010 HE12-025

3.8 4.6 6 7

258 198 156 156 129 129 99 85

HE16-010

3.8

213

HE17-010

4.6

176

HE16-025 HE17-025 HE18-025 HE19-025 HE20-025 HE21-025 HE22-050

3.8 4.6 6 7 8 9

213 176 135 116 101 90

198

HE24-050

108

HE26-050

240

180

HE23-050 HE25-050 HE26-100 HE27-050 HE27-100

16 6 9

HE28-050

HE29-050

HE28-100 HE29-100 HE30-050 HE30-100 HE31-050 HE31-100 HE32-050

11 16 20 20 25 25

HE36-100 HE37-050 HE37-100 HE38-100 HE38-150

147 147 101 101 81 81 65 65

135

HE36-050

180

HE34-100 HE35-100

240

HE35-050

HE33-050 HE34-050

132

20 20 25 25 29 29 16 16

196 135 108 108 86 86 74 74

186 186

0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5

80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90

2.2

100

2.2

100

2.2 2.2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

5.5 5.5

100 100 100

25 25 10 25 10 25 10 25 10 25 10 25 10 25 10 25 10 25 10 25 10 25 10 25 25 25 10 25 10 25 25 25 25 25 50 50 50 50 50

100

112

100 100 100 100 100 112 112

50 50 50 50 50 50 50

112

100

112

100

112

100

112

100

132

150

112 112 112 132

50 50 50

100

LMC201MFS100 LMC201MFS100 LMC201MFS100 LMC201MFS100 LMC201MFS100 LMC201MFS100 LMC201MFS100 LMC201MFS100 LMC201MFS100 LMC201MFS100 LMC201MFS100 LMC201MFS100 LMC201MFS100 LMC201MFS100 LMC201MFS100 LMC201MFS100 LMC201MFS100 LMC201MFS100 LMC201MFS100 LMC201MFS100 LMC201MFS100 LMC201MFS100 LMC201MFS100 LMC201MFS100 LMC201MFS100 LMC201MFS100 LMC201MFS100 LMC201MFS100 LMC201MFS100 LMC201MFS100 LMC201MFS100 LMC201MFS100 LMC201MFS100 LMC201MFS100 LMC250MFS100 LMC250MFS100 LMC250MFS200 LMC250MFS200 LMC250MFS200 LMC250MFS200 LMC250MFS200 LMC250MFS200 LMC250MFS200 LMC250MFS200 LMC250MFS200 LMC250MFS200 LMC250MFS200 LMC250MFS200 LMC250MFS200 LMC250MFS200 LMC250MFS200 LMC250MFS200 LMC250MFS200 LMC250MFS200 LMC250MFS200 LMC250MFS200 LMC250MFS200 LMC250MFS200 LMC250MFS200 LMC250MFS200

LMC300MFS2004S LMC300MFS2004S

AKG04FS100 AKG04FS100 AKG04FS100 AKG04FS100 AKG04FS100 AKG04FS100 AKG04FS100 AKG04FS100 AKG04FS100 AKG04FS100 AKG04FS100 AKG04FS100 AKG04FS100 AKG04FS100 AKG04FS100 AKG04FS100 AKG05FS100 AKG05FS100 AKG05FS100 AKG05FS100 AKG05FS100 AKG05FS100 AKG05FS100 AKG05FS100 AKG05FS100 AKG05FS100 AKG05FS100 AKG05FS100 AKG05FS100 AKG05FS100 AKG05FS100 AKG05FS100 AKG05FS100 AKG05FS100 AKG07FS100 AKG07FS100 AKG07FS200 AKG07FS200 AKG07FS200 AKG07FS200 AKG07FS200 AKG07FS200 AKG07FS200 AKG07FS200 AKG07FS200 AKG07FS200 AKG07FS200 AKG07FS200

STR0502SG1M90 STR0502SG1M90 STR0502SG1M90 STR0502SG1M90 STR0502SG1M90 STR0502SG1M90 STR0502SG1M90 STR0502SG1M90 STR0502SG1M90 STR0502SG1M90 STR0502SG1M90 STR0502SG1M90 STR0502SG1M90 STR0502SG1M90 STR0502SG1M90 STR0502SG1M90 STR0502SG1M90 STR0502SG1M90 STR0502SG1M90 STR0502SG1M90 STR0502SG1M90 STR0502SG1M90 STR0502SG1M90 STR0502SG1M90 STR0502SG1M90 STR0502SG1M90 STR0502SG1M90 STR0502SG1M90 STR0502SG1M90 STR0502SG1M90 STR0502SG1M90 STR0502SG1M90 STR0502SG1M90 STR0502SG1M90 STR0702SG1M90 STR0702SG1M90 STR0702SG1M90 STR0702SG1M90 STR0702SG1M90 STR0702SG1M90 STR0702SG1M90 STR0702SG1M90 STR0702SG1M90 STR0702SG1M90 STR0702SG1M90 STR0702SG1M90 STR0702SG1M90 STR0702SG1M90

AKG07FS200

STRO654SG1M90

AKG07FS200

STR0702SG1M90

AKG07FS200 AKG07FS200 AKG07FS200 AKG07FS200 AKG07FS200 AKG07FS200 AKG07FS200 AKG07FS200 AKG07FS200 AKG07FS200 AKG11FS200 AKG11FS200

STRO654SG1M90 STR0702SG1M90 STR0702SG1M90 STR0702SG1M90 STR0702SG1M90 STR0702SG1M90 STR0654SG1M90 STR0654SG1M90 STR0654SG1M90 STR0654SG1M90 STR0702SG1M90 STR0702SG1M90

BHG-200 BHG-200 BHG-200 BHG-200 BHG-200 BHG-200 BHG-200 BHG-200 BHG-200 BHG-200 BHG-200 BHG-200 BHG-200 BHG-200 BHG-200 BHG-200 BHG-200 BHG-200 BHG-200 BHG-200 BHG-200 BHG-200 BHG-200 BHG-200 BHG-200 BHG-200 BHG-200 BHG-200 BHG-200 BHG-200 BHG-200 BHG-200 BHG-200 BHG-200 BHG-250 BHG-250 BHG-250 BHG-250 BHG-250 BHG-250 BHG-250 BHG-250 BHG-250 BHG-250 BHG-250 BHG-250 BHG-250 BHG-250 BHG-250 BHG-250 BHG-250 BHG-250 BHG-250 BHG-250 BHG-250 BHG-250 BHG-250 BHG-250 BHG-250 BHG-250 BHG-300 BHG-300

PG-01PM PG-01PM PG-01PM PG-01PM PG-01PM PG-01PM PG-01PM PG-01PM PG-01PM PG-01PM PG-01PM PG-01PM PG-01PM PG-01PM PG-01PM PG-01PM PG-01PM PG-01PM PG-01PM PG-01PM PG-01PM PG-01PM PG-01PM PG-01PM PG-01PM PG-01PM PG-01PM PG-01PM PG-01PM PG-01PM PG-01PM PG-01PM PG-01PM PG-01PM PG-01PM PG-01PM PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M

01ZAG011C401TD 01ZAG016C401TD 01ZAG021C401TD 01ZAG021C401TD 01ZAG026C401TD 01ZAG026C401TD 01ZAG011C401TD 01ZAG011C401TD 01ZAG016C401TD 01ZAG016C401TD 01ZAG021C401TD 01ZAG021C401TD 01ZAG026C401TD 01ZAG026C401TD 01ZAG032C401TD 01ZAG032C401TD 01ZAG011C401TD 01ZAG011C401TD 01ZAG016C401TD 01ZAG016C401TD 01ZAG021C401TD 01ZAG021C401TD 01ZAG026C401TD 01ZAG026C401TD 01ZAG032C401TD 01ZAG042C401TD 01ZAG021C401TD 01ZAG021C401TD 01ZAG026C401TD 01ZAG026C401TD 01ZAG032C401TD 01ZAG042C401TD 01ZAG055C401TD 01ZAG062C401TD 01ZAG032C401TD 01ZAG042C401TD 02ZAG08C034DN 02ZAG11C034DN 02ZAG04C034DN 02ZAG04C034DN 02ZAG06C034DN 02ZAG06C034DN 02ZAG08C034DN 02ZAG08C034DN 02ZAG11C034DN 02ZAG11C034DN 02ZAG14C035DN 02ZAG14C035DN 02ZAG17C035DN 02ZAG17C035DN 02ZAG06C034DN 02ZAG08C034DN 02ZAG11C034DN 02ZAG11C034DN 02ZAG14C035DN 02ZAG14C035DN 02ZAG17C035DN 02ZAG17C035DN 02ZAG20C035DN 02ZAG20C035DN 02ZAG11C034DN 02ZAG11C034DN

134

Powerpacks

INDUSTRIAL HYDRAULIC POWERPACKS ORDERING CHART

135

Part No.

Max. flow (lpm)

Max. pressure (bar)

Power (kW)

Frame size

Reservoir (litres)

Bell housing part no.

Coupling part no.

Suction Strainer part no.

Bell housing gasket part no.

Pump gasket part no.

Pump part no.

HE39-100

149

5.5

132

100

LMC300MFS2004S

AKG11FS200

STR0702SG1M90

BHG-300

PG-02M

02ZAG14C035DN

HE40-100

119

5.5

132

100

LMC300MFS2004S

AKG11FS200

STR0654SG1M90

BHG-300

PG-02M

02ZAG17C035DN

HE39-150 HE40-150 HE41-100 HE41-150 HE42-100 HE42-150 HE43-100 HE43-150 HE44-100 HE44-150 HE45-100 HE45-150 HE46-100 HE46-150 HE47-100 HE47-150 HE47-200 HE48-150 HE48-200 HE49-100 HE49-150 HE50-100 HE50-150 HE51-150 HE52-150 HE52-200 HE53-150 HE53-200 HE54-150 HE54-200 HE55-150 HE56-150 HE57-150 HE58-150 HE58-200 HE59-150 HE59-200 HE60-150 HE60-200 HE61-200 HE62-200 HE63-150 HE64-150 HE65-150 HE65-200 HE66-150 HE66-200 HE67-150 HE67-200 HE68-200 HE69-200

20 25 29 29 36 36

HE73-200 HE74-200 HE75-200 HE76-200

83 83

203

20 25 25 29 29 36 36 36 45 45

253 203 162 162 140 140 113 113 113 90 90

238

165

25 36 44 51 51 58 58 65 65

238 165 135 116 116 102 102 91 91

225

159

44 58 58 65 65 73 73 87 94

184 140 140 125 125 111 111 93 86

5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15

227

18.5

172

18.5

51 58 65 65 73 73 87 94

HE73-150

102

HE71-200 HE72-200

102

253

102

HE72-150

119

HE70-200 HE71-150

149

196 172 154 154 137 137 115 106 98

205

183

65 73 73 87 94

102

205 183 163 163 137 126 116

18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22

132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180

150 150 100 150 100 150 100 150 100 150 100 150 100 150 100 150 200 150 200 100 150 100 150 150 150 200 150 200 150 200 150 150 150 150 200 150 200 150 200 200 200 150 150 150 200 150 200 150 200 200 200 200 150 200 150 200 150 200 200 200 200

LMC300MFS2004S LMC300MFS2004S LMC300MFS2004S LMC300MFS2004S LMC300MFS2004S LMC300MFS2004S LMC300MFS2004S LMC300MFS2004S LMC300MFS2004S LMC300MFS2004S LMC300MFS2004S LMC300MFS2004S LMC300MFS2004S LMC300MFS2004S LMC300MFS2004S LMC300MFS2004S LMC300MFS2004S LMC300MFS2004S LMC300MFS2004S LMC300MFS2004S LMC300MFS2004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S LMC351MFS3004S

AKG11FS200 AKG11FS200 AKG11FS200 AKG11FS200 AKG11FS200 AKG11FS200 AKG11FS200 AKG11FS200 AKG11FS200 AKG11FS200 AKG11FS200 AKG11FS200 AKG11FS200 AKG11FS200 AKG11FS200 AKG11FS200 AKG11FS200 AKG11FS200 AKG11FS200 AKG11FS200 AKG11FS200 AKG12FS300 AKG12FS300 AKG12FS300 AKG12FS300 AKG12FS300 AKG12FS300 AKG12FS300 AKG12FS300 AKG12FS300 AKG12FS300 AKG12FS300 AKG12FS300 AKG12FS300 AKG12FS300 AKG12FS300 AKG12FS300 AKG12FS300 AKG12FS300 AKG12FS300 AKG12FS300 AKG13FS300 AKG13FS300 AKG13FS300 AKG13FS300 AKG13FS300 AKG13FS300 AKG13FS300 AKG13FS300 AKG13FS300 AKG13FS300 AKG13FS300 AKG13FS300 AKG13FS300 AKG13FS300 AKG13FS300 AKG13FS300 AKG13FS300 AKG13FS300 AKG13FS300 AKG13FS300

STR0702SG1M90 STR0654SG1M90 STR1001SG1M90 STR1001SG1M90 STR1001SG1M90 STR1001SG1M90 STR0702SG1M90 STR0702SG1M90 STR0702SG1M90 STR0702SG1M90 STR0654SG1M90 STR0654SG1M90 STR0654SG1M90 STR0654SG1M90 STR0654SG1M90 STR0654SG1M90 STR0654SG1M90 STR0654SG1M90 STR0654SG1M90 STR0654SG1M90 STR0654SG1M90 STR1001SG1M90 STR1001SG1M90 STR1001SG1M90 STR1001SG1M90 STR1001SG1M90 STR1002SG1M90 STR1002SG1M90 STR1002SG1M90 STR1002SG1M90 STR1001SG1M90 STR1001SG1M90 STR1001SG1M90 STR1002SG1M90 STR1002SG1M90 STR1002SG1M90 STR1002SG1M90 STR1002SG1M90 STR1002SG1M90 STR1004SG1M90 STR1004SG1M90 STR1001SG1M90 STR1001SG1M90 STR1001SG1M90 STR1001SG1M90 STR1002SG1M90 STR1002SG1M90 STR1002SG1M90 STR1002SG1M90 STR1002SG1M90 STR1004SG1M90 STR1004SG1M90 STR1002SG1M90 STR1002SG1M90 STR1002SG1M90 STR1002SG1M90 STR1002SG1M90 STR1002SG1M90 STR1004SG1M90 STR1004SG1M90 STR1004SG1M90

BHG-300 BHG-300 BHG-300 BHG-300 BHG-300 BHG-300 BHG-300 BHG-300 BHG-300 BHG-300 BHG-300 BHG-300 BHG-300 BHG-300 BHG-300 BHG-300 BHG-300 BHG-300 BHG-300 BHG-300 BHG-300 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350 BHG-350

PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-02M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M PG-03M

02ZAG14C035DN 02ZAG17C035DN 02ZAG20C035DN 02ZAG20C035DN 02ZAG25C035DN 02ZAG25C035DN 02ZAG11C034DN 02ZAG11C034DN 02ZAG14C035DN 02ZAG14C035DN 02ZAG17C035DN 02ZAG17C035DN 02ZAG20C035DN 02ZAG20C035DN 02ZAG25C035DN 02ZAG25C035DN 02ZAG25C035DN 02ZAG31C035DN 02ZAG31C035DN 02ZAG17C035DN 02ZAG17C035DN 03ZAG25C064DN 03ZAG25C064DN 03ZAG30C064DN 03ZAG35C064DN 03ZAG35C064DN 03ZAG40C064DN 03ZAG40C064DN 03ZAG45C064DN 03ZAG45C064DN 03ZAG25C064DN 03ZAG30C064DN 03ZAG35C064DN 03ZAG40C064DN 03ZAG40C064DN 03ZAG45C064DN 03ZAG45C064DN 03ZAG50C065DN 03ZAG50C065DN 03ZAG55C065DN 03ZAG60C065DN 03ZAG30C064DN 03ZAG35C064DN 03ZAG40C064DN 03ZAG40C064DN 03ZAG45C064DN 03ZAG45C064DN 03ZAG50C065DN 03ZAG50C065DN 03ZAG55C065DN 03ZAG60C065DN 03ZAG65C065DN 03ZAG40C064DN 03ZAG40C064DN 03ZAG45C064DN 03ZAG45C064DN 03ZAG50C065DN 03ZAG50C065DN 03ZAG55C065DN 03ZAG60C065DN 03ZAG65C065DN

Powerpacks

Powerpacks MOBILE HYDRAULIC POWER UNITS MICRO 90

137

MOBILE HYDRAULIC POWER UNITS MINI 130

DESCRIPTION The Micro90 series power units maximise on design and flexibility. Offering P & T as well as single and double acting hydraulic functions all within a very lightweight, compact design. Options range from 150W to 800W DC motors, gear pumps capable of up to 240 bar, pressure line check and relief valves, a comprehensive range of integrated mechanical and solenoid operated control valves and optional compensated flow control.

DESCRIPTION The Mini130 range of hydraulic power packs has been designed to offer the widest choice in standard configurations, while also allowing easy customisation to suit specific needs and requirements.

25,6

Utilising our robust, die-cast central adaptor, there are many pump, motor, control and reservoir options available.

191,6

100,8

22,5

60,5

146,3

129,4

18,1

113,1

170

138

263,8

65,3

134

22,4 209

40,9

Mounting Holes M8 x 1.25

156,9

Micro 90 Part No.

Description

Max. flow (lpm)

ZAN-RFP910112

800W - 12VDC P/PACK + P & T PORT

150

0.8

ZAN-RFP910212

800W - 12VDC P/PACK + LIFT, CHECK AND DUMP

150

0.8

ZAN-RFP910312

800W - 12VDC P/PACK + LIFT CIRCUIT + 3M PENDANT

150

0.8

ZAN-RFP910412

800W - 12VDC P/PACK + D/A SOLENOID VALVE

150

0.8

ZAN-RFP910512

800W - 12VDC P/PACK + D/A SOL VALVE + 3M PENDANT

150

0.8

Hydraulic Circuits

G1/4”

Max. pressure (bar)

Power (kW)

Reservoir (litres)

Hydraulic Circuit

Electrical Circuit

G1/4”

D B

G1/4”

22,6 44,7

225

Mini 130

95 139,5

Mounting Holes M10 x 1.5

159,4

429,1

15,1

Part No.

Description

Max. flow (lpm)

Max. pressure (bar)

Power (kW)

Reservoir (litres)

Hydraulic Circuit

Electrical Circuit

ZAV-RFP920112

1.6KW - 12VDC P/PACK + P & T PORT

190

1.6

ZAV-RFP920212

1.6KW - 12VDC P/PACK + LIFT, CHECK AND DUMP

190

1.6

ZAV-RFP920312

1.6KW - 12VDC P/PACK + LIFT CIRCUIT + 3M PENDANT

190

1.6

ZAV-RFP920412

1.6KW - 12VDC P/PACK + D/A SOLENOID VALVE

190

1.6

ZAV-RFP920512

1.6KW - 12VDC P/PACK + D/A SOL VALVE + 3M PENDANT

190

1.6

ZAV-RFP920124

2.2KW - 24VDC P/PACK + P & T PORT

200

2.2

ZAV-RFP920224

2.2KW - 24VDC P/PACK + LIFT, CHECK AND DUMP

200

2.2

ZAV-RFP920324

2.2KW - 24VDC P/PACK + LIFT CIRCUIT + 3M PENDANT

200

2.2

ZAV-RFP920424

2.2KW - 24VDC P/PACK + D/A SOLENOID VALVE

200

2.2

ZAV-RFP920524

2.2KW - 24VDC P/PACK + D/A SOL VALVE + 3M PENDANT

200

2.2

Hydraulic Circuits

G1/4”

B T

G1/4”

D B

G1/4”

T P

M M

Example Wiring

Example Wiring / 2 Button Pendant

N.O. Contact

Example Wiring / 2 Button Pendant

Electrical Circuits

Example Wiring

N.O.

Down

N.O. Contact

Solenoid CoilValve Solenoid Lowering

N.O.

Solenoid Coils

5-10 Amp fuse

1 4

5-10 Amp fuse

Solenoid Coils

3 1 2

5-10 Amp fuse

2 3

3 1 2

Solenoid Lowering Valve Solenoid Coil

3 12

Example Wiring / 2 Button Pendant

Down N.O.

N.O.

Example Wiring / 2 Button Pendant

3 21

Electrical Circuits

3 21

136

138

Transmitters MINI SERIES

140

POCKET SERIES

140

ERGO-F SERIES

140

ERGO-S SERIES

141

NOVA-S

141

NOVA-M

142

NOVA-L

142

NOVA-XL

Transmitter / Receiver combinations Accessories

144

CHARGERS

145

BATTERIES

145

ANTENNAS

145

Receivers

MFSHL AC8/AC16

146

MFSHL DC8/DC16

146

MFSHL-2.4 GHZ

146

BMS-HL/BMS-2

146

RX ES-CAN/RX ES-PROFI

147

RX-14-HL

147

CAN-HL

147

DC MOBILE

147

MLC-HL

147

140

Transmitters

141

Ergo-S Series 434 - Digital (100m) MFSHL - Digital (30m) Standard Options: - Upto 12 Buttons - Includes Joystick

Mini Series

- 2.4” TFT Screen

434 - Digital (100m)

- Simple MFSHL “Learn” Button For Pairing

Standard Options:

(not on 434)

- 1-7 DK Buttons

Currently not standard, please check lead time

- Mushroom E.stop Available Mini v4

Part No.

Mini v6

Model

- 1 or 2 Step Buttons

Description

Fully Programmable

Ergo-S V2

Frequency

Range (m)

80502405.C-434TR

MINI V4 MUSHROOM STOP BUTTON & 4 PUSH BUTTON

434

100

80502410.D-434TR

MINI V6 STOP BUTTON & 7 X STANDARD PUSH BUTTON

434

100

Frequency

Range (m)

7169212101.A-434

Part No.

Model V2

TFT SCREEN, JOYSTICK, PB’S, SEE DATASHEET

Description

434

100

7169112101.A

TFT SCREEN, JOYSTICK, PB’S, SEE DATASHEET

MFHSL

Pocket Series

Nova-S

MFSHL - Digital (30m)

434 - Digital (100m)

Standard Options:

- 1-7 DK Buttons

- 3-5 Toggle Switches

- Button E.stop

- Mushroom E.stop

- Mixture of 1 or 2 Step Buttons

- Light

- Simple MFSHL “Learn” Button For Pairing Pocket v1

Pocket v2

Pocket v5

- “Bulletproof”

- Very cost effective (vs Mini series) Nova-S V2 Frequency

Range (m)

71615018.A

Part No.

Model V1

POCKET V1 STOP PB, 1 X STANDARD PB, 2 X 2 STEP PB

Description

MFHSL

71615028.A

POCKET V2 STOP PB, 1 X STANDARD PB, 4 X 2 STEP PB

MFHSL

71615058.A

POCKET V2 STOP PB, 1 X STANDARD PB, 6 X 2 STEP PB

MFHSL

Ergo-F Series 434 - Digital (100m) MFSHL - Digital (30m) Standard Options: - 9-12 DK Buttons - Start/Stop + Removable stop cap - Mixture of 1, 2 or 3 Step Buttons - Simple MFSHL “Learn” Button For Pairing (not on 434)

- Toggle Switch Ergo-F V3 Frequency

Range (m)

71670030.E-434TR

Part No.

Model V3

SCREEN AND VARIOUS PB, SEE DATASHEET

Description

434

100

71670220.B

SCREEN AND VARIOUS PB, SEE DATASHEET

MFHSL

Part No. 71000020.B-434

Model V2

Description STOP PB, 5 X 3 POS 2 WAY TOGGLE SWITCHES.

Frequency

Range (m)

434

100

Transmitters

143

Nova-XL 434 - Digital (100m) Standard Options: - Mushroom E.stop Nova M-4L

- Upto 8 Levers or 3x 2Axis Joysticks - Analogue Poportional Joystick/Levers - Sureseal Option Available - Displays Available

Nova M-4K

Nova XL 6K

Nova XL 8L

rot

STOP

red

Nova-M

DK31(S/NO) DK32(Ö/NC) S0

434 - Digital (100m)

Option

T DK14

T DK15

- Upto 2x 2Axis Joysticks

R DK29

stufenlos stepless (-) stufenlos stepless (-)

stufenlos stepless (+) AK6 SK/SC: DK8

stufenlos stepless (+) AK4 SK/SC: DK6

stufenlos stepless (-)

Nova M-4K

Nova M-4L

Part No.

Model

71110200.B-434

71110140.D-434

Nova 4K

- Lever Operators Available

Description

Frequency

Range (m)

4 X LEVERS, 1 STOP PB, 1 X POS TOGGLE, 2 X PUSH PB

434

100

2 AXIS JOYSTICKS, 1 X MS 1 X TOG SW, 2 X PB.

434

100

Nova 6L

Nova-L 434 - Digital (100m) DC Mobile Standard Options: - Mushroom E.stop - Upto 6 Levers or 2x 2Axis Joysticks - Analogue Poportional Joystick/Levers

Nova 4K Part No.

- Sureseal Option Available

Nova 6L Model

Description

Frequency

Range (m)

71120080.B-434

6 X LEVERS, 1 STOP PB, 2 X TOG, 2 X PB

434

100

71110130.E-434

2 X 2 AXIS JOYSTICKS, SEE PIC / DATASHEET.

434

100

- Analogue Poportional Joystick Options - Designed For Operation With Gloves

stufenlos stepless (-)

stufenlos stepless (+) AK3 SK/SC: DK5

stufenlos stepless (+) AK1 SK/SC: DK3

S10

T DK18

Green / Red

stufenlos stepless (+) AK5 SK/SC:DK7

- Mushroom E.stop

R DK17

T DK16

stufenlos stepless (-)

Standard Options:

T DK13

stufenlos stepless (-)

stufenlos stepless (+) AK2 SK/SC:DK4

142

Nova XL 6K

Nova XL 8L

Description

Nova XL 4K/2L

Part No.

Model

Frequency

Range (m)

71130160.P-434

3 X 2 AXIS JOYSTICK, SEE PIC / DATASHEET.

434

100

71130080.D-434

8 LEVERS AND OTHERS, SEE PIC / DATASHEET.

434

100

71120150.C-434

4K/2L

EXCAVATOR LAYOUT, SEE PIC / DATASHEET.

434

100

144

Transmitter / Receiver combinations

Accessories

145

CHARGERS

Recievers

Transmitter

Model MINI

MFSHL AC8

AC16

DC8

434 MHz DC16

MFSHL 2.4

BMS-2

v4 434 v6 434

POCKET

ERGO-F

v1 MESH L

v2 MESH L

v5 MESH L

v2 434 v3 MFSHL

ERGO-S

v2 434 v2 MFHSL

X X

ES CAN

& CAN-HL

RX-

14 HL

MOBILE

BMS-HLVC

MINI 3.6V EURO PLUG 90270VAC 300/780MA

68108670.AB

3.6V SLIDING SOCKET 1030VDC 300/780MA

68108690.B

3.6V CIGARETTE LIGHTER 1030VDC 300/780MA

68108870

UCH-3 9-30VDC 1A FOR 3.7V/9AH BATTERY

Image

MINI, ERGO, ERGO-F, NOVA-S, NOVA-M, NOVA-L, NOVA-XL (4.x” screened versions require alternative charger/batteries).

X X

434

NOVA-M

434 4K

434 6L

434 6K

434 8L

434 4K 12L

NOVA-XL

68108570.A/B

Series

NOVA - S

NOVA-L

Description

C-HL

X X

Part No.

Note: These are common selections. Alternative combinations are available on request.

BATTERIES Part No.

Description

68301000

HETRONIC BATTERY MINI 3.6V/2,75 AH GREY NIMH

Series

Image

MINI, ERGO, ERGO-F, NOVA-S, NOVA-M, NOVA-L, NOVA-XL (4.x” screened versions require alternative charger/batteries).

Examples of custom style radio remote controls designed and built at Parker.

ANTENNAS Part No.

Description

56504011

MINIFLEX 420-480MHZ, TNC PLUG, LENGTH 103MM.

56506500

ANTENNA DUAL BAND 420480/850-950MHZ TNC PLUG

Series

Fit all standard receivers, universal fit subject to frequency 56504100

ANTENNA GAINFLEX 850950MHZ TNC PLUG

56503010

ANTENNA GAINFLEX 440470MHZ TNC PLUG

Image

146

Receivers

147

Part No. Part No.

Model

Description

Range

Digital

(m)

Outputs

Analogue Outputs

Digital Inputs

Analogue Inputs

72095088.B

MFSHL AC8

48 - 220 Vac, H LINK PROGRAMMABLE 868 MHz

72095168.A

MFSHL AC16

48 - 220 Vac, H LINK PROGRAMMABLE 868 MHz

Model

Description

Range (m)

Digital

Analogue

Outputs

Digital

Analogue

Inputs

MFSHL DC8

12-24 Vdc, H LINK PROGRAMMABLE 868 MHz

72085168.A

MFSHL DC16

12-24 Vdc, H LINK PROGRAMMABLE 868 MHz

74021400.B

MFSHL-DC16 2.4 GHz

Description 12-24 Vdc H LINK PROGRAMMABLE. 2.4 GHz.

Range (m)

Outputs

Digital

Analogue

Digital

Analogue

Outputs

Inputs

Model

Description

Range

Outputs

Digital

Analogue

Digital

Analogue

Inputs

Analogue

Digital

Analogue

Outputs

Inputs

100

74/031/0.D-434

ES-Profi

PROFI 12-24 Vdc, H LINK PROGRAMMABLE. 434 MHz

100

Model

Description

Range (m)

Outputs

Digital

Analogue

Digital

Analogue

Outputs

Inputs

72251140.A-434TR

RX-14 HL

12-24Vdc 48/110/220Vac H LINK PROGRAMMABLE 434 MHz

100

72251140.B-434TR

RX-14 HL

12-24Vdc 48/110/220Vac H LINK PROGRAMMABLE 434 MHz

100

Model

Description

Range (m)

Outputs

Digital

Analogue

Digital

Analogue

Outputs

Inputs

74101000.A-434TR

CAN-HL

CAN 12-24Vdc, H LINK PROGRAMMABLE. 434 MHz

100

74101000.B-434TR

CAN-HL

CAN 12-24Vdc, H LINK PROGRAMMABLE. 434 MHz

100

Inputs

(m)

Outputs

Digital

CAN 12-24 Vdc, H LINK PROGRAMMABLE. 434 MHz

Part No.

Outputs

ES-CAN

Part No.

Model

(m)

Inputs

72075088.A

Part No.

Range

80060948.C-434TR

Part No.

Description

Model

Description

Range (m)

Outputs

Digital

Analogue

Digital

Analogue

Outputs

Inputs

74021250.A-434TR

DC Mobile

12-24 Vdc, H LINK PROGRAMMABLE. 434 MHz

100

74021250.B-434TR

DC Mobile

12-24 Vdc, H LINK PROGRAMMABLE. 434 MHz

100

Inputs

72041400.B-434TR

BMS-HL-VC

12-24 Vdc CAN, H LINK PROGRAM. 434 MHz VDC CONTROL

100

72041300.B-434

BMS-2

12-24 Vdc, CAN, H LINK PROGRAMMABLE. 434 MHz

100

Note: Receivers have to be configured by Parker, consult the sales desk for further details. Note: Selected models have versatile inputs and outputs configurations, consult full datasheet or our sales desk for further details. Note: Recievers have different current capabilities, check datasheet for specific information. Note: Range is line of sight.

Part No. 72041200.B-434TR

Model MLC

Description 12-24 Vdc, H LINK PROGRAMMABLE. 434 MHz

Range (m)

Outputs

Digital

Analogue

Digital

Analogue

100

Outputs

Inputs

Overview: It’s very important to us at Parker that we support our customers and partners to the best of our ability. We pride ourselves in the service we offer and the technical support we provide. One of the things we have been challenged by over the years is clearly defining our exceptional product range, however, for the first time ever we believe this new overview section provides exactly that.

DIRECTIONAL VALVES Whether you’re a technician, engineer or systems developer this & MODULES section of the catalogue will allow you to quickly locate an item suitable INDEX for your application. Once you’ve found your choice or narrowed down your option’s you can either speak to our sales or technical team or alternatively find the full technical datasheets on our website.

www.parkerhydraulics.co.uk

Pumps overview PUMPS RONZIO GEAR TYPE

150

PUMPS HANSA CLOSED CIRCUIT PISTON TYPE

152

PUMPS KAWASAKI OPEN CIRCUIT PISTON TYPE

154

CLOSED CIRCUIT PISTON TYPE

155

PUMPS DANFOSS OPEN CIRCUIT PISTON TYPE

156

CLOSED CIRCUIT PISTON TYPE

157

PUMPS ATOS VANE TYPE, SINGLE AND TANDEM

158

RADIAL PISTON TYPE

158

AXIAL PISTON TYPE

158

150

Pumps overview

151

SPECIFICATIONS: • • • •

GEAR TYPE

Fully cast iron construction High pressure capability Axial compensation for high performance. High volumetric efficiency: 95% average.

GROUP 1 ALUMINIUM PUMPS

• Speeds up to 6000 rpm • Taper, parallel, keyed, splined shaft options • Multiple flange option • Multiple porting options

GROUP 2 CAST IRON

Z1 aluminium pumps with cast iron or aluminium covers.

W2 Cast iron pumps strong and compact.

Displacement (cm/rev)

Pressure (bar)

Max. Pressure (bar)

Maximum speed (rpm)

Weight (kg)

1.08

240

280

6000

0.9

1.59

240

280

6000

0.9

2.09

240

280

6000

0.9

2.59

230

280

5500

0.9

3.15

210

270

4500

0.9

3.68

210

260

4000

0.9

4.19

190

240

3800

0.9

4.79

180

230

3500

0.9

5.49

170

210

3500

0.9

6.2

150

190

3000

0.9

7.81

130

170

3000

0.9

8.82

120

160

3000

0.9

GROUP 2 ALUMINIUM PUMPS Group Z2 aluminium pumps with cast iron covers.

Displacement (cm/rev)

Pressure (bar)

Max. Pressure (bar)

Maximum speed (rpm)

Weight (kg)

4.4

300

350

3500

4.8

6.28

300

350

3500

8.16

300

350

3500

5.1

11.3

300

350

3000

5.4

15.5

260

320

3000

5.8

20.5

230

270

2500

26.1

200

240

2300

6.4

38.8

140

175

2000

7.2

Maximum speed (rpm)

Weight (kg)

GROUP 3 CAST IRON W3 Cast iron pumps strong and compact. Displacement (cm/rev)

Pressure (bar)

Max. Pressure (bar)

15.5

300

350

3000

24.9

300

350

3000

10.5

Displacement (cm/rev)

Pressure (bar)

Max. Pressure (bar)

Maximum speed (rpm)

Weight (kg)

34.3

280

330

2500

4.4

300

360

4500

3.3

45.2

250

300

2200

6.28

300

360

4500

3.5

54.4

230

270

2000

12.5

8.16

300

360

3700

3.5

63.9

200

240

2000

11.3

300

360

3300

3.9

78.7

170

210

1800

14.45

300

360

2700

16.95

270

330

2500

4.2

20.1

230

290

2500

4.4

25.75

180

230

2500

4.5

31.4

160

200

2500

4.8

Maximum speed (rpm)

Weight (kg)

GROUP 3 ALUMINIUM PUMPS Z3 Aluminium pumps with cast iron covers. Displacement (cm/rev)

Pressure (bar)

Max. Pressure (bar)

Maximum speed (rpm)

Weight (kg)

24.9

280

310

3000

29.9

280

310

3000

34.3

280

310

3000

40.5

250

280

2700

45.2

250

280

2700

49.9

230

250

2200

54.4

230

250

2200

200

220

2000

63.9

200

220

2000

170

190

1800

78.7

170

190

1800

86.6

160

180

1800

GROUP 4 CAST IRON W4 Cast iron pumps strong and compact. Displacement (cm/rev)

Pressure (bar)

Max. Pressure (bar)

72.1

270

320

1800

88.7

250

300

1800

105.4

240

280

1500

127.5

220

260

1500

149.7

180

220

1500

Note: We can provide multiple pump combinations - Contact our sales team for details

152

Pumps overview

CLOSED CIRCUIT PISTON TYPE

Hansa-TMP manufactured products provide the perfect solution for high-power closed-circuit transmission systems where space is of a premium. All pumps have integral charge pump.

TPV 1000

TVP 1200 BTB Features:

Features:

Displacement (cm3/rev)

Pressure (bar)

Max. Pressure (bar)

- Suitable for multiple pump assembly Maximum speed (rpm)

Weight kg (single pump)

Displacement (cm3/rev)

Pressure (bar)

Max. Pressure (bar)

TPV 4300

TVP 9000

Features:

Features

- Low noise level - High rotation speed - Compact design and reduced length

- High rotation speed - Compact design - Suitable for multiple pump assembly

Maximum speed (rpm)

Weight kg (single pump)

153

High rotation speed Compact design Suitable for multiple pump assembly Built in pressure relief valves

Displacement (cm3/rev)

Pressure (bar)

Max. Pressure (bar)

Maximum speed (rpm)

Weight kg (single pump)

Displacement (cm3/rev)

Pressure (bar)

Max. Pressure (bar)

Maximum speed (rpm)

Weight kg (single pump) 55

7.4

4000

8.9

4100

9.6 12.8

9.6

300

11.2 210

3600

15 18.2 19.4

250

19.4 21.15

3600

• • • • • • • •

270 200

250

2900

Displacement (cm3/rev)

Pressure (bar)

Features:

Max. Pressure (bar)

Maximum speed (rpm)

Weight kg (single pump)

17.6 18.7 19.9 21.1

- High rotation speed - Compact design - Suitable for multiple pump assembly Displacement (cm3/rev)

350

3600

14.5

Displacement (cm3/rev)

Pressure (bar)

Max. Pressure (bar)

Maximum speed (rpm)

Weight kg (single pump)

400

420

3600

28 30 34 36 38

Pressure (bar)

Max. Pressure (bar)

Maximum speed (rpm)

Weight kg (single pump)

300

400

3600

32 300

- High rotation speed - Compact design - Suitable for multiple pump assembly

TPV 3600

Low noise level High rotation speed High performances Compact design Suitable for multiple pump assembly – shown with optional pump Built in pressure relief valves

450

Control options for all products

Features:

400

3600

TPV 5000

TPV-TPVTC 1500

90 110

280

18.2 2900

320

17.4

17.1

270 200

210

280

13.6 15

280

17.1

21.15

12.8 9

300

11.2

13.6

High rotation speed High pressure High performances Compact design

50 64

By-pass valve Control lever with or without returns spring Hydraulic servo-control Electric proportional servo-control Man on board Purge valve SAE-A or SAE-B (only servo) mounting Screw by-pass

4000 3800

154

Pumps overview

155

OPEN CIRCUIT PISTON TYPE

CLOSED CIRCUIT PISTON TYPE

K3VL

K3VG / DT

The K3VL series swash plate type axial piston pumps are designed to satisfy a variety of industrial, construction and off-highway applications where a medium to high pressure variable displacement pump is required. Pump control options: Press comp, load sense, power shift, torque limit, electronic displacement

The K3VG series are tandem swash-plate type axial piston pumps which give excellent performance in high flow industrial applications in a compact and cost-effective package.

K3V / K5V

K8V

The K3V / K5V pumps have been specifically designed to meet the demands of hydraulic excavators and other mobile machinery. Pump control options: Extensive range of responsive control options available.

The K8V series is Kawasaki’s new closed loop pump with excellent controllability and superior efficiency. It is used in hydrostatic transmissions on a variety of off-highway machinery. Integral charge pump. Pump control options: Extensive range of responsive control options available.

Displacement (cm3/rev.) 28 45 60

Pressure (bar)

140

sure (bar)

320 250

80 112

Max. Pres-

Maximum

320

200

Displacement

(kg)

(cm3/rev.)

3000 (3600*)

2700 (3250*)

112

180

speed (rpm)

2400 (3000*) 350

Weight

K3VG

2400 (3000*)

2200 (2700*)

2200 (2500*)

1900 (2200*)

95-130

Pressure (bar)

350

Max. Pressure (bar)

400

280

Maximum

speed (rpm)

Weight (kg)

2600 (3250*)

2200 (2700*)

1850 (2300*)

1600 (2000*)

160

Maximum

Weight

K3VG-DT Displacement (cm3/rev.) 180 (360) 280 (560) 180

Pressure (bar) 350 343

Max. Pressure (bar) 400 400

speed (rpm)

(kg)

1800 (2300*)

160

1500 (2000*)

300

1850 (2200*)

145

K3V Displacement (cm3/rev.)

Pressure (bar)

Max. Pressure (bar)

Maximum

speed (rpm)

Weight (kg)

2650 (3250*)

2360 (2700*)

2150 (2500*)

1600 (2000*)

140

Maximum

Weight

63 (126)

2650 (3250*)

112 (224)

2360 (2700*)

2150 (2500*)

1600 (2000*)

140

Maximum

Weight

2460 (3000*)

140

2160 (2500*)

2000 (2350*)

1900 (2200*)

Maximum

Weight

112 140

343

392

280

Displacement (cm3/rev.)

(cm3/rev.)

140 (280)

Pressure (bar)

343

Max. Pressure (bar)

392

280 (460)

speed (rpm)

90 130

(kg)

K5V Displacement (cm3/rev.)

K3VLS Kawasaki’s new medium duty pump, the K3VLS, has been developed for machines and equipment that use a load sensing control system and/or electric displacement control systems. Its launch follows extensive research and development as our engineers combined efficiency with simplicity to deliver the most technologically advanced pump on the market. Pump control options: Press comp, load sense, power shift, torque limit, electronic displacement

160

K7VG The K7VG series of high-pressure swash plate type pumps was developed for general industrial machinery use. The adoption of the high-load bearings and friction-free contacting mechanism of piston shoes, results in a high level of reliability and long life.

Weight

Displacement

Max. Pres-

(kg)

(cm3/rev.)

Pressure

2700 (3250*)

265

343

2600 (3000*)

2500 (3000*)

(cm3/rev.)

85 105

Pressure (bar)

280

Max. Pressure (bar)

350

speed (rpm)

2300 (2640*)

125

2200 (2400*)

150

2200 (2400*)

(bar)

343

Max. Pressure (bar)

392

200

Maximum

Displacement

Pressure

(bar)

sure (bar)

Maximum

speed (rpm)

Weight

400

1500 (1500*)

225

speed (rpm)

(kg)

K5V-DT - Tandem Displacement (cm3/rev.)

Pressure (bar)

Max. Pressure (bar)

speed (rpm)

(kg)

80 (160)

2460 (3000*)

140 (280)

2160 (2500*)

125

2000 (2350*)

160

1900 (2200*)

160

160 (320) 200 (400)

343

392

Max. Pres-

400

450

(bar)

sure (bar)

K3V-DT - Tandem Displacement

Pressure

(kg)

Note: * Boosted inlet >= 1.3 BAR Absolute and less than 10 BAR

Maximum

Weight

4100

3800

3450

speed (rpm)

(kg)

156

Pumps overview

OPEN CIRCUIT PISTON TYPE

CLOSED CIRCUIT PISTON TYPE

MP1

The D1 pump is a high-pressure, high-performance variable axial piston pump, developed specifically for open-circuit systems in the most extreme application environments. Its robust design makes it an ideal solution for the toughest needs. The D1 pump expands the functionality and control options of our current portfolio to include higher hydraulic power product options. Our entire high power open circuit products are designed for high quality, reliability with high efficiency for easy installation.

The Danfoss MP1 is the next evolution in closed circuit axial piston pumps. No matter what industry you serve MP1 pumps offer the performance needed for today’s small- to medium-sized equipment manufacturers. This is another example of Danfoss’s commitment to the mobile hydraulics industry. Displacement (cm3/rev.) 28 31.8

Displacement (cm3/rev.)

Pressure (bar)

Max. Pressure (bar)

Maximum speed (rpm)

130 145 193

Weight (kg) 68

350

2500

400

68 102

260

2300

141

SERIES 45 AXIAL PISTON PUMP

Series 45 offers a full line of displacements, controls, pressures and configurations that have been engineered to fit a wide variety of open circuit pump application.

157

38 45.1

Pressure (bar)

Max. Pressure (bar)

Maximum speed (rpm)

Weight (kg)

350

380

3400

29.6

350

380

3300

H1P

The Danfoss H1P is part of Danfoss’ H1 family. It has pioneered not only the closed circuit variable displacement axial piston pumps but also been extremely influential within the whole mobile hydraulic industry. Based on Danfoss’s decades of experience the H1P will provide the highest quality and standards. As well as being one of the best-in-class, it is also innovative, and extremely efficient. Displacement (cm3/rev.)

Pressure (bar)

Max. Pressure (bar)

420

450

60.4

420

450

53.8 68

69.2

380 380

Maximum speed (rpm)

Weight (kg)

3400

400 400

3500

78.1 Displacement (cm3/rev.)

Pressure (bar)

Max. Pressure (bar)

260

350

210

300

260

350

210

300

310

400

45 51

350

310

400

260

350

310

400

260

350

100 130 147

19-24

2500

23-27.3

23.1-27.3 29.5-32.6

2100

480

147.2 165.1

3300

3200

3000

2600

163

DIGITAL DISPLACEMENT PUMP

The Danfoss digital displacement pump offers a unique combination of innovative pump design and electronic integration. The net result provides greater accuracies and efficiency over that of conventional pumps. In an age where energy efficiency is paramount the application of a Danfoss Digital Displacement Pump (DDP) needs serious consideration.

2800 2200

450

251.7

2400 2200

115.2

211.5

2650

2700

89.2

101.7 130

3200

2600 260

Weight (kg)

2800

60 65

Maximum speed (rpm)

51.3-54.9 Displacement (cm3/rev)

Pressure (bar)

Max. Pressure (bar)

Maximum Speed (rpm)

Weight (kg)

0-96

420

450

1850

51.6

158

Pumps overview VANE TYPE, SINGLE AND TANDEM

Heading / Type / Mounting /

Part

Catalogue

Description

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

PFE-31

Vane Pump, 10.5 - 43.7cc/rev.

160-210

Variable

10.5-43.7cc/rev.

A005

Fixed Displacement

PFE-41

Vane Pump, 29.3 - 85.3cc/rev.

210

Variable

29.3-85.3cc/rev.

A005

Fixed Displacement

PFE-51

Vane Pump, 90 - 150.2cc/rev.

210

Variable

90-150.2cc/rev.

A005

Fixed Displacement

PFE-32

Vane Pump, 16.5 - 35.6cc/rev.

210-300

Variable

16.5-35.6cc/rev.

A007

Fixed Displacement

PFE-42

Vane Pump, 45 - 85.3cc/rev.

210-280

Variable

45-85.3cc/rev.

A007

Fixed Displacement

PFE-52

Vane Pump, 90 - 150.2cc/rev.

210-250

Variable

90-150.2cc/rev.

A007

Format

number

Fixed Displacement

Fixed Displacement - multiple

PFED

Fixed Displacement - multiple

PFEX

Vane Pump, 29.3+16.5cc/rev. - 150.2+85.3cc/

9.3+16.5cc/rev. -

210

Variable

160-300

Variable

Description

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

rev., single body, common suction

Vane Pump, tandem & triple options, 10.5 150.2cc/rev.

150.2+85.3cc/rev.

10.5 - 150.2cc/ rev.

Page

A180 A190

RADIAL PISTON TYPE

Heading / Type / Mounting /

Part

Catalogue

Format

number

Fixed Displacement

PFR-2

Radial piston pump, 1.7 -3.5cc/rev.

500

Variable

1.7-3.5cc/rev.

Page A045

Fixed Displacement

PFR-3

Radial piston pump, 8.2 -14.7cc/rev.

350

Variable

8.2-14.7cc/rev.

A045

Fixed Displacement

PFR-5

Radial piston pump, 18.1 -25.4cc/rev.

350

Variable

18.1-25.4cc/rev.

A045

Description

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

AXIAL PISTON TYPE

Heading / Type / Mounting /

Part

Catalogue

Format

number

Variable Displacement

PVPC

Axial piston, mechanical control, 29-140cc/rev.

250-280

Variable

29-140cc/rev.

A160

Variable Displacement

PVPC

Axial piston, proportional control, 29-140cc/rev.

250-280

Variable

29-140cc/rev.

AS170

Variable Displacement

PVC

Axial piston, mechanical control, 15-23cc/rev.

210

Variable

15-23cc/rev.

TA165

PVP-

Axial piston, various controls, 29+10.5cc/rev. -

280-350

Variable

280

Variable

Variable & Fixed Displacement Variable & Fixed Displacement Variable Displacement

CX2E

150.2+90cc/rev., single body

PVP-

Axial piston, various controls, 29+29cc/rev. -

PVT

Vane pump, 6.6-23.3cc/rev.

CX2E

88+88cc/rev., single body

29+10.5cc/rev. 150.2+90cc/rev.

29+29cc/rev. 88+88cc/rev.

6.6-23.3cc/rev.

Page

A190 A190 TA085

Directional valves & modules ATOS - STANDARD VALVES DIRECTIONAL VALVE, SOL. OP DIRECTIONAL VALVE, LEVER. OP DIRECTIONAL VALVE, HYD. / PNEU. OP. RELIEF REDUCING COMPENSATOR SEQUENCE UNLOADING SWITCHING FLOW SHUTTLE CHECK

160 160 160 160 162 163 164 165 165 165 166 166 167

ATOS - PROPORTIONAL VALVES DIRECTIONAL 168 RELIEF 170 REDUCER 171 COMPENSATOR 172 FLOW 173 ELECTRONIC DRIVERS - PROPORTIONAL 173 ATOS - SAFETY DIRECTIONAL 174 RELIEF 177 ATOS - EXPLOSION PROOF DIRECTIONAL 178 RELIEF 182 REDUCER 184 COMPENSATOR 185 FLOW 186 ATOS - EXPLOSION PROOF - STAINLESS DIRECTIONAL 187 RELIEF 188

160

Atos - Standard valves

Type

Directional

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Cetop subplate mounted

DHI

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DHE

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DKE

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DPHE

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DPHI

Description Directional valve, direct acting, spool, auxilliary hand lever option

Directional valve, direct acting, spool, auxilliary hand

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

350

ATOS Catalogue Page E010

350

E015

Directional valve, direct acting

350

150

E025

Directional valve, pilot operated

350

160-999

lever option

Directional valve, pilot operated

350

160-1000

10, 16, 25, 32 10, 16, 25, 32

E085 E085

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DHL

Directional valve, direct acting, compact

350

E018

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DHEP

Directional valve, direct acting

420

TE030

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DKEP

Directional valve, direct acting

420

150

TE030

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

SDHL8

Directional valve, direct acting, compact, low leakage

350

TE050

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DHO/8W

210

TE015

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DHE/15W

250

TE015

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Directional

Cartridge

LIDEW

Directional

Cartridge

LIDBH

Directional

Cartridge

LIDAS

Directional

Cartridge

LIDASH

Type

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Directional valve, direct acting, spool, low power consumption

Description Directional valve, 2 way, optional direct acting pilot spool, pilot operated poppet main stage

Directional valve, 2 way, optional direct acting pilot spool with shuttle, pilot operated poppet main stage

Directional valve, 2 way, pilot operated poppet main stage

Directional valve, 2 way, direct acting pilot spool, pilot operated poppet main stage

Description

ATOS Catalogue Page

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

350-420

240-9000

16-100

H030

350-420

240-9000

16-100

H030

350-420

200-2100

16-50

H050

350-420

200-2100

16-50

H050

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

ATOS Catalogue Page

161

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

ATOS Catalogue Page

Directional valve, hydraulically operated, single actuator

350

E225

Directional valve, hydraulically operated, double actuator

350

E225

DK-14

Directional valve, hydraulically operated, single actuator

315

160

E225

Cetop subplate mounted

DK-15

Directional valve, hydraulically operated, double actuator

315

160

E225

Cetop subplate mounted

DP-14

Directional valve, hydraulically operated, single actuator

350

160

E225

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DP-15

Directional valve, hydraulically operated, double actuator

350

160

E225

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DP-24

Directional valve, hydraulically operated, single actuator

350

300

E225

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DP-25

Directional valve, hydraulically operated, double actuator

350

300

E225

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DP-44

Directional valve, hydraulically operated, single actuator

350

700

E225

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DP-45

Directional valve, hydraulically operated, double actuator

350

700

E225

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DP-64

Directional valve, hydraulically operated, single actuator

350

1000

E225

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DP-65

Directional valve, hydraulically operated, double actuator

350

1000

E225

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DH-08

Directional valve, pneumatically operated, single actuator

350

E255

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DH-09

350

E255

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DK-18

315

160

E255

315

160

E255

350

300

E255

350

300

E255

350

700

E255

350

700

E255

350

1000

E255

350

1000

E255

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

ATOS Catalogue Page

Type

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Description

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DH-04

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DH-05

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

Directional Directional

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DK-19

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DP-28

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DP-29

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DP-48

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DP-49

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DP-68

Directional valve, pneumatically operated, double actuator

Directional valve, pneumatically operated, single actuator Directional valve, pneumatically operated, double actuator

Directional valve, pneumatically operated, single actuator Directional valve, pneumatically operated, double

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DP-69

Type

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Description

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DH-00

Directional valve, mechanically operated

350

E150

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DH-01

Directional valve, hand lever operated

350

E150

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DH-02

Directional valve, cam operated

350

E150

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DK-10

Directional valve, mechanically operated

315

100

E150

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DK-11

Directional valve, hand lever operated

315

100

E150

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DK-12

Directional valve, cam operated

315

140

E150

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DP-20

Directional valve, mechanically operated

350

300

16, 25

E150

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DP-21

Directional valve, hand lever operated

350

300

16, 25

E150

Cetop subplate mounted

DP-40

Directional valve, mechanically operated

350

700

16, 25

E150

Cetop subplate mounted

DP-41

Directional valve, hand lever operated

350

700

16, 25

E150

Directional

Cetop sandwich module

Directional valve, direct acting, service line control

350

EY050

Directional

Cetop sandwich module

Directional valve, direct acting, parallel directional control

350

TD020

Directional

actuator

162

Atos - Standard valves

Type

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Description

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

ATOS Catalogue Page

Relief

Cartridge

CART

Pressure relief, direct acting

230-500

2.5-120

G012, M35

C010

Relief

Cartridge

LIMM

Pressure relief, direct acting

420

180-4900

H010

Type

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Description

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

ATOS Catalogue Page

Relief

Cetop sandwich module

HMP

Pressure relief, direct acting, single / dual

350

D120

Relief

Cetop sandwich module

Pressure relief, pilot operated, single / dual

350

D120

Relief

Cetop sandwich module

Pressure relief, pilot operated, single / dual

350

120

D120

350

2.5

TD010

Relief

Cetop sandwich module

HMU

Pressure relief, direct acting, pilot control only, single / dual, optional circuits

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Description

Relief

Line Mounted

ARAM

Pressure relief, pilot operated

350

350-500 G034, G114

Relief

Line Mounted

REM

Pressure relief, pilot operated

350

200-601

Relief

Line Mounted

ARE

Pressure relief, direct acting

350-500

40-100

Type

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

SAE 3/4”, 1”, 1 1/4” G014, G012

ATOS Catalogue Page C045 C073 C020

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

ATOS Catalogue Page

350

200-600

10, 20, 32

C066

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

ATOS Catalogue Page

420

140-750

H010

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

ATOS Catalogue Page

Pressure reducing valve, pilot operated

350

D140

Pressure reducing valve, pilot operated

315

100

D140

JPG

Pressure reducing valve, pilot operated

315

250-300

16, 25

D140

350

TD010

Type

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Description

Relief

Subplate mounted

AGAM

Pressure relief, pilot operated

Type

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Description

Reducing

Cartridge

LIRA

Pressure reducing valve, pilot operated

Type

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Description

Reducing

Cetop sandwich module

Reducing

Cetop sandwich module

Reducing

Cetop sandwich module

Reducing

Cetop sandwich module

163

RR-3

Pressure reducing valve, P-line, fixed setting, direct acting

164

Atos - Standard valves

Type

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Description

Reducing

Subplate mounted

AGIR

Pressure reducing valve, pilot operated

Type Compensator

Type Compensator Compensator Compensator Compensator

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Cartridge

LIC

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Cetop sandwich module

JPC

Cetop sandwich module

HC-031/8

Description Pressure compensator, bypass type for use with flow control

Description Pressure compensating module, restrictive type, including service line shuttle, 5-35 bar

Pressure compensating module, restrictive type, including service line shuttle, 5-35 bar

Pressure compensating module, restrictive type, including service line shuttle, 8 bar fixed

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

ATOS Catalogue Page

350

160-400

10, 20, 32

C070

ATOS Catalogue Page

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

420

180-4900

H010

ATOS Catalogue Page

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

350

D150

350

100

D150

350

200

D150

350

TD010

165

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

ATOS Catalogue Page

Sequence valve, direct acting, spool

350

D130

Sequence valve, direct acting, spool

315

D130

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

ATOS Catalogue Page

350

200-600

10, 20, 32

C070

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

ATOS Catalogue Page

350

100-300

10, 20, 32

C070

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

ATOS Catalogue Page

630

D250

Type

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Description

Sequence

Cetop sandwich module

Sequence

Cetop sandwich module

Type

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Description

Sequence

Subplate mounted

AGIS

Sequence valve, direct acting, spool

Type

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Description

Unloading

Subplate mounted

AGIU

Unloading valve, venting options

Type

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Description

Switching

Subplate mounted

MAP

Pressure switch, fixed switching differential

166

Atos - Standard valves

Type

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Flow

Cetop sandwich module

Flow

Cetop sandwich module

Flow

Cetop sandwich module

JPQ

Type

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Flow

Cetop subplate mounted

QV-06

Flow

Cetop subplate mounted

DHQ

Description Flow control, adjustable with reverse check, single/double, meter in/meter out

Flow control, adjustable with reverse check, single/double, meter in/meter out

Description Flow control, adjustable, pressure compensated, optional check valve

Flow control, pressure compensated, 2 speed

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

ATOS Catalogue Page

350

D160

315

160

D160

350

200-300

16, 25

D160

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

ATOS Catalogue Page

250

C210

250

D170

Type

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Description

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

ATOS Catalogue Page

Flow

Line Mounted

AQFR

Flow control, adjustable with reverse check

350-400

30-250

G038-G114

C280

Type

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Description

Pressure (bar)

Flow

Cartridge

QBF

Flow control, fixed, pressure compensated

350

Flow

Cartridge

LIDD

Flow control, adjustable

420

Size

ATOS Catalogue Page

1.5

G014

TC420

240-4000

16-63

H020

Flow (lpm)

Type

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Description

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

ATOS Catalogue Page

Shuttle

Cartridge

CART B

Shuttle

350-420

5-15

TC420

Type

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Description

Check

Cartridge

LIDO

Check

Cartridge

LIDA

Check

Cartridge

LIDB

Check

Cartridge

LIDR

Check

Cartridge

Check

Cartridge

Check

Cartridge

Type

167

ATOS Catalogue Page

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

Pilot to close, normaly open

420

160-1800

16-50

H040

Pilot to close, normaly closed

420

270-9000

16-50

EY120

420

270-4000

16-63

H040

420

550-4000

16-63

H040

Check insert

350

25-85

G014-G012

C400

Check insert

350

35-95

G014-G012

C400

CART D-5

Check, suitable for pilot lines

350

C010

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Description

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

ATOS Catalogue Page

Check

Cetop sandwich module

Pilot operated check, single / dual

350

D180

Check

Cetop sandwich module

Pilot operated check, single / dual

315

120

D180

Check

Cetop sandwich module

JPR

Pilot operated check, single / dual

350

200-300

16, 25

D180

Type

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Description

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

ATOS Catalogue Page

Check

Line Mounted

ADR

Check

350-400

40-500

G014-G114

C406

Check

Line Mounted

ADRL

Pilot operated check, single

350-400

30-300

G038-G114

C450

400

G038

TC410

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

ATOS Catalogue Page

315

160-500

10, 20, 32

C450

020275

Check

Line Mounted

Type

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Check

Subplate mounted

AGRL

ADR-10

Pilot to close, normaly closed, with shuttle for pilot selection

Pilot to close, normaly closed, with hydraulically operated P.O. check

Check, calibrated orifice

Description Pilot operated check, single, decompression, optional vent

168

Atos - Proportional valves

Heading / Type Type

/ Mounting / Format

Directional

Heading / Type Type

/ Mounting / Format

Directional

Directional Directional Directional

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

Part number

DHZE-A

DKZE-A

DHZO-A

DKZOR-A

DHZO-A-060 DHZEM-A DPZO-A

DPZO-T

Description Proportional directional, without transducer, direct acting, positive overlap, cURus certified solenoids, Optional fieldbus

Proportional directional, without transducer, direct acting, positive overlap, cURus certified solenoids, Optional fieldbus

Proportional directional, without transducer, direct acting, positive overlap, cURus certified solenoids, Optional on board drivers, Optional fieldbus

Proportional directional, without transducer, direct acting, zero overlap, 3 positions, single solenoid

Proportional directional, without transducer, pilot operated, positive overlap, high flow

Proportional directional, without transducer, pilot operated, positive overlap, Optional fieldbus

Proportional directional, with LVDT transducer, pilot

operated, positive overlap, Optional fieldbus & safety functions

Pressure (bar)

350

Flow

(lpm)

Size

Page F150

160

F150

350

FS160

315

160

FS165

350

TF050

350

140

TF100

350

180-1500

10-32

FS170

FS172

Directional

ducer, direct acting, positive overlap, cURus certified

solenoids, Optional on board drivers, Optional fieldbus,

350

DKZOR-T

ducer, direct acting, positive overlap, cURus certified solenoids, Optional on board drivers

315

170

Directional

FS168

Directional

FS165

Directional

Heading / Type Type

/ Mounting / Format

Directional

Cartridge

Part number LIQZO-T

Directional

Cartridge

LIQZP-T

Directional

Cartridge

LIQZO-L

Directional

Cartridge

LIQZP-L

Description Proportional 2 way flow control with LVDT transducer Proportional 2 way flow control with LVDT transducer Proportional 2 way flow control with 2x LVDT transducer & on board drivers

Proportional 2 way flow control with 2 x LVDT transducer & on board drivers

Pressure (bar) 350 420 350 420

Flow

(lpm) 600-2500 4000-

10000 600-2500 4000-

16000

Size 16-40

LIQZP-L

Cartridge

LIQZH-L

/ Mounting /

Cetop subplate mounted

Page

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DPZO-L

DHZO-T

DKZOR-T

DLHZO-T

DLKZOR-T

DPZO-L

DLHZO-TEZ

DLKZOR-TEZ

TF325 TF325

16-100

FS330

Directional

F330 Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

Description Servoproporitonal 3 way flow control with 2 x transducer, pilot operated, optional on board drivers, optional fieldbus, P/Q & safety functions

Servoproporitonal 3 way flow control with 2 x transducer, pilot operated, optional on board drivers, optional fieldbus, P/Q & safety functions

Servoproporitonal 2 way flow control, high response with

2 x transducer, pilot operated, on board drivers, optional fieldbus

Part number

ATOS

Catalogue

50-80

100

Cartridge

Format

P/Q & safety functions

Proportional directional, high performance, without trans-

LIQZO-L

Heading / Type Type

Proportional directional, high performance, without transDHZO-T

Cartridge

ATOS

Catalogue

315

350

Part number

DHZO-TEZ

DKZOR-TEZ

DPZO-LEZ

169

Description Proportional directional, with 2 x LVDT transducer, pilot operated, positive overlap, Optional fieldbus & safety functions

Servoproporitonal directional with LVDT transducer,

direct acting, zero overlap, optional on board drivers, optional fieldbus, P/Q & safety functions

Servoproporitonal directional with LVDT transducer,

direct acting, zero overlap, optional on board drivers, optional fieldbus, P/Q & safety functions

Servoproporitonal directional with LVDT transducer,

direct acting, sleeve, zero overlap, optional on board drivers, optional fieldbus, P/Q & safety functions

Servoproporitonal directional with LVDT transducer,

direct acting, sleeve, zero overlap, optional on board drivers, optional fieldbus, P/Q & safety functions

Servoproporitonal directional with 2 x LVDT transducer, pilot operated, zero overlap, optional on board drivers, optional fieldbus, P/Q & safety functions

Proportional directional with transducer, direct acting,

sleeve, zero overlap, on board digital axis controller with optional fieldbus, P/Q & safety functions

Proportional directional with transducer, direct acting,

sleeve, zero overlap, on board digital axis controller with optional fieldbus, P/Q & safety functions

Proportional directional with transducer, direct acting,

zero overlap, on board digital axis controller with optional fieldbus, P/Q & safety functions

Proportional directional with transducer, direct acting,

zero overlap, on board digital axis controller with optional fieldbus, P/Q & safety functions

Proportional directional with 2 x transducer, pilot operated, zero overlap, on board digital axis controller with optional fieldbus, P/Q & safety functions

Pressure

Flow

(bar)

(lpm)

350

500-1050

420

Pressure

20005000

1800-

16000

Flow

ATOS

Size

Catalogue

25-40

F340

50-80

F340

32-100

TFS330

Size

Catalogue

Page

ATOS

(bar)

(lpm)

350

180-3500

10-35

FS175

350

FS165

315

180

FS165

350

F180

315

160

F180

350

180-3500

10-35

F175

350

FS610

315

160

FS610

350

FS620

315

180

FS620

350

3500

FS630

Page

170

Atos - Proportional valves

Heading / Type Type

/ Mounting / Format

Part number CART-

Relief

Cartridge

Relief

Cartridge

LIMZO-A

Relief

Cartridge

LIMZO-R

Heading / Type Type

/ Mounting / Format

Relief

Cetop sandwich module

Heading / Type Type

/ Mounting / Format

Relief Relief Relief Relief Relief Relief

Cetop subplate mounted

RZME-A

Description Proportional pressure relief without transducer, direct acting

Proportional pressure relief without transducer, poppet type, optional fieldbus

Proportional pressure relief with transducer, poppet type, optional fieldbus

Part number

HZMO-A-031

Description Proportional pressure relief without transducer, spool type, optional fieldbus

Part number

RZME-A RZMO-A-010 RZMO-A-030 RZMO-

A-010/500 RZMO-R-010 RZMO-R-030

Atos - Proportional valves

Description Proportional pressure relief without transducer, direct acting

Proportional pressure relief without transducer, direct acting, optional fieldbus

Proportional pressure relief without transducer, spool type, optional fieldbus

Proportional pressure relief without transducer, direct acting, optional fieldbus

Proportional pressure relief with transducer, direct acting, optional fieldbus

Proportional pressure relief with transducer, spool type, optional fieldbus

Pressure (bar)

Flow

(lpm)

Size

ATOS

Catalogue

Heading / Type Type

Page

Format

350

F005

Relief

300

200-4500

16-80

FS300

Relief

350

200-4500

16-80

FS305

Relief

Pressure

Flow

Size

Catalogue

FS065

(bar)

(lpm)

350

Pressure

Flow

/ Mounting /

Subplate mounted

Part number

AGMZE-A AGMZO-A AGMZO-R

171

Description Proportional pressure relief without transducer, poppet type, cURus certified solenoid

Proportional pressure relief without transducer, poppet type, optional fieldbus

Proportional pressure relief with transducer, poppet type, optional fieldbus

Pressure (bar)

Flow

(lpm)

350

200-600

350

200-600

350

200-600

Pressure

Flow

Size 10, 20, 32

10, 20, 32

ATOS

Catalogue Page F030 FS040 FS040

ATOS Page

Heading / Type Type

/ Mounting / Format

Part number CART

Reducer

Cartridge

Reducer

Cartridge

LIRZO-A

Reducer

Cartridge

LIRZO-R

RZGE-A

Description Proportional pressure reducer without transducer, direct acting spool, cURus certified solenoid

Proportional pressure reducer without transducer, poppet type, optional fieldbus

Proportional pressure reducer with transducer, spool type, optional on board drivers, optional fieldbus

ATOS

Size

Catalogue

(bar)

(lpm)

210

F012

350

160-800

16-40

FS300

350

160-800

16-40

FS305

Pressure

Flow

Size

Catalogue

Page

ATOS

Size

Catalogue

(bar)

(lpm)

350

F005

350

FS007

Page

Heading / Type Type

350

FS065

500

TF035

350

FS010

350

FS067

/ Mounting / Format

Reducer Reducer Reducer

Cetop sandwich module

Cetop subplate mounted

Part number

HZGO-A-031 KZGO-A-031 RZGE-A

Description Proportional pressure reducer without transducer, spool type

Proportional pressure reducer without transducer, spool type

Proportional pressure reducer without transducer, direct acting spool, cURus certified solenoid

ATOS

(bar)

(lpm)

350

FS070

350

100

FS070

210

F012

Page

172

Atos - Proportional valves

Heading / Type Type

/ Mounting / Format

Reducer Reducer Reducer

Reducer

Reducer Reducer

Cetop subplate mounted

Part number

RZGO-A-010 RZGO-A-033 DHRZO-A

DHRZE-A

RZGO-R-010 RZGO-R-033

Atos - Proportional valves

Description Proportional pressure reducer without transducer, direct

acting spool, optional on board drivers, optional fieldbus Proportional pressure reducer without transducer, spool type, optional on board drivers, optional fieldbus

Proportional pressure reducer without transducer, pilot lines, 3 way direct acting spool type

Proportional pressure reducer without transducer, pilot lines, 3 way direct acting spool type, cURus certified solenoid

Proportional pressure reducer with transducer, direct

acting spool, optional on board drivers, optional fieldbus Proportional pressure reducer with transducer, spool type, optional on board drivers, optional fieldbus

Pressure

Flow

ATOS

Size

Catalogue

FS015

350

FS070

315

FS025

315

F022

(bar)

(lpm)

350

350 350

12 40

06 06

Heading / Type Format

Page

FS020

Cetop subplate

Flow

mounted

Cetop subplate

Flow

mounted

Cetop subplate

Flow

mounted

Cetop subplate

Flow

mounted

Cetop subplate

Flow

mounted

FS075

Cetop subplate

Flow

Heading / Type Type

/ Mounting / Format

Reducer Reducer

Subplate mounted

Heading / Type Type

/ Mounting / Format

Part number

AGRCZO-A AGRCZO-R

Part number

Compensator

Cartridge

LICZO-A

Compensator

Cartridge

LICZO-R

Description Proportional pressure reducer without transducer, spool type, optional fieldbus

Proportional pressure reducer with transducer, spool type, optional on board drivers, optional fieldbus

Description Proportional compensator without transducer, pilot operated, optional on board drivers, optional fieldbus

Proportional compensator with transducer, pilot operated, optional on board drivers, optional fieldbus

Pressure

Flow

ATOS

Size

Catalogue

(bar)

(lpm)

350

160-300

10, 20

FS050

350

160-300

10, 20

FS055

Pressure

Flow

Page

ATOS

Size

Catalogue

(bar)

(lpm)

350

200-2000

16-50

FS300

350

200-2000

16-50

FS305

/ Mounting /

Type

mounted

Part number

QVHZO QVKZOR

QVHZO-T

QVKZOR-T

QVHMZO

QVKMZOR

173

Pressure

Description Proportional flow, direct operated, 2/3 way pressure

compensated, optional on board driver, optional fieldbus Proportional flow, direct operated, 2/3 way pressure

compensated, optional on board driver, optional fieldbus Proportional flow, direct operated with transducer, 2/3 way pressure compensated, optional on board driver, optional fieldbus

Proportional flow, direct operated with transducer, 2/3 way pressure compensated, optional on board driver, optional fieldbus

Proportional flow, direct operated, 2/3 way pressure

compensated with P/Q control, optional on board driver, optional fieldbus

Proportional flow, direct operated, 2/3 way pressure

compensated with P/Q control, optional on board driver, optional fieldbus

Part number

Flow

ATOS

Size

Catalogue

(bar)

(lpm)

210

FS410

210

FS410

210

F412

210

F412

210

TF490

210

TF490

Description

Page

ATOS

Type

Format

Electronic Drivers

DIN 43650 (EN175301-803)

E-MI-AS-IR

Digital driver without transducer, single coil

G020

Electronic Drivers

DIN 43650 (EN175301-803)

E-MI-AC

Analogue driver without transducer, single coil

G010

Type

Format

Part number

Description

Catalogue number

ATOS

Catalogue number

Electronic Drivers

DIN rail, EN60715

E-BM-AS

Digital driver without transducer, single coil / double coil

Electronic Drivers

DIN rail, EN60715

E-BM-AES

Digital driver without transducer, single coil / double coil, optional fieldbus

GS050

Electronic Drivers

DIN rail, EN60715

E-BM-RES

Digital driver for relief and reducing valves with integral pressure transducer

GS203

Electronic Drivers

DIN rail, EN60715

E-BM-TEB/LEB

Electronic Drivers

DIN rail, EN60715

E-BM-TES/LES

Electronic Drivers

DIN rail, EN60715

E-BM-TID/LID

Electronic Drivers

DIN rail, EN60715

Z-BM-TEZ/LEZ

Electronic Drivers

DIN rail, EN60715

Z-BM-KZ

Page

Digital driver for directional and flow proportional valves with one or two LVDT transducers

Digital driver for directional and flow proportional valves with one or two LVDT transducers with optional fieldbus and P/Q control

Digital driver for directional and flow proportional valves with one or two LVDT transducers

Digital axis card with driver functionality for directional proportional valves with one or two LVDT transducers and with optional fieldbus and P/Q control

Digital axis card for position and force controls with optional fieldbus

G030

GS230 GS210 GS235 GS330 GS340

174

Atos - Safety

Type

Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Directional

Cartridge

JODL/FV

Directional

Cartridge

LIDA/FV

Directional

Cartridge

LIDAS/FV

Directional

Cartridge

LIFI

Atos - Safety

Description Safety normally closed 2 way, pilot operated, inductive position switch

Safety cartridge, pilot operated, 2 way, poppet, with inductive position switch

Active safety cartridge, pilot operated, 2 way, poppet, with inductive position switch

Safety cartridge, pilot operated, 2 way, poppet, direct acting, with intermediate inductive proximity sensor element

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

350

40-300

350

200-1370

Size ISO 08, 16

16-50

Catalogue Page EY105

Type

Type / Mounting / Format

Directional

subplate

EY120

350-420

200-1800

16-50

EY120

420

200-1800

16-50

EY120

Directional

Type

Directional

Type / Mounting / Format Cetop sand-

wich module Cetop

subplate

mounted Cetop

subplate

mounted Cetop

subplate

mounted

Part number

HF/FV

DPZO-TES

DHZO-TES

DKZOR-TES

Description

Safety directional valve with spool position monitoring Proportional directional, with LVDT transducer, pilot oper-

ated, positive overlap, Optional fieldbus & safety functions Proportional directional, with LVDT transducer, direct

acting, positive overlap, Optional fieldbus, P/Q control & safety functions

Proportional directional, with LVDT transducer, direct

acting, positive overlap, Optional fieldbus, P/Q control & safety functions

Cetop

mounted Cetop

subplate

mounted Cetop

subplate

mounted Cetop

Size

Catalogue Page

350

EY050

350

180-1600

FS172

Type

Type / Mounting / Format

350

FS165

Directional

subplate

315

170

FS165

Directional

DHZO-TES

DKZOR-TES

Part number

Flow (lpm)

Directional

DPZO-LES

DLHZO-TES

Pressure (bar)

Cetop

mounted Cetop

subplate

mounted Cetop

subplate

mounted Cetop

subplate

mounted Cetop

subplate

mounted Cetop

subplate

mounted Cetop

subplate

mounted

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

Catalogue Page

350

180-3500

FS175

350

FS165

315

180

FS165

acting, sleeve, zero overlap, Optional fieldbus, P/Q control

350

FS180

Description

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

Catalogue Page

315

160

FS180

180

1600

FS175

350

F165

315

180

F165

350

F180

315

160

F180

350

180-3500

F175

Part number

subplate

mounted

175

DLK-

ZOR-TES

DPZO-LES

DHZO-T

DKZOR-T

DLHZO-T

DLKZOR-T

DPZO-L

Description Proportional directional, with 2 x LVDT transducer, pilot

operated, positive overlap, Optional fieldbus, P/Q control & safety functions

Servoproportional directional, with LVDT transducer, direct acting, zero overlap, Optional fieldbus, P/Q control & safety functions

Servoproportional directional, with LVDT transducer, direct & safety functions

Servoproportional directional, with LVDT transducer, direct

acting, sleeve, zero overlap, Optional fieldbus, P/Q control & safety functions

Proportional directional, with 2 x LVDT transducer, pilot

operated, zero overlap, Optional fieldbus, P/Q control & safety functions

Proportional directional with transducer, direct acting,

zero overlap, on board digital axis controller with optional fieldbus, P/Q & safety functions

Proportional directional with transducer, direct acting,

zero overlap, on board digital axis controller with optional fieldbus, P/Q & safety functions

Proportional directional with transducer, direct acting,

sleeve, zero overlap, on board digital axis controller with optional fieldbus, P/Q & safety functions

Proportional directional with transducer, direct acting,

sleeve, zero overlap, on board digital axis controller with optional fieldbus, P/Q & safety functions

Proportional directional with transducer, pilot operated

zero overlap, on board digital axis controller with optional fieldbus, P/Q & safety functions

176

Atos - Safety

Type

Directional

Type

Directional

Type / Mounting / Format Cetop

subplate

mounted Cetop

subplate

mounted Cetop

subplate

mounted Cetop

subplate

mounted Cetop

subplate

mounted

Part number

DHI/FV

DHE/FV

DKE/FV

DPHI/FV

DPHE/FV

Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Cetop

132105

mounted

0612/7/A/FV

subplate Cetop

subplate

mounted

DHE-

132105 DKE1612/7/A/FV

Cetop

132105

mounted

1612/7/A/FV

subplate

Atos - Safety

DPHE-

Description

Safety directional valve, direct acting, with spool position monitoring

Safety directional valve, pilot operated, with spool position monitoring

Description

Safety directional valve for press applications

Pressure (bar)

350

Pressure (bar)

350

Flow (lpm)

150

160-700

160-701

Flow (lpm)

Size

10, 16, 25, 32

Size

Catalogue Page

E010

E015

E025

E085

Type

Type / Mounting / Format

Directional

subplate

Directional

Safety directional valve for press applications

350

150

160-700

10, 16, 25

mounted Cetop

subplate

mounted Cetop

subplate

mounted Cetop

subplate

mounted Cetop

subplate

mounted Cetop

DHI/FI

DHE/FI

DKE/FI

DH/FC

DK/FC

DPH/FC

Type

Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Relief

Cartridge

CART

Type

Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

mounted

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

Catalogue Page

350

EY010

350

EY010

350

150

EY1010

350

TE110

350

150

TE110

350

300-700

16, 25

TE110

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

Catalogue Page

350-420

2.5-150

/ M35X

C010

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

Catalogue Page

Pressure relief, direct acting, PED certified

420

60-100

Pressure relief, pilot operated, PED certified

350

350-500

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

350

200-600

Part number

subplate

Description

Safety directional valve, direct acting, with inductive proximity sensor

Safety directional valve, direct acting, with mechanical microswitch

Description

Pressure relief, direct acting, PED certified

G 1/2” 1,5

Catalogue Page

TE112

Relief Safety directional valve for press applications

Cetop

177

TE112

Relief

Line

Mounted Line

Mounted

ARE ARAM

Description

G 1/4”, G 1/2”

G 3/4”, G 1 1/4

C020 C045

TE112

Type

Relief

Type / Mounting / Format Subplate mounted

Part number

AGAM

Description

Pressure relief, pilot operated, PED certified

Size 10, 20, 32

Catalogue Page C066

178

Atos - Explosion proof

Type

Directional Directional

Directional

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Cetop subplate mounted

Part number

DHZA-A DKZA-A

DHZA-AES

DKZA-AES

DPZA-A

DPZA-AES

Atos - Explosion proof

Description Proportional directional, without transducer, direct acting, positive overlap, multi certification

Proportional directional, without transducer, direct acting, positive overlap, multi certification

Proportional directional, without transducer, direct acting, positive overlap, On board drivers, Optional fieldbus, multi-certification

Proportional directional, without transducer, pilot operated, positive overlap, multi certification

Proportional directional, without transducer, pilot operat-

ed, positive overlap, On board drivers, Optional fieldbus, multi certification

Pressure

Flow

ATOS

Size

Catalogue

(bar)

(lpm)

350

FX100

315

120

FX100

350

315

350

120

180-1500

Page

FX110

FX200

Type

Directional

Directional Directional

350

180-1500

FX210 Directional

Directional

Type

Directional

Directional Directional

Directional

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Cetop subplate mounted

Part number

DPZA-T

DHZA-T DKZA-T

DHZA-TES

DKZA-TES

DPZA-LES

Description Proportional directional, with LVDT transducer, pilot

operated, positive overlap, On board drivers, Optional fieldbus, multi certification

Proportional directional, with LVDT transducer, direct acting, positive overlap, multi certification

Proportional directional, with LVDT transducer, direct acting, positive overlap, On board drivers, Optional fieldbus & P/Q control, multi certification

Proportional directional, with 2 x LVDT transducer, pilot operated, positive overlap, On board drivers, Optional fieldbus & P/Q control, multi certification

Pressure (bar)

350

Flow

(lpm)

180-1000

Size

179

ATOS

Directional

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Cetop subplate mounted

Part number

DHZA-TES

DKZA-TES

DLHZA-T DLKZA-T

DLHZA-TES

DLKZA-TES

DPZA-LES

DHZA-TEZ

DKZA-TEZ

Catalogue Page

Directional

FX220

350

FX120

315

150

FX120

350

FX130

315

150

FX130

350

180-800

FX230

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

Description Servoproporitonal directional with transducer, direct

acting, zero overlap, on board drivers, optional fieldbus, P/Q functions, multi-certification

Servoproporitonal directional with transducer, direct

acting, zero overlap, on board drivers, optional fieldbus, P/Q functions, multi-certification

Servoproporitonal directional with transducer, direct acting, sleeve, zero overlap, multi-certification

Servoproporitonal directional with transducer, direct

acting, sleeve, zero overlap, on board drivers, optional fieldbus, P/Q functions, multi-certification

Servoproporitonal directional with transducer, direct

acting, sleeve, zero overlap, on board drivers, optional fieldbus, P/Q functions, multi-certification

Servoproporitonal directional with 2 x LVDT transducer,

pilot operated, zero overlap, On board drivers, Optional fieldbus & P/Q control, multi certification

Servoproportional directional with transducer, direct act-

ing, zero overlap, on board digital axis controller with optional fieldbus, P/Q & safety functions, multi certification

Servoproportional directional with transducer, direct act-

ing, zero overlap, on board digital axis controller with optional fieldbus, P/Q & safety functions, multi certification

Pressure

Flow

ATOS

Size

Catalogue

(bar)

(lpm)

350

FX135

315

150

FX130

350

FX140

315

100

FX140

350

FX150

315

100

FX150

350

180-800

FX230

350

FX620

315

150

FX620

350

FX610

315

100

FX610

350

180-800

FX630

Page

Servoproportional directional with transducer, direct DLHZA-TEZ

acting, sleeve, zero overlap, on board digital axis con-

troller with optional fieldbus, P/Q & safety functions, multi certification

Servoproportional directional with transducer, direct DLKZA-TEZ

acting, sleeve, zero overlap, on board digital axis con-

troller with optional fieldbus, P/Q & safety functions, multi certification

Servoproportional directional with transducer, pilot DPZA-LEZ

operated, zero overlap, on board digital axis controller with optional fieldbus, P/Q & safety functions, multi certification

180

Atos - Explosion proof

Type

Directional Directional Directional Directional Directional

Type

Directional Directional Directional Directional Directional Directional

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Cetop subplate mounted

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Cetop subplate mounted

Part number

DHA DHW DPHA DPHW 003290 DHA

Description

Directional spool valve, direct acting, multi certification Intrinsically safe directional spool valve, direct acting, multi certification

Directional spool valve, pilot operated, multi certification Intrinisically safe directional spool valve, pilot operated, multi certification

Directional spool valve with internal suppression diode, direct acting, multi certification

Part number 003290 DLAH

003290

DLAHM

Atos - Explosion proof

Description Directional poppet valve with internal suppression diode, direct acting, multi certification

Directional poppet valve with internal suppression diode, direct acting, multi certification

Pressure (bar) 350 350 350

Flow

(lpm) 70 25 160-1000

Size

06 06 10

ATOS

Catalogue Page

EX010

Type

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Directional

Cartridge

LIQZA-LES

Directional

Cartridge

LIQZA-L

Directional

Cartridge

LIQZA-LES

Directional

Cartridge

LIQZA-L

EX100 EX030

350

160-700

EX130

350

TE140

Pressure

Flow

Size

Catalogue

(bar)

(lpm)

350

TE140

250

TE140

Type

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Directional

Cartridge

LIDEW-AO

EX020

Directional

Cartridge

LIDBH-AO

DLAHM

Directional poppet valve, direct acting, multi certification

250

EX020

Directional

Cartridge

LIDEW-WO

315

E135

Directional

Cartridge

LIDBH-WO

350

EX120

DLWH

Intrinsically safe directional poppet valve, direct acting, leak free, optional 2w2p / 3w2p, multi certification

pilot operated, On board drivers, Optional fieldbus, multi certification

Proportional 2 way flow control with 2 x LVDT transducer, pilot operated, multi certification

Servoproportional 3 way flow control with 2 x LVDT transducer, pilot operated, On board drivers, Optional fieldbus & P/Q function, multi certification

Servoproportional 3 way flow control with 2 x LVDT transducer, pilot operated, multi certification

Part number

350

less, multi certification

Proportional 2 way flow control with 2 x LVDT transducer,

Pressure (bar)

420

Flow

(lpm) 1200-

16000 1200-

16000

ATOS

Size

Catalogue

100

FX360

100

FX350

Page

420

500-5000

FX360

420

500-5001

100

FX350

Pressure

Flow

Size

Catalogue

Page

Directional poppet valve, direct acting, multi certification

Directional poppet valve, hydraulically operated, stain-

Description

ATOS

DLAH

DLHPX

181

Description Directional poppet valve, pilot operated, multi certification Directional poppet valve, pilot operated with shuttle, multi certification

Intrinsically safe directional poppet valve, pilot operated, multi certification

Intrinsically safe directional poppet valve, pilot operated with shuttle, multi certification

ATOS

(bar)

(lpm)

350

240-4000

16-63

EX050

350

240-4000

16-63

EX050

350

240-4000

16-63

EX150

350

240-4000

16-63

EX150

Page

182

Atos - Explosion proof

Type

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Relief

Cartridge

LIMZA-A

Relief

Cartridge

LIMZA-AES

Relief

Cartridge

LIMZA-RES

Type

Relief

Type

Relief

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Cetop sandwich module

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Cetop subplate mounted

Description Proportional pressure relief without transducer, pilot operated, multi-certification

Proportional pressure relief without transducer, pilot operated, optional fieldbus, multi-certification

Proportional pressure relief with transducer, pilot operated, optional fieldbus, multi-certification

Part number

HZMA-A

Description Proportional pressure relief without transducer, spool type, multi-certification

Part number

RZMA-A

RZMA-AES

RZMA-RES

Atos - Explosion proof

Description Proportional pressure relief without transducer, spool type, multi-certification

Proportional pressure relief without transducer, direct acting / pilot operated options, optional fieldbus, multi-certification

Proportional pressure relief with transducer, direct

acting / pilot operated options, optional fieldbus, ATEX certification

Pressure

Flow

ATOS

Size

Catalogue

Type

(bar)

(lpm)

315

200-4500

FX300

Relief

315

200-4500

FX310

Relief

315

200-4500

FX320

Relief

Pressure

Flow

Size

Catalogue

(bar) 315

Pressure (bar) 315

315

(lpm) 40

Flow

(lpm) 4-40

4-40

Size

Page

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Subplate mounted

Part number

AGMZA-A AGMZA-AES AGMZA-RES

183

Description Proportional pressure relief without transducer, poppet type, multi-certification

Proportional pressure relief without transducer, poppet type, optional fieldbus, multi-certification

Proportional pressure relief with transducer, poppet type, optional fieldbus, ATEX certification

Pressure

Flow

ATOS

Size

Catalogue

(bar)

(lpm)

315

200-600

FX010

315

200-600

FX020

315

200-600

FX030

Pressure

Flow

Size

Catalogue

Page

ATOS Page

FX010

Type

Page

FX010

FX020

FX030

/ Mounting / Format

Part number

Relief

Line Mounted

ARAM-AO

Relief

Line Mounted

ARAM-WO

ATOS

Catalogue

Heading / Type

Type

Relief

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Subplate mounted

Description Pressure relief, pilot operated with DHA valve for venting / multi pressure selection, multi-certification

Intrinsically safe, pressure relief, pilot operated with DHW valve for venting / multi pressure selection, multi-certification

Part number

AGAM-AO

AGAM-WO

Description Pressure relief, pilot operated with DHA valve for venting / multi pressure selection, multi-certification

Intrinsically safe, pressure relief, pilot operated with DHW valve for venting / multi pressure selection, multi-certification

ATOS

(bar)

(lpm)

350

350-500

20, 32

CX010

350

350-500

20, 32

CX030

Pressure

Flow

Size

Catalogue

(bar)

(lpm)

350

200-600

350

200-600

10,

20, 32 10,

20, 32

Page

ATOS Page

CX010

CX030

184

Atos - Explosion proof

Type

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Reducer

Cartridge

LIRZA-A

Reducer

Cartridge

LIRZA-AES

Reducer

Cartridge

LIRZA-RES

Type

Reducer Reducer

Type

Reducer

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Cetop sandwich module

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Cetop subplate mounted

Description Proportional pressure reducer without transducer, pilot operated, multi-certification

Proportional pressure reducer without transducer, pilot operated, optional fieldbus, multi-certification

Proportional pressure reducer with transducer, pilot operated, optional fieldbus, multi-certification

Part number

HZGA-A KZGA-A

Description Proportional pressure reducer without transducer, spool type, multi-certification

Proportional pressure reducer without transducer, spool type, multi-certification

Part number

RZGA-A

RZGA-AES

RZGA-RES

DHRZA-A

Atos - Explosion proof

Description Proportional pressure reducer without transducer, spool type, directing / pilot operated, multi-certification

Proportional pressure reducer without transducer, spool type, directing operated, optional fieldbus, multi-certification

Proportional pressure reducer with transducer, spool

type, directing operated, optional fieldbus, ATEX certification

Proportional pressure reducer without transducer, pilot

lines, 3 way direct acting spool type, multi-certification Proportional pressure reducer without transducer, pilot lines, 3 way direct acting spool type, optional fieldbus, multi-certification

Pressure (bar)

Flow

(lpm)

Size

ATOS

Catalogue

Type

Page

315

160-800

FX300

Reducer

315

160-800

FX310

Reducer

315

160-800

FX320

Reducer

Pressure

Flow

Size

Catalogue

(bar)

(lpm)

ATOS Page

315

FX040

315

100

FX040

Pressure

Flow

Type

ATOS

Size

Catalogue

(bar)

(lpm)

315

4-40

FX040

315

12-40

FX050

315

12-40

FX060

315

FX080

315

FX070

Page

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Subplate mounted

Part number

AGRCZA-A

185

Description Proportional pressure reducer without transducer, spool type, multi-certification

Subplate

AGRCZA-

Proportional pressure reducer without transducer, spool

Subplate

AGRCZA-

Proportional pressure reducer with transducer, spool

mounted mounted

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

AES

RES

type, pilot operated, optional fieldbus, multi-certification

type, pilot operated, optional fieldbus, ATEX certification

Part number

Compensator

Cartridge

LICZA-A

Compensator

Cartridge

LICZA-AES

Compensator

Cartridge

LICZA-RES

Description Proportional compensator without transducer, pilot operated, multi-certification

Proportional compensator without transducer, pilot operated, optional fieldbus, multi-certification

Proportional compensator with transducer, pilot operated, optional fieldbus, multi-certification

Pressure

Flow

ATOS

Size

Catalogue

(bar)

(lpm)

315

160-300

FX040

315

160-300

FX050

315

160-300

FX060

Pressure

Flow

Size

Catalogue

Page

ATOS

(bar)

(lpm)

250

FX300

250

200-2000

FX310

250

200-2000

FX320

Page

186

Atos - Explosion proof

Type

Flow Flow

Flow

Flow Flow

Flow

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Cetop subplate mounted

Part number

QVHZA-A QVKZA-A

QVHZA-AES

QVKZA-AES

QVHZA-T QVKZA-T

QVHZA-TES

QVKZA-TES

Atos - Explosion proof - Stainless

Description Proportional flow, without transducer, direct operated, 2/3 way pressure compensated, multi-certification

Proportional flow, without transducer, direct operated, 2/3 way pressure compensated, multi-certification

Proportional flow, without transducer, direct operated, 2/3 way pressure compensated, on board driver with optional fieldbus multi-certification

Proportional flow, with transducer, direct operated, 2/3 way pressure compensated, multi-certification

Proportional flow, with transducer, direct operated, 2/3

way pressure compensated, on board driver with optional fieldbus multi-certification

Proportional flow, with transducer, direct operated, 2/3

way pressure compensated, on board driver with optional fieldbus multi-certification

Pressure (bar)

Flow

(lpm)

Size

ATOS

Catalogue Page

210

FX400

210

FX400

210

FX410

210

FX410

210

FX420

210

FX420

210

FX430

210

FX430

Type

Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Directional EX

Cetop subplate mounted

DHAX

Explosion proof directional spool valve, direct acting, stainless, multi certification

Directional EX

Cetop subplate mounted

DLAHX

Directional EX

Cetop subplate mounted

Directional EX

187

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

Catalogue Page

350

60-70

EW010

Explosion proof directional poppet valve, direct acting, stainless, multi certification

315-350

EW020

DLAHMX

Explosion proof directional poppet valve, direct acting, stainless, multi certification

250-315

25-30

EW020

Cetop subplate mounted

DLAHPX

Explosion proof directional poppet valve, pilot operated, stainless, multi certification

315

EW050

Directional

Cetop subplate mounted

DLHPX

Directional poppet valve, hydraulically operated, stainless, multi certification

315

EW100

Directional EX

Subplate mounted

DLAPX

Explosion proof directional poppet valve, pilot operated, stainless, multi certification

315

220

non std.

EW050

Directional

Subplate mounted

DLPX

Directional poppet valve, hydraulically operated, stainless, multi certification

315

220

non std.

EW100

Type

Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

Catalogue Page

Relief

Cartridge

CART-MX

Pressure relief, direct acting, optional PED certification, multi-certification

420-500

2.5-60

G012, M33

CW010

Relief

Cartridge

CART-AREX

Pressure relief, direct acting, optional PED certification, multi-certification

400

150

M35

CW010

Type

Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Description

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

Catalogue Page

Relief

Cetop sandwich module

HMPX

Pressure relief, direct acting, multi-certification

350

DW010

Relief

Control cover

LIMMX

Pressure relief, direct acting, multi-certification

350

16-80

HW010

Description

188

Mobile directional valves overview PROPORTIONAL VALVES - DANFOSS

190

SECTIONAL VALVES - HYDROCONTROL

191

Controls

JOYSTICK CONTROLS

192

MULTI PORT DIVERTERS

192

FOOT PEDALS

192

PILOT SAFETY BLOCKS

192

190

Mobile directional valves overview

SECTIONAL VALVES - HYDROCONTROL

PROPORTIONAL VALVES - DANFOSS

HC-D9

PVG 16 PROPORTIONAL VALVES

PVG 120 PROPORTIONAL VALVES

Parallel and Non compensated • Nominal flow 65 l/min • Number of spools: 1-12 (Up to 14 sections combined with PVG32) • 350 bar • Intel flow 140 l/min

Parallel and Pre compensated • Nominal flow 180 l/min • Number of spools: 1-8 • 350 bar • Inlet flow 240 l/min (300 l/min special)

• • • • •

Working section number: 1-12. Rated flow: 35 l/min – 10 GPM. Rated pressure: 350 bar. Spool pitch: 31 mm Applications: mini-excavator, mini backhoe loaders, skid-steer loaders, mini skid loaders, mini dumpers and forestry machine.

HC-D3M • • • •

PVG 32 PROPORTIONAL VALVES Parallel and Pre Compensated • Nominal flow 130 l/min • Number of spools: 1-12 (Up to 14 sections combined with PVG16) • 350 bar to 400 bar • Inlet flow 140 l/min

Parallel and Post Compensated • Nominal flow 180 l/min (240 l/min special) • Number of spools: 1-8 • 350 bar • Inlet flow 250 l/min

Working section number: 1-12. Rated flow: 55 l/min – 15 GPM. Rated pressure: 350 bar. Spool pitch: 38 mm.

HC-D20 • • • • •

Working section number: 1-12. Rated flow: 250 l/min – 67 GPM. Rated pressure: 350 bar. Spool pitch: 64 mm. Applications: wheel loaders, truck cranes, drilling machines, sea platform cranes, presses, compactor, hook and skip loaders.

HC-D25 • • • • •

Working section number: 1-12. Rated flow: 380 l/min – 100 GPM. Rated pressure: 350 bar. Spool pitch: 74 mm. Applications: sea platform cranes, presses, wheel loaders.

PVG 256/128 Parallel and Pre Compensated • Nominal flow 400 l/min (500 l/min special) • Number of spools: 1-10 (Can combine with PVG 16/32 • 350 bar • Inlet flow 600 l/min (1200 l/min special)

PVG-EX PVG 100 PROPORTIONAL VALVES

191

Parallel and Pressure Compensated An explosion proof PVG designed to be used in Ex hazardous areas like mining, oil and gas industries. • Nominal flow up to 130 l/min • Number of spools 1-12 • Max pressure 400 bar

HC-D6 • • • • •

Working section number: 1-12. Rated flow: 80 l/min – 22 GPM. Rated pressure: 350 bar. Spool pitch 40 mm. Applications: backhoe loaders, wheel loaders, backhoes, compactor, hook and skip loaders and drilling machines.

HC-D16 • • • • •

Working section number: 1-12. Rated flow: 150 l/min – 27 GPM. Rated pressure: 350 bar. Spool pitch: 46 mm. Applications: backhoe loaders, wheel loaders, backhoes compactor, hook and skip loaders and drilling machines.

HC-D40 • • • • •

Working section number: 1-10. Rated flow: 700 l/min – 185 GPM. Rated pressure: 350 bar. Spool pitch: 91 mm. Applications: Mini excavators, large excavators, forestry machines, cranes, aerial platforms, backhoe loaders, wheel loaders, drilling machines, compactors, hook and skip loaders and forklifts, truck cranes, sea platforms cranes, drilling machines and presses.

192

Mobile directional valves overview

JOYSTICK CONTROLS

FOOT PEDALS

HC-RCX

• Max pressure: 100 bar. • Oil capacity: 12 l/min. • Weight: 2,5 kg. • Applications: mini-excavators, mini steer loaders, backhoe loaders, wheel loaders, tractors and boom mowers.

HC-RCD • • • •

Max pressure: 60 bar. Oil capacity: 12 l/min. Weight: 3,2 kg. Applications: mini skid loaders and mini dumper.

HC-RCM • • • • •

Working section number: 1-12. Max pressure: 60 bar. Oli capacity: 12 l/min. Weight: 1,5 kg. Tie roads clamping torque: 14 Nm. • Applications: mini skid loaders, backhoe loaders and tractors.

HC-RCP • • • •

Max pressure: 100 bar. Oil capacity: 12 l/min. Weight: 3,4 kg. Applications: mini-excavators.

HC-RCB • • • • •

Working section number: 2 Max pressure: 60 bar. Oil capacity: 12 l/min. Weight: 3,2 kg. Tie rods clamping torque: 14 Nm. • Applications: mini skid loaders, backhoe loaders and tractors.

MULTI PORT DIVERTERS HC-SVM

- Max pressure: 350 bar - Oil Capacity: up to 250 lpm - Applications:

HC-RCF • • • •

Max pressure: 100 bar. Oil capacity: 12 l/min. Weight: 4,1 kg. Applications: mini-excavators.

PILOT SAFETY BLOCKS HC-SU -

Max pressure: 350 bar Max pilot pressure 70 bar Oil Capacity: up to 8 lpm Applications:

HC-SE HC-SVE

- Max pressure: 350 bar - Oil Capacity: up to 120 lpm - Applications: Remote Pilot Control

Max pressure: 350 bar Max pilot pressure 70 bar Oil Capacity: up to 8 lpm Applications:

Switches & sensors overview T200 / T201 – ANALOG PRESSURE TRANSDUCER

194

TT – ANALOG TEMPERATURE TRANSDUCER

194

SMA / SMF – HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH

194

SKBA / SKBF – LOW COST OEM PRESSURE SWITCH

194

S2TAF /S3TAF – HIGH AMP TEMPERATURE SWITCH

194

KAPS/KAPF – PRESSURE SWITCH

195

SKDF – COMPACT PRESSURE SWITCH

195

ULS – ULTRASONIC LEVEL SENSOR

195

TC – PRESSURE TRANSDUCER

195

S6TAF/S8TAF – TEMPERATURE SWITCH

195

194

Switches & Sensors overview

T200 / T201 – ANALOG PRESSURE TRANSDUCER

KAPS/KAPF – PRESSURE SWITCH

• • • • • •

Accuracy• 0.5 % BFSL IP 67 rated protection Stainless steel enclosure Temperature compensated for extreme weather Output• 4-20 mA, 0.5-4.5 V, 0-10V More options available

TT – ANALOG TEMPERATURE TRANSDUCER

• • • •

Accuracy• 0.8% FS, 1% FS IP 65 rated protection Easy installation Electrical protection• overvoltage, short circuit, reverse polarity

SMA / SMF – HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH

SKBA / SKBF – LOW COST OEM PRESSURE SWITCH

• Proof pressure• 9000 psi • IP 68 rated protection • Pressure set point range• 3 to 5000 psi

• Ideal for OEM applications • Cost-effective solutions • Can be offered with a temperature compensated model

• Proof pressure 15,000 psi • IP67 Rating • Pressure set range 350-3200 psi • Ideal for applications with long cycle life • Ind equipment, scissor lifts and cranes • Adjustable or factory set

195

T12C – PRESSURE TRANSDUCER

• IP67 Rating • Pressure set range 5-2175 psi • Ideal for smart system design • Temperature Compensated • Process connection SS304 • Digital output

SKDF – COMPACT PRESSURE SWITCH

TC – PRESSURE TRANSDUCER

• Proof pressure 9,000 psi • IP67 Rating • Pressure set range 15-5000 psi • Ideal for mobile plant and machines • Adjustable • Std Deutsch connector

• IP67 Rating • Pressure set range 1500-10,000 psi • Ideal for Road maintenance machines and Cranes • Temperature Compensated • Stainless steel body • Fatigue life 100,000,000 cycles

ULS – ULTRASONIC LEVEL SENSOR

S6TAF/S8TAF – TEMPERATURE SWITCH

S2TAF /S3TAF – HIGH AMP TEMPERATURE SWITCH

• • • •

Set point range 77F to 293F Differential 25F IP67 rated enclosure offered East to install

SDCA/SDCF – ROBUST PRESUURE SWITCH

• IP67 Rating

• • • • • •

Proof pressure• 9000 psi IP 67 rated protection Pressure set point range• 10 to 5000 psi Ideal for hydraulic applications Adjustable and factory set options Offered with mobile and industrial connectors

• Proof pressure 12,000 psi • IP65 Rating • Pressure set range 15-6000 psi • Ideal for systems with high shock pressures • Adjustable or factory set

• Range 200cm from surface • Accuracy 0.5% of max distance • Ultrasonic Frequency 112 khz • Supply voltage 10-36VDC (100ma) • Analog output 4-20ma • IP65 Rating

• Temp range 54-150 deg C • Ideal for Oil reservoir temp • Option for low or high differential • Brass body

196

Intensifiers overview PRESSURE INTENSIFIERS

198

Intensifiers overview

199

PRESSURE INTENSIFIERS A comprehensive range of pressure intensifier products suitable for a wide range of applications • • • • • • • • •

Used in applications where increased pressure is required Broad and cost effective range 20-207 bar inlet à Up to 5,000 bar outlet Flow up to 400 lpm 13 intensification factors Withstand the most arduous working environments Stainless steel options Compatible with mineral and glycol based fluids Custom options available

Outlet pressure (bar)

Average outlet flow (lpm)

Inlet pressure (bar)

Inlet flow (l/min)

Connection

24 - 800

0.3 - 0.5

20 - 207

2.0 - 8.0

flange &

24 - 800

0.3 - 2.5

20 - 207

2.0 - 15.0

24 - 800

0.7 - 11.0

20 - 207

2.0 - 15.0

80 - 1380

1.5 - 5.0

20 - 207

2.0 - 14.0

20 - 800

2.0 - 3.0

20 - 207

2.0 -15.0

80 - 1380

0.6 - 1.6

20 - 207

2.0 - 8.0

24 - 500

0.3 - 2.5

20 - 207

2.0 - 15.0

26 - 800

1.5 - 7.0

20 - 207

2.0 - 35.0

100 - 3000

1.2 - 3.5

20 - 207

2.0 - 38.0

Tube,

cartridge Tube,

flange &

cartridge Tube & flange

Tube & flange

Flange & cartridge

Tube & flange

Weight (kg)

Ratio

Part no., steel:

Part no., stainless steel

0.7

1.2 - 7.5

HC1

HC1W

HC2

HC2W

HC2D

HC2DW

1.2 -

20.00

3.8

1.2 - 20.0

4.0 - 13.0

4.15

1.2 - 12.0

4.0 - 12.0

Comments

HC2DHW

HC2D2

HC2D2W

2 media

HC2D2HW

2 media

2.5

1.2 - 20.0

HC3

HC3W

3.7

1.3 - 9.8

HC4

HC4W

5.1 - 17.3

HC4H

Image

Outlet pressure (bar)

Average outlet flow (lpm)

Inlet pressure (bar)

Inlet flow (l/min)

24 - 800

0.3 - 2.5

20 - 207

2.0 - 15.0

26 - 800

2.5 - 15.0

20 - 207

5.0 - 70.0

124 - 5000

1.0 - 7.0

20 - 207

5.0 - 50.0

24 - 800

11.2 - 56.0

20 - 207

5.0 - 70.0

80 - 1380

3.0 - 12.5

20 - 207

5.0 - 50.0

20 - 800

6.0 - 41.0

20 - 207

5.0 - 70.0

100 - 2000

0.3 - 1.6

20 - 207

2.0 - 14.0

100 - 2000

0.3 - 1.6

20 - 207

2.0 - 14.0

220 - 5000

0.3 - 1.8

20 - 207

5.0 - 20.0

20 - 1380

2.0 - 5.6

20 - 207

5.0 - 30.0

Connection Tube & flange

Tube & flange

Tube & flange Tube,

flange &

cartridge Tube,

flange &

cartridge

Tube & flange

Part no., stainless steel

Weight (kg)

Ratio

Part no., steel:

1.2 - 20.0

HC5

9.5

1.3 - 8.2

HC6

6.2 - 25.0

HC6H

1.2 - 8.2

HC6D

4.0 - 16.0

1.0 - 10.1

HC6D2

HC6D2W

1.5

5.0 - 20.0

HC7

HC7W

4.5

5.0 - 20.0

HC8

9.9

8.2 - 25.0

HC9

5.2 - 15.0

HC9D2

Comments

double acting

HC6DW

HC6DHW

HC9D2W

2 media

Image

200

Hydraulic motors overview ORBITAL MOTORS - DANFOSS

202

H1 AXIAL PISTON SINGLE PUMP / CLOSED CIRCUIT

205

RDM AXIAL PISTON MOTOR / OPEN CIRCUIT

205

MP1 FIXED DISPLACEMENT AXIAL PISTON MOTOR

205

AXIAL PISTON MOTORS - KAWASAKI

206

RADIAL PISTON MOTORS - KAWASAKI

207

FIXED DISPLACEMENT

208

GEAR MOTORS

208

AXIAL PISTON MOTORS - HANSA

210

202

Hydraulic motors overview

203

ORBITAL MOTORS - DANFOSS OMM

Frame size

100

125

160

200

230

250

315

400

500

Displacement cc/rev

100

125

160

200

228

250

305

393

493

RPM

793

744

596

471

377

324

298

240

185

149

234

301

364

466

599

652

703

872

910

848

210

200

160

120

Frame size

12.5

Torque Nm con’t

Displacements cc/rev

8.2

12.5

19.9

31.6

39.8

Con’t Max Bar drop

RPM

1950

1550

1000

630

500

400

Torque Nm Con't

Con't Max Bar drop

100

The OMM series with spool valve design is an economical motor with integrated rotor technology. Intended for light duty applications, the OMM series offers many advantages such as compact size, high speed, medium torque and extreme low weight. The OMM series motors are used primarily in the mobile, industrial and agricultural markets.

WP Frame size

100

125

160

200

250

315

400

Displacements cc/rev

125

159

190

240

303

388

RPM

1570

1550

1471

1208

1185

896

728

559

452

367

291

228

155

Torque Nm Con't

125

164

195

258

321

380

445

460

488

Con't Max Bar drop

100

140

160

150

140

120

RE Series motors offer incredibly stable performance at low speeds, and perform well in a wide range of applications. They are especially well suited for low flow, high pressure applications, due to very high volumetric efficiency. Four bearing options, combined with standard mounting flanges and output shafts, allow the motor to be configured to suit nearly any application.

OMEW Frame size

100

125

160

200

250

315

345

400

Displacements cc/rev

100

125

160

200

150

315

345

400

RPM

600

475

375

300

240

190

175

150

Torque Nm Con't

250

320

410

400

470

550

610

700

Con't Max Bar drop

200

150

140

130

Wheel motor with strong outrigger bearing ideal for propel applications and optimized for many different applications and conditions.

The WP motor series is an economical alternative to more complex roller gerotor designs and still provides high efficiency across a wide performance range. These motors are intended for light-duty applications requiring high torque in a compact package and are suitable for industrial and mobile applications including car wash brushes, food processing equipment, conveyors, machine tools, agricultural equipment, sweepers, skid steer attachments, and more.

WS Frame size

WR Frame size

100

115

130

160

200

240

250

290

320

400

Displacements cc/rev

100

113

129

160

198

236

250

291

322

400

RPM

1116

1058

890

865

759

651

610

539

472

379

308

249

250

210

188

152

Torque Nm Con't

111

138

176

202

222

246

284

316

400

462

548

561

526

518

551

Con't Max Bar drop

155

172

138

121

104

The WR Series motors incorporate the latest advances for smooth performance, efficiency and durability. Featuring an optimized Roller Stator geometry with seven precision rollers to eliminate sliding friction and provide rolling contact between the rotor and stator, thus increasing motor efficiency. A three-zone spool valve, integral check valves and a provision for a case drain reduce pressure on internal seals to improve product life. A wide variety of mounting, shaft, motor displacement and porting options are available to meet all application needs.

OMH Frame size

200

250

315

400

500

Displacements cc/rev

201.3

252

314.9

396.8

470.6

RPM

370

295

235

185

155

Torque Nm Con't

340

Con't Max Bar drop

115

The OMH series is similar in design to the WR motors but offers larger displacements. It also provides a wide variety of mounting, shaft, motor displacement and porting options to meet all application needs.

100

125

160

200

230

250

315

400

500

Displacement cc/rev

100

125

160

200

228

250

305

393

493

RPM

793

744

596

471

377

324

298

240

185

149

Torque Nm con’t

234

301

364

466

599

652

703

872

910

848

Con’t Max Bar drop

210

200

160

120

The W-series is a competitive fit at a competitive price in low to medium-duty cycle applications. High reliability and pressure ratings from 160-207 bar* make these motors a perfect match in a wide range of applications in multiple hydraulic markets. The WS targets agricultural equipment, skid steer attachments, and other applications that require greater torque under demanding conditions.

OMS Frame size

100

125

160

200

250

315

400

500

Displacements cc/rev

80.5

100

125.7

159.7

200

250

314.9

393

488

RPM

810

750

600

470

375

300

240

190

155

Torque Nm Con't

240

305

375

490

610

720

825

865

850

Con't Max Bar drop

210

200

160

120

The OMS is suitable for many mobile and industrial sectors where the motors require high torques in compact packages working within demanding conditions. The OMS offers numerous housings, wide displacements and shaft options to meet most common SAE and European standards.

204

Hydraulic motors overview

205

H1 AXIAL PISTON SINGLE PUMP / CLOSED CIRCUIT

The H1 bent axis motors are designed to complement the growing family of H1 axial piston pumps. Featuring proven 32 degree bent axis technology, zero degree capability and high overall efficiency, they offer a number of significant advantages over many comparable products on the market.

OMT Frame size

160

200

250

315

400

500

Displacements cc/rev

161.1

201.4

251.8

326.3

410.9

523.6

RPM

625

500

380

305

240

Torque Nm Con't

470

590

730

950

1080

1220

Con't Max Bar drop

200

180

160

Displacement (cm3/rev.)

Maximum speed (rpm)

Weight (kg)

3600

29.8

3200

34.8

2900

48.8

2600

61.9

110

The OMS is suitable for many mobile and industrial sectors where the motors require high torques in compact packages working within demanding conditions. The OMT offers numerous housings, wide displacements and shaft options to meet most common SAE and European standards.

160

Pressure (bar)

450

Max. Pressure (bar)

480

210

2350

250

2200

87.7

RDM AXIAL PISTON MOTOR / OPEN CIRCUIT

OMV Frame size

315

400

500

630

800

Displacements cc/rev

314.5

400.9

499.6

629.1

801.8

RPM

510

500

400

315

250

Torque Nm Con't

920

1180

1460

1660

1880

Con't Max Bar drop

200

180

160

The Danfoss Reverse Displacement Motor (RDM) is a breakthrough in technological innovation and engineering. The heart of the new technology is an integrated shift valve which when used in a fan drive application provides a series of cost-saving and efficiency-boosting advances.

The OMV is suitable for many mobile and industrial sectors where the motors require high torques in compact packages working within demanding conditions. The OMV offers numerous housings, wide displacements and shaft options to meet most common SAE and European standards.

Displacement (cm3/rev.)

Pressure (bar)

350

30 35

Max. Pressure (bar)

260

325

350

325

Maximum speed (rpm)

Weight (kg)

3400 3500 3600

17.5

3500

MP1 FIXED DISPLACEMENT AXIAL PISTON MOTOR

MP1 motor is Danfoss’s new generation of fixed displacement axial piston motors. The MP1 motor is designed for use in mobile equipment using existing and proven technology. These motors have been optimized to deliver extended product life, a compact package, option variety and a competitive installation cost. Displacement (cm3/rev.) 20 24

Pressure (bar)

Max. Pressure (bar)

Maximum speed (rpm)

Weight (kg)

350

380

4200

5.6

T-SERIES CHARACTERISTICS

FEATURES AND BENEFITS

• • • • •

• • • •

Motors with speed sensor Ultra short motors Motors with integrated brake Motors with integrated flushing valve Special dust seal ring for additional shaft seal protection

High bearing capacity and robust cardan shaft design for longer life Outstanding motor efficiency for reduced fuel consumption Low leakage, securing energy savings Short motors without bearings for compact integration in gear boxes and other flexible design options • Integrated flushing valve for continuous oil renewal and cooling in a closed circuit • Special mounting flange on wheel motors for optimal utilization of bearing capacity

206

Hydraulic motors overview

207

RADIAL PISTON MOTORS - KAWASAKI

AXIAL PISTON MOTORS - KAWASAKI

HMB MOTORS The fixed displacement HMB series radial piston motors have a well proven design that incorporates high efficiency with good breakout torque and smooth running capability. Displacement (cm3/rev.)

M3X

M5X The M5X series is an extremely compact fixed displacement swash plate type axial piston motor with built-in parking brake designed for the swing function of excavators, cranes and other construction machinery.

The M3X is a fixed displacement axial piston motors and is used extensively in mobile crusher drives, cranes and drill rigs.

Pressure (bar)

Max. Pressure (bar)

Maximum speed (rpm)

Weight (kg)

Displacement (cm3/rev.)

330

400

2200

130

324

392

1850

180

324

392

250

330

400

Maximum speed (rpm)

Weight (kg)

Pressure (bar)

Maximum speed (rpm)

Weight (kg)

195

1900

280

1700

1680

533

1400

1520

100

800

1200

133

300

Max. Pressure (bar)

350

500

450

400

120

300

144

1639

250

144

2050

220

217

2470

220

265

168

265

3087

175

265

3087

135

265

4310

125

420

5310

100

429

6800

120

481-510

100

510

442

M7V

The M3B series are swash plate type axial piston motors of variable displacement. They are used extensively in mobile crusher drives, cranes and drill rigs.

The M7V series is a high speed variable displacement swash plate type axial piston motor. It is suitable for use in hydrostatic transmissions, drill rigs and crane winch systems.

195

320

280 533 800

300

350

241

492 740 1344

2470

250

190

293

227

The HMC series variable displacement models have two preset displacements which can be chosen from a wide range to suit specific application requirements. These motors are also available in a continuously variable version using either hydro-mechanical or electro-hydraulic control methods. Displacement (cm3/rev.)

Pressure (bar)

Max. Pressure (bar)

49-492 81-737

1000-500

100

1000-450

150

1000-270

172

82-2048

1000-215

235

82-3087

1000-175

282

1000-150

450

1000-130

460

250

241

Weight (kg)

82-1600

164-4588

207

Maximum speed (rpm)

275

164-5326

HPC MOTORS

M3B

Max. Pressure (bar)

207

188

8000

Pressure (bar)

Max. Pressure (bar)

983

Displacement (cm3/rev.)

Pressure (bar)

HMC MOTORS

Maximum speed (rpm)

Weight (kg)

Displacement (cm3/rev.)

1900

1700

112

1400

147

160

1200

235

212

Pressure (bar) 400 420

Max. Pressure (bar) 450 500

Maximum speed (rpm)

Weight (kg)

3900

3550

3100

2900

HMF MOTORS The HMF three-speed models have pre set displacements which can be chosen from a wide range to suit specific application requirements. Motor displacement can be changed with ease while the motor is running. Displacement (cm3/rev.)

Maximum speed (rpm)

Weight (kg)

630-270

172

630-215

235

630-175

282

328-4588

545-150

450

492-5326

515-130

460

Weight (kg)

82-1600

1000-270

172

164-2048

82-3087

1000-175

282

164-3087

1000-150

450

1000-130

460

164-5326

250

Max. Pressure (bar)

Displacement (cm3/rev.)

Maximum speed (rpm)

164-4588

Pressure (bar)

The enhanced variable displacement HPC models include special low friction components, combined with crankcase flushing flow, to achieve increased shaft power. It is used around the world in marine and offshore winch applications and is known for its efficiency and reliability.

275

Pressure (bar)

Max. Pressure (bar)

164-1600 250

275

208

Hydraulic motors overview

209 SPECIFICATIONS:

SPECIFICATIONS:

• Fully cast iron construction • High pressure capability • Axial compensation for high performance. • High volumetric efficiency: 95% average. • Speeds up to 3500 rpm • Taper, parallel, keyed, splined shaft options • Multiple flange option • Multiple porting options

• Aluminium with cast iron covers • High pressure capability • Axial compensation for high performance. • High volumetric efficiency: 95% average. • Speeds up to 4500 rpm • Taper, parallel, keyed, splined shaft options • Multiple flange option • Multiple porting options

FIXED DISPLACEMENT GEAR MOTORS

GROUP 2 CAST IRON W2 Cast iron motors strong and compact.

GROUP 2 ALUMINIUM MOTOR Group Z2 aluminium motors with cast iron covers. Displacement (cm3/rev)

Maximum pressure (bar)

Maximum speed (rpm)

Weight (kg)

Displacement (cm3/rev)

Maximum pressure (bar)

Maximum speed (rpm)

Weight (kg)

4.4

300

4500

3.4

4.4

300

3500

4.8

6.28

300

4500

3.5

6.28

300

3500

8.16

300

3700

3.57

8.16

300

3500

5.1

11.3

300

3300

3.95

11.3

300

3000

5.4

14.45

300

2700

15.5

3000

5.65

16.95

270

2500

4.15

20.5

230

2500

20.1

230

2500

4.5

26.1

200

2300

6.4

25.75

180

2500

4.8

38.8

140

2000

7.2

31.4

160

2200

GROUP 3 ALUMINIUM MOTORS

GROUP 3 CAST IRON

Z3 Aluminium motors with cast iron covers.

W3 Cast iron motors strong and compact.

Displacement (cm3/rev)

Maximum pressure (bar)

Maximum speed (rpm)

Weight (kg)

Displacement (cm3/rev)

Maximum pressure (bar)

Maximum speed (rpm)

Weight (kg)

19.9

280

3000

9.365

19.9

280

3000

11.9

24.9

280

3000

9.55

24.9

280

3000

11.9

34.3

280

3000

9.75

34.3

280

3000

12.05

45.2

250

2200

10.2

45.2

250

2200

12.9

54.5

230

2200

10.55

54.5

230

2200

13.35

63.9

200

2000

10.9

63.9

200

2000

170

1800

11.5

170

1800

15.15

78.7

170

1800

78.7

170

1800

15.15

210

Hydraulic motors overview

AXIAL PISTON MOTORS - HANSA HANSA-TMP manufactured products provide the perfect solution for high power open circuit and closed-circuit transmission systems where space is of a premium. Torques from 110Nm to 350Nm. Displacements from 20 to 64 cc/rev Speed’s from 700 to 4000 rpm. Benefits of the heavy-duty Hansa TMF motors: • Compact in design. • High volumetric and mechanical efficiencies. • High starting torque. • Low pulsations and vibrations • Durable and reliable.

TMF 600 FEATURES: -

Excellent weight/power ratio High rotation speed Excellent volumetric and mechanical efficiency Compact design Displacement cm3/ rev.

Pressure (bar)

Max. Pressure (bar)

Maximum Speed (rpm)

Weight (kg)

22, 28

350

420

4200

11.3

35, 40, 46

350

420

4000

17.8

350

410

3600

17.8

63, 71, 75,92

350

420

3500

32.5

100

350

410

3240

32.5

TMF 900 FEATURES: -

High pressure High rotation speed Excellent volumetric and mechanical efficiency Compact design Displacement cm3/ rev.

Pressure (bar)

Max. Pressure (bar)

Maximum Speed (rpm)

Weight (kg)

400

450

4100

400

450

4000

110

400

450

3800

Cylinders overview ATOS CYLINDERS

212

Atos Cylinders

Type

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Cylinder

Tie-rod

Cylinder

Tie-rod

Cylinder

Tie-rod

CKF

Cylinder

Tie-rod

CKN

Cylinder

Tie-rod

CKM

Cylinder

Tie-rod

CKP

Cylinder

Tie-rod

CKV

Cylinder

Tie-rod

CKS

Cylinder

Tie-rod

CKA

Cylinder

Tie-rod

CKSA

Atos Cylinders

Description Cylinder, double acting, 25-200mm bore Cylinder, double acting, counterflanges, 63200mm bore

Cylinder, double acting, 25-200mm bore with built in magnetosonic position transducer

Cylinder, double acting, 25-200mm bore with built in magnetostrictive position transducer

Cylinder, double acting, 25-200mm bore with built in potentiometric position transducer

Cylinder, double acting, 25-200mm bore with built in inductive position transducer

Cylinder, double acting, 25-100mm bore with built inadjustable proximity sensors

Cylinder for potentially explosive atmospheres, optional position transducer, optional proximity sensor, ATEX

Cylinder for potentially explosive atmospheres, adjustable proximity sensors, ATEX

Type

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Cylinder

Mill type

Cylinder

Mill type

Cylinder

Mill type

Cylinder

Mill type

CNX

213

Description Cylinder, double acting, counterflanges, 40200mm bore

Cylinder, double acting, counterflanges, 50320mm bore

Cylinder, double acting, counterflanges, 250400mm bore

Cylinder, stainless steel, optional rod posiiton sensor, 50-100mm bore, 36-70mm rod, up to 3000m stroke

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

ATOS Catalogue Page

250

Variable

25-200 mm

B137

250

Variable

25-200 mm

B140

250

Variable

25-200 mm

B310

250

Variable

25-200 mm

B310

250

Variable

25-200 mm

B310

250

Variable

25-200 mm

B310

250

Variable

25-200 mm

B310

Type

Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

250

Variable

25-200 mm

B450

Cylinder

Mill type

CNX

250

Variable

25-200 mm

B310

150

Variable

25-100 mm

B450

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

ATOS Catalogue Page

250

Variable

40-200 mm

B180

320

Variable

50-320 mm

B241

250

Variable

150

Variable

50-100 mm

Pressure (bar)

Flow (lpm)

Size

Catalogue Page

150

Variable

50-100 mm

BW500

Size

Catalogue

250-400 mm

B160

B180

Atos - Expolsion proof cylinders

Type

Heading / Type / Mounting / Format

Part number

Cylinder

Tie-rod

CKA

Cylinder

Tie-rod

CKSA

Description Cylinder, stainless steel, optional rod position sensor, 50-100mm bore, 36-70mm rod, up to 3000m stroke

Description

Cylinder for potentially explosive atmospheres, optional position transducer, optional proximity sensor, ATEX

Cylinder for potentially explosive atmospheres, adjustable proximity sensors, ATEX

Pressure (bar)

Flow

(lpm)

25-

250

Variable

200

150

Variable

100

mm 25-

ATOS Page

BX400

B450

214

Actuators MOBILE HYDRAULIC SERIES

216

INDUSTRY SERIES

217

MOBILE HYDRAULIC SERIES

217

ON-OFFSHORE/ARMATURE SERIES

218

ROTARY LIFT COMBINATIONS

218

216

Actuators

217 INDUSTRY SERIES

MOBILE HYDRAULIC SERIES

DHK-H-ZH – ROTARY, HELICAL PLUS LINEAR

DHK-H-ZV - ROTARY, HELICAL PLUS LINEAR

Max working pressure 210 bar Torque up to 14.700 Nm Standard angle of rotation up to 360° Stroke up to 700 mm Lift force up to 150.000 N Tractive force up to 110.000 N

Max working pressure 160 bar Torque up to 16.000 Nm Standard angle of rotation up to 360° Stroke up to 1,200 mm Lift force up to 360.000 N Tractive force up to 180.000 N

M-DA-H-F3 - ROTARY, HELICAL

M-DA-H-F2 - ROTARY, HELICAL

Max working pressure 210 bar Torque up to 5.000 Nm Standard angle of rotation up to 360° Load holding valve optional Direct bolting to the arm

Max working pressure 210 bar Torque up to 40.000 Nm Standard angle of rotation up to 360° Simple foot mounting Double sided shaft Small diameter

- High load suspension - High load change

MOBILE HYDRAULIC SERIES SA-H1 – ROTARY, HELICAL, PART TURN

SA-H2 - ROTARY, HELICAL, PART TURN

Max working pressure 210 bar Torque up to 100.000 Nm Standard angle of rotation up to 90° Emergency operation Front mounting

Max working pressure 210 bar Torque up to 250.000 Nm Standard angle of rotation up to 90° Emergency operation

M-DA-H-F1 - ROTARY, HELICAL -

Max working pressure 210 bar Torque up to 8.000 Nm Standard angle of rotation up to 360° Simple foot mounting High load suspension Simplest connection and fitting

XM-DA-H AL - ROTARY, HELICAL -

AFR - ROTARY, HELICAL, PART TURN

M-DA-H – ROTARY, HELICAL

Max working pressure 210 bar Temperature range -20°C to + 80°C Opening moment up to 38.000 Nm Closing moment up to 11.000 Spring return

Max working pressure 210 bar Torque up to 4.800 Nm Angle of rotation up to 360° Transitional drilling for conduits or cables Economical alternative for short and slow load charge Simple connection fitting

Max working pressure 210 bar Torque up to 4.800 Nm Standard angle of rotation up to 360° Transitional drilling for conduits or cables Economical alternative for short and slow load charge Simple connection and fitting High-strength aluminium housing

218

ON-OFFSHORE/ARMATURE SERIES

SA-H1 – ROTARY, HELICAL, PART TURN

SA-H2 - ROTARY, HELICAL, PART TURN

- Max working pressure 210 bar - Torque up to 100.000 Nm

- Max working pressure 210 bar - Torque up to 250.000 Nm

- Standard angle of rotation up to 90° - Emergency operation - Front mounting

- Standard angle of rotation up to 90° - Emergency operation

ROTARY LIFT COMBINATIONS

AFR - ROTARY, HELICAL, PART TURN -

Max working pressure 210 bar Temperature range -20°C to + 80°C Opening moment up to 38.000 Nm Closing moment up to 11.000 Spring return

DHK-H-ZH – ROTARY, HELICAL PLUS LINEAR -

DHK-H-ZV - ROTARY, HELICAL PLUS LINEAR -

Max working pressure 160 bar Torque up to 16.000 Nm Standard angle of rotation up to 360° Stroke up to 1,200 mm Lift force up to 360.000 N Tractive force up to 180.000 N

Max working pressure 210 bar Torque up to 14.700 Nm Standard angle of rotation up to 360° Stroke up to 700 mm Lift force up to 150.000 N Tractive force up to 110.000 N

Radio control overview HANDHELD TRANSMITTERS

220

BELLY PACK TRANSMITTERS

223

RECEIVERS

226

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

228

SERIAL COMMUNICATION RECEIVERS

229

EXPLOSION PROOF RECEIVERS

230

EXPLOSION PROOF TRANSMITTER SUMMARY

231

EXPLOSION PROOF TRANSMITTERS

232

220

Radio control overview

HANDHELD TRANSMITTERS POCKET MFHSL

HANDHELD TRANSMITTERS

• Status LED’s for low battery and stop actuation

Dimensions: Power supply

69mm x 123mm x 28mm 3 AA Batteries or 1 3.6V Rechargeable Battery

Frequency

868, 915, 315MHz or 2.4GHz

Operating range

30m

Dimentions:

123 mm x 69mm x 43mm

Power supply

3 AA batteries

Frequency

4XX, 869MHz or 1.2GHz

Operating range

100 m

Dimensions:

205mm x 89mm x 86mm

Power supply

2 AA Batteries

Frequency

4XX, 868, 915MHz or 2.4GHz

Operating range

30m or 100m

The MINI is a small but powerful transmitter that can be used for countless process control applications. It’s designed for durability and fits markets that require a limited number of digital functions. All MINI systems are designed to fit in the palm of the operator’s hand. When not in use, the MINI can be worn conveniently on the operator’s belt using the belt clip on the transmitter. The MINI system offers durable single or dual-speed membrane switches to withstand the toughest environment.

• • • •

Standard and custom configurations available Up to 500 hrs of operation Toggle and membrane switches Status LED’s for operation and low battery

The HH transmitters are available in numerous standard control configurations as well as customized versions to meet a broad range of applications. The rugged and compact “pistol grip” design allows the operator to hold the transmitter in one hand and be within thumbs reach of durable toggles or membrane switches that are factory configurable. These transmitters are designed for applications where a limited number of digital functions are required without sacrificing safety or reliability.

IP 65 Durable case Status LED’s for operation and low battery Single detent Start push button Prominent mushroom stop switch

TG TRANSMITTER

HH MFHSL • • • •

MINI • • • •

• MFS allows operation of up to 20 units on same frequency • Up to 500 hrs of operation • Multiple standard configurations available

The Pocket MFSHL transmitter is a compact, IP65 process control transmitter that is available in six standard configurations with up to eight high-reliability push buttons. By matching one of the MFS receivers (AC or DC) to the Pocket transmitter, customers have a range of options for meeting their specific application needs.

221

Designed with pendant feel IP 65 durable case Configurable dual or single detent function push buttons Active or passive stop button

The TG transmitters are designed as multifunction, rugged and highly reliable process control solutions for material handling operations. The design allows for one-hand wireless operation with configurable, easy-to-use controls and provides the operator with familiar pendant control feel.

Dimensions:

249mm x 86mm x 58mm

Power supply

9.6 NiMH Rechargeable Battery

Frequency

4XX or 869MHz

Operating range

70m to 100m

ERGO F MFSHL

• Integrated LCD Display

• Easy to read and use buttons • Diagnostic LED’s for operation and Low battery • Fully programmable, up to 3 speed operation

Dimensions: Power supply

200mm x 92mm x 44mm 3 AA batteries or 1 3.6V Rechargeable Battery

Frequency

4XX, 869, 915MHz or 2.4GHz

Operating range

30m or 100m

The ERGO F transmitter has been the professional operator’s tool of choice for robust and reliable wireless remote control. Fully configurable, the ERGO F is built with highly reliable membrane switches available in single, dual and triple speed. The push buttons are easy to read, can be operated with or without gloved hands and each can achieve millions of actuations without failure. The 16-character LCD display provides battery condition and machine performance feedback at the touch of a button. The sturdily built ERGO F can be used in a wide range of indoor or outdoor applications such as EOT cranes, goliath cranes or jib cranes. Incorporated with Hetronic’s Class 3 safety system and IP65 housing, the ERGO F transmitters are an extremely cost effective and flexible solution for your machine interface applications.

ERGO F-21 • • • •

Dimensions: Operating Voltage

186 mm x 82 mm x 41mm 3 AA batteries or 1 3.6V Rechargeable Battery

Frequency

4XX, 868, or 915MHz

Operating range

70m

21 high reliability membrane switch buttons Range: 70m (210’) Integrated 16-character LCD Up to 16 diagnostic LED’s

The ERGO F21 transmitter is a heavy-duty professional radio remote control designed and built with additional capability for applications where additional digital functionality is required. The F21 features an ergonomically designed IP65 case with a large E-Stop button for immediate shut-down of machinery prominently set at the top of the hand-set. With two control buttons next to a 16-character LCD display, the F21 operator can access valuable machine data with confidence and ease.

222

Radio control overview

HANDHELD TRANSMITTERS

BELLY PACK TRANSMITTERS NOVA-S

ERGO 120 • • • •

Dimensions: Power supply

234mm x 107mm x 36-47mm 3 AA batteries or 1 3.6V Rechargeable 4XX, 868, or 915MHz or 2.4Ghz

Operating range

30 or 100m

Dimensions:

125mm X 160mm X 70mm

Weight:

369g 913 oz) typical; depends on configuration

Operation voltage: Frequency: Standard power RF

Battery

Frequency

FEATURES

2.4” colour backlit TFT display Up to 8 diagnostic LED’s Compliant: IEC60068-2 11,29,64 Compliant: EN60204-1

The ERGO 120 is a robust and durable IP65 transmitter that is designed with an advanced 2.4” colour TFT backlit display, twelve configurable one or two-step buttons and a easy to reach bottom mounted emergency stop. It has a fast response time with less than 100ms and offers accurate, world-class performance. Field tested to ensure its durability, the ERGO 120 meets or exceeds IEC and EN requirements for shock, vibration and functional safety.

223

output EIRP (50 0hm)

3.6V NiMH rechargeable battery pack or battery adaptor with 3 1.5V AA batteries

4xxMHz, 8xxMHz, 9xxMHz 1.2GHz and 2.4GHz

• Small footprint, ergonomically designed belly box. • Compact, lightweight, rugged, field-proven human-machineinterface (HMI) transmitter. • Designed for applications that require a limited amount of digital functionality. • Available as pre-engineered and “off-the-shelf”. • Customizable with toggle switches, buttons, STOP or other controls as required. • Frequencies available: 4xxMHz, 869MHz, 1.216GHz, 2.4GHz. • Dimensions: H125mm (4.9”) X W 160mm (6.3”) X D 70mm (2.8”). • Weight: 369g (13 oz) depends on configuration. • Operating range: 100m (300’) typical with internal antenna, 50m (164’) at 2.4Ghz

10mW max or subject to country legislation

NOVA-M FEATURES ERGO S • • • •

Dimensions: Power supply

236mm x 65mm x 104mm 1 x 3.7V 3450 mAh Rechargeable Long life Li-ion Battery

Frequency

4xxMHz, 8xxMHz, 9xxMHz and 2.4GHz

Operating range

30 or 100m

Joystick control capability TFT colour display 2.4” display Half or Full duplex transmission Protected firmware against known cyber attacks

The new ERGO S brings the ergonomics of handheld transmitter to a new level with functional safety to meet the highest standard. The ERGO S is equipped with up to twelve programmable buttons, a 2.4” TFT screen and with a joystick control capable of operating in rugged environment with IP65 rating. Tailor the ERGO S to meet various type of application requirements. It’s the perfect solution for skip loaders, hook lifts, trucks, side loaders, cranes, crushers and more. The Transmitter is also equipped with a belt clipping feature and also a magnetic function to facilitate the user to attach the Transmitter to the equipment when not in use.

Dimensions:

150mm X 180mm X 110mm

Weight:

910g (2.0 lbs.) typical; depends on configuration

Operation voltage: Frequency: Standard power RF

output EIRP (50 0hm)

3.6V NiMH rechargeable battery pack or battery

• Ergonomically designed to be operated with gloves. • Compact, lightweight, rugged, field-proven humanmachine-interface (HMI) transmitter. • Available with one (1) or two (2) dual axis joysticks or up to four (4) paddle levers. • Customizable joysticks, toggle switches, buttons (STOP) or other controls as required. • Frequencies available: 4xxMHz, 869MHz, 1.216GHz, 2.4GHz. • Dimensions: H150mm (5.9”) X W 180mm (7.12) X D 110mm (4.3”). • Weight: 910g (2.0lbs.) depends on configuration. • Operating range: 100m (300’) typical with internal antenna and 50m (164’) with 2.4GHz radio.

adaptor with 3 1.5V AA batteries

4xxMHz, 8xxMHz, 9xxMHz 1.2GHz and 2.4GHz 10mW max or subject to country legislation.

NOVA-L FEATURES • Hectronic offers the Nova-L pre engineered and ‘off-theshelf’ for the most common applications. • The NOVA-L is also available as a customized solution. • Lightweight and sturdy. • Ergonomically designed. • Operator friendly. Dimensions:

235mm X 160mm X 95mm

Weight:

1Kg (2.3lbs.) Typical, depends on configuration

Operation voltage: Frequency: Standard power RF

output EIRP (50 0hm)

3.6V NiMH rechargeable battery pack or battery adaptor with 3 1.5V AA batteries

4xxMHz, 8mmMHz, 9xxHMz, 1.2GHz and 2.4GHz 10mW max or subject to country legislation

Note: Range from 30m, 100m and 1000m available.

224

Radio control overview BELLY PACK TRANSMITTERS

Radio control overview NOVA-XL

BELLY PACK TRANSMITTERS

FEATURES

Dimensions:

165mm x 312mm x 170mm

Weight:

1.9kg (4.1lbs)

Operation range:

100m

Frequency:

4xxMHz, 8xxMHz, 1.216GHz, 2.4GHz

Power supply

3.6 V NiMH rechargable battery pack or battery

• Field-proven, rugged, reliable, ergonomic designed human-machine-interface (HMI) transmitter. • IP65 (exceeds NEMA 12/13). • Large control panel has room for multiple digital and/or proportional precision controls. • Frequencies available: 4xxMHz, 8xxMHz, 1.216GHz, 2.4GHz. • Controls custom configured to application needs: combination of paddle levers, multi-axis joysticks, toggle switches or buttons. • Dimensions: H165mm (6.5”) X W 312mm (12.3”) X D 170mm (6.7”). • Weight: 1.9kg (4.1lbs) depends on configuration. • Operating range with internal antenna: 100m (300’) typical </= 1.2GHz and 40m (120’) for 2.4GHz.

adaptor with three 1.5 V AA batteries

NOVA-L 2.4 SERIES FEATURES

NOVA-XXL 4.3 SERIES FEATURES • Weight: Approx. 2.4kg (5lbs) • Integrated 4.3” color TFT display • Configurable: joysticks, paddle levers, Toggle switches, push buttons, key sw., STOP • Optional Video Feedback available (VF) • Range: 700m

Dimensions:

367mm x 229mm x 174mm

Weight:

2.4kg (5 lbs)

Operation range:

700m

Frequency: Power supply

419, 429, 434, 447, 458, 480, 868, 1216MHz, 2.4GHz

3.6v 9Ah rechargeable Li-Ion or 10.6Ah rechargeable Li-Ion; or 5 to 36V via cable control

• Weight: Approx. 1.8kg (3.96lbs) • 2.4” Color back-lit TFT display (GUI Interface Option) • Fully Configurable with joysticks, paddle levers, toggle switches, push buttons • Safety address: 20 Bit over 1M possibilities (ADMO) • GUI Customizable to Customer Feedback Needs

Dimensions:

264 mm x 151mm x 213mm

Weight:

1.5kg (3.31 lbs)

Operation range:

100 m

Frequency: Power supply

2.4GHz

primary cells or 5V to 36V via cable control

NOVA-XL 2.8 SERIES FEATURES • Weight: 1.8kg (3.97lbs) • Integrated 2.8”” color TFT display • Half duplex or Full Duplex • Optional 9Ah or 10.6Ah Lithium Ion battery packs; 10 hrs. operation • Safety: 20-bit programmable address with 1 million combinations • Range: 100m (328’) Dimensions:

165mm X 312mm X 170mm

Weight:

4.1lbs typical; depends on configuration

Operation time:

Varies depending on battery type of output

Frequency: Standard power RF

output EIRP (50 0hm)

GL/GL-3 • • • •

419, 429, 434, 447, 458, 480, 869, 1216MHz, 3.6V rechargeable 2Ah Ni-MH battery or 3x AA

419 MHz, 429 MHz, 434 MHz, 447 MHz, 458 MHz, 868 MHz

3.6V NiMH rechargeable battery pack or battery

adaptor with 3 1.5V AA batteries or 9Ah or 10.6Ah Lithium Ion batteries

225

Dimensions:

180mm x 297mm x 178mm

Power supply

9.6 NiMH Rechargeable Battery

Frequency

4xxMHz

Operating range

100m

Lightweight & sturdy Ergonomically designed Operator friendly Colour display optional

The GL and GL-3 are designed to meet harsh environment applications with a sturdy look and feel. No compromises are made in regard to functionality and operator friendliness. The GL is highly configurable and is available with up to three dual-axis joysticks (digital or proportional) or with up to six fully proportional paddle levers.

226

Radio control overview

RECEIVERS

RECEIVERS MFSHL PROGRAMMABLE

MLC-HL

MFSHL AC8 / AC16 • Multiple frequency sharing • H-Link integrated • Solid state outputs • Available in relay output version

Dimensions: height

AC8: 56mm AC16: 56mm

Dimensions: length

AC8: 98mm AC16: 144mm

Dimensions: depth

AC8: 85mm AC16: 94mm

Power supply

48 VAC - 220 VAC Single Phase

Frequency

868, 915 MHz or 2.4GHz

Max outputs

AC8 (8 outputs) AC16 (16 outputs)

Operating range

30m

Dimensions: height

DC8: 133mm DC16: 133m

Compact and lightweight, the MFSHL AC receivers offer the simplicity and convenience of quick disconnect with from eight to sixteen solid state outputs. The receiver has a LED diagnostics for power operation, Tx reception, main content errors and memory error.

• Multiple frequencies • Digital or Proportional

Dimensions: height

160mm x 246.5mm x 88mm

Power supply

12 & 24 VDC

Frequency

4XX, 868MHz or 1.2, 2.4GHz

Max outputs / inputs

20 Outputs and 16 Inputs

Operating range

100m

Dimensions: height

205mm x 246mm x 115mm

MFSHL DC8/DC16

DC8: 118mm DC16: 118mm

Dimensions: depth

DC8: 36mm DC16: 36mm

Power supply

12.24 VDC

Frequency

868, 915 MHz or 2.4GHz

Max outputs

DC8 (8 outputs) DC16 (16 outputs)

Operating range

30m

Designed for mobile or vehicle mounted applications, the MFSHL DC8/DC16 receivers offer from 8 to16 outputs with an external antenna and diagnostic LED’s. The DC8 offers eight (8) solid state outputs and the DC16 offers 16 solid state outputs that can be proportional or digital. Frequencies available range from 868Mhz to 916Mhz, 2.4Ghz and 311Mhz-315Mhz for H-Link. Power is provided via 12/24VDC.

• Expandable to customer need • Full analogue and digital capability • Danfoss voltage requirements

Power supply

12/24 VDC

Frequency

4XX, 868MHz or 1.2, 2.4GHz

Max outputs / inputs

20 outputs & 8 inputs

Danfoss voltage control option

Operating range

analogue voltage option 100m

MFS-2.4GHZ

56mm x 144mm x 94mm

Power supply

48 VAC - 230 VAC single phase

Max outputs / inputs

12 outputs and 4 inputs

Frequency

2.4 GHz

Operating range

30m

Hetronic also offers receivers operating at 2.4Ghz for specific applications. The MFS-2.4Ghz, MFS-DC16 2.4Ghz and MFSAC16 2.4Ghz units offer the same robust packaging, features and functions as the AC8/16 and DC8/16 receivers but with advanced logical programming capabilities.

Rugged and reliable, the BMS - HL offers twelve relay outputs, modular expandability, full analogue and digital capability and cable backup capability. The BMS - HL operates with 12/24 VDC supply and has LED diagnostics on board. The BMS - 2 receiver is as versatile as the BMS - HL with twelve solid state FET outputs, up to six inputs, CAN interface capability and up to eight integrated proportional outputs.

CAN – HL

• Multiples frequency Sharing • Operates at 2.4Ghz

Dimensions:

MLC-HL receivers offer digital or proportional (Voltage Control or PWM) or a combination of both, RS232 and CAN. With eight analogue or digital inputs the MLC-HL is fully programmable.

BMS – HL

• Weight: 300g (0.7lbs.) • External Antenna • Fully programmable using H-Link

Dimensions: length

227

Features

• Multiple CAN communication • Customised CAN protocols

Dimensions: height

131mm x 166mm x 88mm

Power supply

12/24 VDC

Frequency

4XX, 868MHz or 1.2, 2.4GHz

Max outputs / inputs

CAN protocol

Operating range

100m

For more complex operations, the CAN-HL control interfaces are 2 x CANOpen or J1939 or Generic CAN or Parker IQAN or RS232. With up to four analogue or digital inputs, the CAN-HL receiver can operate multiple frequencies.

228

Radio control overview

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

SERIAL COMMUNICATION RECEIVERS RX14 – HL

• IP65 case • Multiple input and output configurations available • Can operate at a wide range of frequencies

Dimensions: height

298mm x 246mm x 115mm

Power supply

12/24VDC, 48VAC or 240VAC single phase

Frequency

4XX, 868MHz or 1.2, 2.4GHz

Max outputs / inputs

30 Outputs and 4 Inputs

Operating range

100m

The case is IP65 to handle harsh environments and comes with an external Miniflex antenna. Offering four digital inputs or twelve optional digital or analog inputs using an expansion board. The RX14HL is modular with extreme flexibility offering a wide range of digital outputs from fourteen to thirty or option for up to four proportional or six analog outputs.

DC MOBILE

229

RS232:

For point-to-point short distance communication, the RS-232 serial receiver may be the ideal solution for your application. The receiver will match your transmitter to meet your application requirements. The RS232 receiver links control, has full analog/digital capability and full feedback as standard features.

RS485

RS485: The RS485 serial communication standard is similar to the RS232 standard but was developed to meet the need for longer cable lengths, increased throughput and control of multiple devices. If your application calls for longer distance remote control and connection to multiple devices, the RS485 receiver may be the right solution for your needs.

• IP65 • Logically programmable

MODBUS

Dimensions:

131mm x 166mm x 88mm

Power supply

12/24 VDC

Frequency

4XX, 868MHz or 1.2, 2.4GHz

Max outputs / inputs

14 outputs & 4 inputs

Operating range

100m

Dimensions:

131mm x 166mm x 88mm Standard

DC Mobile Receiver is a lightweight and portable receiver that provides customers up to six digital outputs via main contact (8A) and three digital outputs with external power supply (5A).

MODBUS is a popular industrial protocol used in a wide range of industrial automation equipment. MODBUS can run over virtually all communication media which means it can be implemented in new or existing applications with relative ease. It is simple, inexpensive and easy-to-use.

PROFIBUS

PROFIBUS (Process Field Bus) is a smart, field-bus technology that connects devices on the system to a central line. Devices can communicate information in an efficient manner but can go beyond automation messages. PROFIBUS devices can also participate in self-diagnosis and connection diagnosis.

DEVICENET

DEVICENET is a simple open network system to interconnect devices for data exchange. It utilizes the Common Industrial Protocol over a controller area Network.

Power supply

12/24 vdc

Frequency

4XX, 868MHz or 1.2, 2.4GHz

Communication

R232, RS485, MODBUS, PROFIBUS and DEVICENET

230

Radio control overview

231

EXPLOSION PROOF RECEIVERS ZONE 1 & 2 GAS

• Custom designed to meet customer applications • Tested and Certified for EX

Dimensions:

details on application

Power supply

12/24 vdc

Frequency

4xx, 8xx, 1216 & 2.4 Ghz

Operating range

100m

Custom designed to meet Hazardous Zone 1 & 2 Gas receivers are made to customer specific applications. The EX marking for these zones include II 2G Ex d [Ex ia Ga/ib Gb] IIC T6 Gb and is offered in Type Size 4, 5 and 6. Hetronic also offers Zone 1 & 2 Gas receivers with Exe in the same type sizes.

ZONE 2 GAS

• Custom designed to meet or exceed EX • Special GRP enclosures available in two sizes

Dimensions:

details on application

Power supply

12/24 vdc

Frequency

4xx, 8xx, 1216 & 2.4 Ghz

Operating range

100m

Designed to meet customers’ specific hazardous zone requirements, Hetronic will provide GRP Enclosures in two different sizes. For EX Marking requiring II 3G Ex nR (1a IIC Gb) IIC T4 Gc, Hetronic can provide receivers that are not only tested and certified to EX but will design the right receiver features to deliver the best possible transmitter/receiver combination possible.

ZONE 21 AND 22 DUST • • • •

Can provide EX II 2D, II 2D exe and II 3D Customized to meet specific EX requirements Decoders available for enclosures listed Cable control option available

HETRONIC EXPLOSION PROOF TRANSMITTER SUMMARY Certification

EQUIPMENT GROUP

Ex MARKING

TYPE

ATEX

Mining M1 & M2

I M1 Ex ia I Ma

NOVA-L, NOVA-XL, GL-2, GL-3, GR, with cable control option

ATEX

Zone 1 & 2 Gas

II 2G Ex ia IIC T4 Gb

NOVA-L, NOVA-XL, GL-2, GL-3, GR, with cable control option

ATEX

Zone 21 & 22 Dust

II 2D Ex ia IIIC T130°C Db

NOVA-L, NOVA-XL, GL-2, GL-3, GR, with cable control option

IECEx

Mining M1 & M2

Ex ia I Ma

NOVA-L, NOVA-XL, GL-2, GL-3, GR, with cable control option

IECEx

Zone 1 & 2 Gas

Ex ia IIC T4 Gb

NOVA-L, NOVA-XL, GL-2, GL-3, GR, with cable control option

IECEx

Zone 21 & 22 Dust

Ex ia IIIC T130°C Db

NOVA-L, NOVA-XL, GL-2, GL-3, GR, with cable control option

UL/CSA

Class I

Division 1, 2/Groups A-D/T4

NOVA-L, NOVA-XL, GL-2, GL-3, GR, ERGO-F

UL/CSA

Class II, III

Class II, III Division 1, 2/Groups E-G/ T4

NOVA-L, NOVA-XL, GL-2, GL-3, GR, ERGO-F

INMETRO

Mining M1 & M2

Ex ia I Ma

NOVA-L, NOVA-XL, GL-2, GL-3, GR

INMETRO

Zone 1 & 2 Gas

Ex ia IIC T4 Gb

NOVA-L, NOVA-XL, GL-2, GL-3, GR

INMETRO

Zone 21 & 22 Dust

Ex ia IIIC T130°C Db

NOVA-L, NOVA-XL, GL-2, GL-3, GR

ATEX

Mining M2

I M2 Ex ia I Ma

ERGO-F

ATEX

Zone 1 & 2 Gas

II 2G Ex ib IIC T4 Gb

ERGO-F

ATEX

Zone 21 & 22 Dust

II 2D Ex ib D21 T135°C

ERGO-F

ATEX

Mining M2

l M2 Ex ia l Mb

ERGO-F 21 MFS

ATEX

Zone 2 Gas

ll 3G Ex ic llC T4 Gc

ERGO

ATEX

Zone 22 Dust

ll 3D Ex ic lllC T130°C Dc

ERGO

Ex d Enclosure Sizes 4,5,6

GRP AND Ex d RECEIVERS Dimensions:

details on application

Power supply

12/24 vdc

Frequency

4xx, 8xx, 1216 & 2.4 Ghz

Operating range

100m

Hetronic Explosion proof (EX) receivers are ATEX, NEC, and FM approved. For hazardous Zone 21 & 22 Dust we will design and deliver a solution that meets your specific requirements. Hetronic can provide the EX receiver in enclosures that range from Exd type Size 4,5 and 6 to Exd with Exe or GRP enclosures in two sizes.

GRP ENCLOSURE

ATEX

Zone 1 & 2 Gas

II 2G Ex db [Ex ia Ga/Gb] IIC T6 Gb

ATEX

Zone 1 & 2 Gas

II 2G Ex db e [Ex ia Ga/Gb] IIC T6 Gb Ex d Enclosure Sizes 4,5,6 with Ex e

ATEX

Zone 21 & 22 Dust

II 2D Ex tb [Ex ia Da/Db] IIIC T125°C Db

Ex d Enclosure Sizes 4,5,6

IECEx

Zone 1 & 2 Gas

Ex db [Ex ia Ga/Gb] IIC T6 Gb

Ex d Enclosure Sizes 4,5,6

IECEx

Zone 1 & 2 Gas

Ex db e [Ex ia Ga/Gb] IIC T6 Gb

Ex d Enclosure Sizes 4,5,6 with Ex e

IECEx

Zone 21 & 22 Dust

Ex tb [Ex ia Da/Db] IIIC T125°C Db

Ex d Enclosure Sizes 4,5,6

UL/CSA

Zone 21 & 22 Dust

Ex tb e [Ex ia Da/ ib Db] IIIC T125°C Db

Other Enclosure types are used

ATEX

Zone 2 Gas

II 3G Ex nR (ia IIC Gb) IIC T4 Gc

GRP Enclosure 255x250x120mm & 400x250x120mm

ATEX

Zone 22 Dust

II 3D Ex tc (ia IIIC Db) IIIC T125°C Dc

GRP Enclosure 255x250x120mm & 400x250x120mm

232

Radio control overview EXPLOSION PROOF TRANSMITTERS

NOVA-XL SERIES RADIO REMOTE CONTROLS

GL-2 SERIES REMOTE CONTROLS

NOVA-L SERIES RADIO REMOTE CONTROLS

GL-3 SERIES RADIO REMOTE CONTROLS

GR SERIES RADIO REMOTE CONTROLS

ERGO-F HANDHELD RADIO REMOTE CONTROLS

Field proven in harsh environments, offers a larger control panel up to 4 joysticks and other controls. Capable of feedback via LED’s or viewable LCD.

Compact, Rugged and ergonomically designed for ultimate operator performance. Configurable with up to 2 joysticks for specific applications.

A workhorse transmitter for any environment, the GR offers extra space for a variety of control elements. Available with feedback on LCD display or LED’s and optional cable control. Ergonomically designed for operator comfort and control with chest plate or waist belt.

Designed for medium to heavy duty applications. Offers dual level control panel for improved performance with or without gloves. Available option with cable control.

Designed with enough space for feedback via LED’s and LCD display. Heavy duty, field proven GL-3 can be optionally equipped with cable control.

The ERGO-F transmitter is a one-hand controller designed to meet the most rugged of applications. ERGO-F comes standard with a highly readable display for machine feedback and immediate button response. Hetronic key switch with RFID technology offers a wide range of options for operator safety.

Electronic control overview CONTROLLERS - DANFOSS

234

CONTROLLERS - EXTERUS

235

DISPLAYS - DANFOSS

236

DISPLAYS - EXTERUS

238

FOOT PEDALS - DANFOSS

239

JOYSTICKS - DANFOSS

239

234

Electronic control overview

CONTROLLERS - DANFOSS

CONTROLLERS - EXTERUS

235

CCM1100S CONTROLLER

PLUS 1 MC MICROCONTROLLERS Features and benefits

• Large Input and Output capabilities, expandable architecture. • 6 I/O configurations in 4 housing sizes and nine total I/O configurations for multiple control options – the building blocks for

almost every function. • High speed DSP technology to process even the most complex applications. • Stackable microcontrollers for high mounting flexibility. • CAN-based communications for state-of-the art control performance.

PLUS 1 HIGH CURRENT CONTROLLER Features of the MC018

• • • • •

38 I/O, 96 kB RAM, 1 MB flash IP67, -40...+85°C operating 1 CAN Guitu programmable Intelligent node (through firmware)

• Maximum power output of 160A, with the ability to drive 120A simultaneously • Maximum power output per pin of 25A • Up to 20KHz PWM frequency at reduced load • Separate logic power supply • Easily installed power lugs • Soft fuses configurable in PLUS+1® GUIDE

MIC2100S CONTROLLER • • • • • • • •

45 I/Os, 2 GB DDR RAM, 8 GB Flash IP67, -40...+85 °C Operating temp. 2 remote display connectors 4 x CAN, 1000 gb LAN, 2 x RS232. USB 4 Composite video inputs GUITU programmable Audio output Support for 3D graphics

HCM3210S CONTROLLER • • • •

20 I/O IP67, -40...+85°C operating 1 CAN Intelligent node (through firmware)

MIC1100S CONTROLLER

PLUS 1 SC MICROCONTROLLERS Features and benefits • • • • • • • • •

Larger memory capacity Packaged in an environmental resistant form. Enhanced input/output flexibility Smart digital inputs PWM output frequency up to 20,000 Hz Separate PWM frequencies for each output Configurable sensor power from 3 to 12 volt Low power mode Low supply voltage (7 volts) stays running through engine crank

PLUS 1 INPUT/OUTPUT MODULES Features and benefits

• 12 and 24-pin housings with five possible configurations • Stackable design for optimum mounting flexibility • Suitable for the control system needs of your entire vehicle range, from simple to sophisticated

HCM2010S CONTROLLER • • • • •

• • • • • •

40 I/O, 128 MB RAM, 256 MB flash IP67, -40...+85°C Operating 2 remote display connectors 3 CAN, LAN, 2 RS232, USB 4 composite video inputs Guitu programmable

64 I/O IP67, -40...+85°C operating 3 CAN, RS232 Intelligent node (through firmware) GUITU programmable

ECM2020 CONTROLLER HCM2110S CONTROLLER • • • • • • •

52 I/O IP67, -40...+85°C operating 1 CAN H-Bridge 3A, 6A, 8A and 10A outputs (high & low) simultaneous maximum load: 120A Intelligent node (through firmware)

• • • • • • •

Edge computing module IP67, -40 ... +85°C 3 x CAN interface, LAN and WiFi or 3G Remote display Guitu programmable 10 inputs and outputs GPS (included in 3G option)

236

Electronic control overview

CONTROLLERS - EXTERUS

DISPLAYS - DANFOSS

HCM4100S SENSOR

DM1X00 SERIES

• 20 I/O • IP67, -40...+85°C operating • 1 CAN

• 2 axis inclinometer • Intelligent node (through firmware)

237

DISPLAYS - DANFOSS

DP200 SERIES

DP700 SERIES

Features and benefits

DM430E SERIES

DP600TM SERIES

DP570 SERIES

• 16:9 wide screen ratio (1280 x 800 resolution) • Advanced camera solutions viewing up to 4 cameras and while displaying up to 2 at the time • Ethernet, USB 2.0 high speed • Option for WiFi, Bluetooth® and GNSS • Options for keypad with either 8 buttons on each side (16 total) or 8 buttons plus navigation panel (16 total) • Multicolor optical signal (2 RGB LEDs) • Easy programming with the PLUS+1® Widget library

• • • • • •

Wide voltage range 9-63 Vdc Plug and Perform® ‘Maxio’ additional 6 inputs ‘Dualcan’, including 2 CAN ports ‘Full’– including front USB port – front USB J1939-based Engine Information Center software available

• • • • • •

7” high resolution TFT display 800 x 480 pixels 18 bit color resolution IP 67 for outdoor use Two optional video inputs with both PAL and NTSC support Keypad with 14 buttons (8 soft-keys and 6 buttons for menu navigation) all with white backlight design for low light and night use

HCM4100S1 SENSOR • • • • •

20 I/O IP67, -40...+85°C operating 2 axis inclinometer Gyro Intelligent node (through firmware)

Features and benefits • • • •

CH8SH INTERFACE DEVICE • 8 port CAN hub • IP67, -40...+85°C operating

Rugged IP66 and IP67-ratings (front and back) 16:9 wide screen ratio (480 x 272 resolution) Backlit buttons and up to 6 LED indicators 2 different keypads (traditional 4-button or 11-button navigation layout) • Flexible solution for adding up to 2 CAN bus channels or 5 inputs for auxiliary functions • PLUS+1® GUIDE programmable (vector-based screen editor) • USB device and RS232 (optional)

• Transmissive TFT display for high legibility in the dark or bright sunshine • 18 bit color resolution • IP 67 for outdoor use • Increased input functionality • USB host support downloads machine application log data to USB memory stick • USB and RS232 connections for laptop with buzzer alarm. • External inputs for cameras (both PAL and NTSC support) and multiple CAN buses

Features and benefits • • • • • •

5.7” high resolution TFT display 640x480 pixels 18 bit color resolution IP65 for in-cab usage One optional video input with both PAL and NTSC support Keypad with 6 buttons all with white backlight design for low light and night use

238

Electronic control overview

Electronic control overview FOOT PEDALS - DANFOSS

DISPLAYS - EXTERUS

CCD1200S DISPLAY

RD070SV DISPLAY

• • • • • • •

• • • •

3.5” colour TFT, fascia label buttons 320 x 240 resolution Includes PLC with 38 I/O IP67 RS232 Bluetooth GUITU programmable

12.1” colour TFT, scroll wheel 480 x 800 resolution IP67 Is used with MIC1100S or MIC2000S

CDC2000X DISPLAY

RD084S2 DISPLAY

• • • • •

• • • •

3.5” colour TFT, Fascia label buttons 320 x 240 resolution Includes PLC with 33 I/O IP67 2x CAN, USB, RS232

12.1” colour TFT 800 x 600 resolution IP67 Is used with MIC1100S or MIC2000S

• • • • • • •

7” colour WVGA TFT, Fascia label buttons Capacitive touch screen 800 x 480 resolution Includes PLC with 37 I/O IP67 Ethernet, USB, 3x CAN, RS232 4x composite video inputs

• • • • •

Uni-directional pedal travel 16˚ or 17˚ Analog output options, 16 Vdc supply maximum 10% to 90% Pedal angle options: - 28˚, - 35˚, - 45˚ Ingress Protection IP66l

JS1000 • • • • •

Contactless hall effect sensing Single or dual axis Outputs – Analog, CAN (J1939, CANopen) Up to IP66/67 environmental sealing above and below panel Grip options – Ball grip, grip with rocker switch, grip with banana switch, PRO grip

KEP3 • • • •

Bi-directional pedal travel ±14° Analog output options, 5 Vdc supply 10% to 90% Ingress Protection IP66

RD121S2 DISPLAY • • • •

JOYSTICKS - DANFOSS

KEP

JOYSTICKS - DANFOSS

MID070S DISPLAY

239

JS2000 • • • • •

Contactless hall effect sensing Redundant sensors Single and dual axis IP 65 environmental sealing above panel Multiple grip options, including Z-axis twist

12.1” colour TFT 800 x 600 resolution IP67 Is used with MIC1100S or MIC2000S

JS1-H

Heavy-duty joysticks Features

RD121S3 TOUCH DISPLAY • • • • •

12.1” colour TFT Capacitive touch screen 800 x 600 resolution IP67 Is used with MIC1100S or MIC2000S

• • • •

Rugged design up to IP66 overall Single and dual axis spring-return Single axis w/ adjust. Friction-hold 5 different output types: CAN (J1939, CANopen), CAN+ and CANalog PVE and Analog, PWM • 5 different grip types: ST2- ST7- PR2- PR7*)- and HR1-grip • EMI/RFI: 150V/m • ESD: 20kV

JS120 • • • •

Long life potentiometric sensing Independent direction switch signals Single axis IP 66 environmental sealing above panel

240

Electrification overview ELECTRIC MACHINES - DANFOSS

242

ELECTRIC CONVERTERS - DANFOSS

245

242

Electrification overview

ELECTRIC MACHINES - DANFOSS

Electrification overview

243

Danfoss’s PM range of electric machines have been specifically developed for electric or hybrid drive trains in mobile work machines, buses or marine vessels. Designed for demanding applications, Danfoss’s machines are smaller, lighter and more efficient than conventional products on the market.

EM-PMI240-T180

EM-PMI375-T500

EM-PMI540-T1500

EM-PMI540-T4000

Power range from 48 kW to 114 kW, nominal speed range from 2200 to 8800 rpm and maximum speed up to 9200 rpm.

Power range from 66 kW to 158 kW, speed range from 1100 rpm up to 4000 rpm.

Power range from 119 kW to 332 kW, speed range from 700 rpm up to 4000 rpm.

Power range from 284 kW to 896 kW, speed range from 600 rpm up to 4000 rpm.

EM-PMI300-T310

EM-PMI375-T800

EM-PMI540-T2000

Power range from 41 kW to 94 kW, speed range from 1100 rpm up to 4000 rpm.

Power range from 85 kW to 251 kW, speed range from 900 rpm up to 4000 rpm.

EM-PMI375-T200

EM-PMI375-T1100

Power range up to 63 kW and speed range up to 4000 rpm.

Power ranges from 177 kW to 296 kW, speed range from 1200 rpm up to 4000 rpm.

Power range from 180 kW to 422 kW, speed range from 700 rpm up to 4000 rpm.

EM-PMI540-T3000 Power range from 395 kW to 480 kW, speed range from 1300 rpm up to 4000 rpm.

244

Electrification overview

245

ELECTRIC CONVERTERS - DANFOSS

Danfoss’s PME range are designed to be shorter than normal motors for applications where axial length is crucial parameter. They are designed to be connected directly to the ICE flywheel housing or to a gearbox with part of the motor being inside the flywheel housing or the gearbox for as short as possible design.

EC-C1200-450 Features and benefits

EM-PME375-T150 Power range up to 40 kW with speed range from 1500 to 2600 rpm.

• • • •

Extremely compact design weighing 15 kg High enclosure class IP67, sealed from moisture and dust Ambient temperature up to +105C and down to -40C Coolant temperature up to +65C

• Robust design withstanding high levels of mechanical vibrations and shocks • Designed specifically for the highly cyclical loads typical in heavy mobile work machines

EM-PME375-T200 Power range up to 50 kW with speed range from 1500 to 2600 rpm.

Note for all products Features and benefits • • • • •

Extremely compact and robust structure Highest efficiency (throughout the operating range) on the market Low coolant flow requirements Coolant temperature up to +65 C IP65 enclosure class

EC-LTS1200 Features and benefits • • • • • •

Extremely compact design: 3 x 170 A unit only 58 kg High enclosure class IP65 – sealed from moisture and dust Liquid cooled with plain water or water/glycol mixture Ambient temperature up to +85 °C and down to -40 °C Allowed coolant temperature up to +65 °C Robust design withstanding high levels of mechanical vibrations and shocks • Designed especially for highly cyclical loads typical in heavy mobile work machines

246

247

Parker power units

When it comes to hydraulic power units we have a depth of experience and consider ourselves experts in the design, build, installation and commissioning of such equipment. Some industries have particularly demanding requirements and we make it our goal to deliver solutions that not only meet but more often than not go beyond expectations.

Energy recycling system HPU Consists of variable flow proportional Kawasaki piston pumps, Atos proportional valves, TTP heat exchangers, specialised sensors and field bus control interfaces.

Cable tensioning HPU

Industrial application HPU

2.2 kW & 3.0 kW agricultural applications HPU

Stainless steel operating consoles for offshore applications

Offshore power unit

Marine, zone rated power unit suitable for containerisation

248

249

Hydraulic systems & electrical control

As part of our controls packages we offer a range of ruggedised controllers, HMI screen displays and radio remote controls. We have in house capability to produce control panels and develop control software and have experience of conventional switch gear, on/ off control, analogue, digital, along with proportional and servo equipment.

Our experience in hydraulic and electrical component and power unit applications is complemented by the skill set of our technical department, design team and sales engineers. Working closely with our customers and applying our experience in conjunction with the latest platforms in CAD, 3D modelling and hydraulic and electrical simulation software we are skilled in taking a concept and delivering efficient, safe and cost-effective hydraulic and electrical control solutions.

Radio control

Hetronic produce a range of radio control systems that comply with international safety standards and as an exclusive partner Parker supports the UK with a vast range of radio control applications. Whether it is a mobile flail mower, an overhead gantry crane, an excavator system, an application requiring Ex certification for use in hazardous areas, or a retrofit to convert a manually operating machine into remote control, Parker can provide a solution.

HPUs

We design systems from power outputs as low as 0.5 up to 750 kW for a vast array of application, from offshore oil and gas, agriculture, renewables, recycling, construction, industrial and many more.

Electrical capabilities

When providing turnkey solutions, no longer do our customers consider the hydraulics and electronic control to be separate entities and at Parker we are able to provide both. This can range from a simple on/off starter to a full control panel with system monitoring.

250

251

System design Whether it’s mechanical, hydraulic, electrical or a combination of the three our design engineers, in conjunction with modern CAD, 3D modelling and hydraulic and electrical simulation software, take concepts and convert them into, functional, cost effective and efficient solutions.

Manufacture, assembly & factory test

All of our systems are assembled and tested in our facilities by our trained technicians. Test certificates are provided with every power unit and if necessary operating manuals and technical files can also be supplied.

Workshop & site services

PPM Maintenance & condition monitoring On-site troubleshooting & diagnostics Parker can implement maintenance contracts throughout the UK in a wide range of sectors. We can provide tailored PPM (Planned Preventative Maintenance) plans that suit individual machines/systems extending machine life expectancy and reducing overall running costs. Servicing and condition monitoring can also be provided and with this service a machine history can be logged helping to predict and alleviate machine downtime.

All Parker branches are equipped with hydraulic test equipment, these provide our technicians a platform where diagnostic and functional testing can be performed to resolve reliability issues.

Machine upgrades Official Atos service & repair centre

With Atos licensed diagnostic and test equipment and fully trained technicians, Parker can provide a fault finding and repair service for the latest generation Atos digital electronic products.

Parker has experience in upgrading old machines. Whether it’s a refurbishment of an existing system or a hydraulic upgrade, Parker can complete most projects to most specifications. We can also support in achieving CE Certification.

Breakdown and repair

We provide a breakdown and repair service to customers who take out maintenance contracts. In doing this technicians are already familiar with the customers machines/systems/equipment, providing a more efficient and effective diagnostic process should a failure occur.

Accumulator recertification

We provide an accumulator recertification and bladder replacement service.

Specialised hydraulic support

For nearly 30 years we have gained a vast knowledge of engineering/manufacturing process machinery, so can assist in most aspects of support.

252

253

System supply & Installation Project management

Commissioning

Having successfully managed numerous mechanical, hydraulic and electrical installations we are appropriately resourced to assist in the planning, installing, testing, commissioning and hand over of most projects.

During the commissioning phase systems will be flushed to the relevant ISO Standard and each discrete circuit tested for correct flows and pressures. Specific function testing can be performed and relevant test certificates provided in accordance with the hand over process.

Bespoke pipe bending

All technicians are equipped and can complete bespoke jobs on site to required specifications. Pipes can also be produced in our workshops in accordance to engineering drawings. Our workshops are furnished with a range of pipe bending equipment from small bore hand powered to large electrohydraulic benders.

Installation

The installation will be completed by competent Parker technicians or approved hydraulic contractors with appropriate safety certification.

Type approval

Electrical installation

We can provide COMPEX qualified electricians for electrical builds and installations in potentially hazardous areas such as off-shore, chemical or pharmaceutical plants and anywhere where there is a potential risk of explosion due to dust or gas in the atmosphere. All work is carried out to the highest standards and complies with current industry regulation.

If your application demands classification Parker is experienced in providing solutions with approval from some of the world’s leading classification authorities such as DNV & Lloyd’s Register.

Quality management system

Health and safety

The health and well being of our staff, customers and sub-contractors is at the forefront of our considerations when tackling any project. To this end our managers are qualified to IOSH Managing Safely standard as a minimum and competent in preparing risk assessments and safe systems of work. All site engineers have current CCNSG safety passports and site supervisors have CITB Site Safety Plus certificates.

In accordance with ISO standards and a management system complying with ISO9001:2015 Parker works to a set of policies, processes and procedures that ensure we meet our customer expectations and requirements.

254

Parker Hydraulics & Pneumatics Ltd

Spill Care Solutions Parker Hydraulics & Pneumatics can provide a comprehensive range of pollution control products specifically developed to assist companies prevent and cope with liquid spills and pollution. We can provide practical, cost-effective solutions to your pollution control requirements, helping you meet legal and moral obligations while contributing towards a cleaner, greener, environment. In the UK containers of oil or fuel must not be stored outside unless they are correctly bunded in a secondary containment item (Oil Storage Regulati tio ons 2001). This means that if the container of oil leaks it will be contained within the bund. The secondary containment item must be able to hold a minimum of 25% of the total volume or 110% of the largest container whichever is the greater.

Parker Hydraulics provide spill care products used for Environmental Protection and specialises in helping site achieve the basic health and safety requirements, environmental and ISO compliance, through effective spill care solutions.

Covered Drum Spill Pallets Provides safe storage for 2 x 205 litre drums or smaller containers. A covered drum store can help avoid potential spill hazards and pollution by containing the stored liquid should a spill occur. They are manufactured from chemical resistant, non corroding polyethylene, and are rigid and doubled walled for weather tight storage.

Drum Spill Pallets

Spilkleen Plus Absorbent Granules Fast acting, highly absorbent granule. Made from 100% recycled materials. Suitable for internal use with oil, fuel, water based spills.

Spill Kits

Provide secondary containment systems designed to

collect drips, spills or leaks from oil and chemical drums.

• • • •

Single use spill kits—for small scale infrequent spills Portable spill kits—for small scale more frequent spills Wheelie bin spill kits—for larger scale spills where portability of the kit is important Bunker spill kits—for remote locations where a permanent spill kit is required

Work Floors Internal system designed for use as a liquid dispensing or decanting station to contain any spills.

Absorbent Socks, Pads and Rolls

Work floors can be made us of a variety of components to suit your application.

•

• •

Highly absorbent—meaning reduced product, labour and disposal costs High material strength—a strong superior product even when saturated High retention—no drips as you clear the spill, eliminating additional cleaning

255

256

257

Oil cleanliness guide

Please talk to the Parker team, to understand the full service we can offer and the benefits it will bring to your hydraulic equipment.

70-80% of all hydraulic system problems and failures can be attributed to CONTAMINATION!*

The use of a particle counter

Patch testing

At Parker we have access to a portable particle counter which can measure and report oil cleanliness levels – an essential aspect for reliable hydraulic system operation. It can analyse fluids and lubricants cleanliness in an online manner and determine the machines operating condition, almost immediately.

Another useful analysis process offered at Parker is our patch testing facility. This process separates contaminants from oil in a form easily assessed under a microscope. Information such as particle size, material type and in extreme cases even machine performance can be understood by this method.

Where to start - ISO Coding?

At Parker we can help you minimise the failure of your hydraulic components and machine downtime caused by the contamination of oil, through education, support and services. We have a dedicated team who can:

The ISO cleanliness code is used to quantify particulate contamination levels per millilitre of fluid at 3 sizes 4[c], 6[c], and 14[c]. The ISO code is expressed in 3 numbers (i.e. 19/17/14). Each number represents a contaminant level code for the correcting particle size. The code includes all particles of the specified size and larger. It’s important to note that each time a code increases the quantity range of particles is doubling.

• analyse your system cleanliness • explain in simple terminology the condition of your system • offer an effective solution to manage this. Here’s a simple, useful guide to what to look for and how we can help… ISO 4406 CHART ISO CODE 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

10 9 8 7 6

Particles per millimeter Particle Size

ISO 4406 Code Range

ISO CODE

80000-160000

Particle per ml²

4 μ( C )

151773

80000-160000

20000-40000

6 μ( C )

38363

20000-40000

14 μ( C )

3339

2500-5000

Particle Size

Particle per ml²

ISO 4406 Code Range

ISO CODE

4 μ( C )

492

320-640

6 μ( C )

149

80-160

14 μ( C )

10-20

More than - Up tp / Including 40000-80000 10000-20000 5000-10000 2500-5000 1300-2500 640-1300 320-640 160-320 80-160 40-80 20-40 10-20

Oil care services At Parker we can also offer a

5-10

2.5-5

comprehensive range of oil care

1.3-2.5

services on-site, ensuring that you

0.64-1.3

0.32-0.64

avoid any unnecessary breakdowns as a result of contamination.

ISO and NAS comparison table*

These services include:

Below is a comparison guide, allowing you to determine what levels of oil cleanliness are required for the various hydraulic components using the ISO and NAS (US) coding. Unit Pumps

When reporting contamination levels, particle counters can be as accurate as laboratory testing; only the results are almost instant. The results provide an assessment of oil under operating conditions and allow us to, where appropriate, recommend methods of improving oil cleanliness. The particle counters also report on the water content within oil, yet another piece of invaluable information when optimising machine performance and hydraulic component life expectancy.

Type Piston slow speed fixed displacement Piston variable displacement Gear Vane

ISO 4406 Code 22/20/16 17/15/13 19/17/15 18/16/14

• Measuring fluid contamination • ‘Fluid Health’ reporting in a

NAS 1638:1964

18/16/13 19/17/13 20/18/15 19/17/14

7 7-8 9 8

Valves

Directional Pressure Control Flow Control Check Cartridge Proportional Servo

20/18/15 19/17/14 19/17/14 20/18/15 20/18/15 18/16/13 16/14/11

9 8 8 9 9 7 5

Actuator

Cylinder Rotary Actuator

20/18/15 20/18/15

9 9

Other oil related services • Hydraulic oil • Oil spillcare solutions • Oil transfer services • Oil sampling • Oil cleanliness testing and analysis • Oil filtration services

• Oil cleanliness recommendations

6-7 8-9 7-8

Axial Piston Radial Piston Gear Vane

Where the oil condition demonstrates aspects of concern beyond that of particle cleanliness, we offer laboratory analysis. This analysis is performed by a third party and detailed results of oil composition are reported. Skill and experience is required to comprehend the results and our experienced application engineers can support in reporting this information in a concise, easily understood and clear manner.

concise and easy way

10-11

Motors

Laboratory sampling

• Implementing a long term cleanliness program

T: 01603 403 190 E: sales@parkerhydraulics.co.uk

*Source: National Fluid Power Centre

Parker Hydraulics and Pneumatics Ltd. Unit 5, Ashbourne Estate, Mile Cross Lane, Norwich, NR6 6RY

258

OSMO 1.5m and 3m Flood Barriers

Floodsax